Discover the most beautiful places on the Canary Islands
Lucie, Travel journalist
Close to the Moroccan coast, the Canary Islands form an archipelago of exceptional
natural landscapes. Their mild climate allows them to be visited throughout the year and
direct flights from the UK are available. The Canary Islands are often associated with
lazy holidays on superb beaches, but you will be surprised by the variety of scenery.
On Lanzarote, lunar landscapes lie among the immense fields of volcanoes. If it’s a
relaxing break you are after, you’ll love the immense, idyllic beaches of Fuerteventura,
a windy island that’s also great for water sports. Tenerife, most touristic of the islands,
offers a broad range of activities from its beaches, to its animated nightlife and the El
Tiede volcano. The landscape of Gran Canaria is truly varied with its sand dunes,
volcanoes, ravines, beaches both touristic and more desolate, and not forgetting the
famous Pic de las Nieves.
Use our guide to help you find what you want from your holiday in the Canary Islands.
Tourist attractions
Our selection of must-see places
Average visit duration: One week
Gran canaria
Gran Canaria’s charm derives from its varied countryside and over 140 miles of
coastline. At its centre, the summit of Pic de las Nieves rises to 1,949 metres offering
spectacular views across the island. Cyclists regard the climb highly and walkers enjoy
trails through the immense pine forests. Enthusiasts of the beach and water sports love
the tourist beaches and the smaller untamed bays. Incredible sand dunes, ravines,
thermal waters, abrupt cliff faces and expanses of dessert also count among the natural
gems on offer.
You will love Gran canaria for Beaches | Island | Hiking | Natural wonders | Volcano
Average visit duration: One week
Fuerteventura
Just 60 miles from Morocco, Fuerteventura is the closest of the Canaries to the African
coast. It is a multi-faceted destination which will leave you with wonderful memories.
Whether you want a relaxing break or something more physical, Fuerteventura has it all.
Above all, visitors come for the immense white sand beaches and turquoise water. If water
sports are your thing, there are many places to surf and windsurf. The conditions are often
good and the wind blows almost constantly. Don’t miss Corralejo Natural Park, among the
most beautiful natural sites on the island with its sand dunes and beaches. The Morro
Velosa, conceived by César Manrique, provides stunning views across the island and
picturesque villages such as Betacuria.
You will love Fuerteventura for Beaches | Island | Water sports
Average visit duration: One week
Tenerife
The largest of the Canary Islands, Tenerife’s main attraction is the 3,700 metre volcano,
El Tiede – the highest peak in Spain. It can be climbed on foot by experienced hikers; the
less athletic can take the cable car. Tenerife is the kingdom of the hiker, with its
numerous paths through the island’s national parks. Of course, relaxing on the beautiful
sandy beaches, at seaside resorts and in rugged bays are also an attraction.
You will love Tenerife for Beaches | Island | Volcano | Viewpoint | Hiking
Average visit duration: One week
Lanzarote
When you discover Lanzarote for the first time, the landscape surprises you. It’s a lunar
terrain of black, arid ground studded with volcanoes and covered in dry larva flows where
nothing but the cacti grow. Visiting Timanfaya National Park to get close to the volcanoes
should not be missed. Less touristic than Fuerteventura or Tenerife, the island has retained its
authenticity with its white-walled houses.
Lanzarote also has museums and beautiful monuments to discover, many of which are the
work of César Manrique, the celebrated architect and resident of the island. Manrique has
left his mark on the island’s architecture, integrating styles which harmonise with the natural
environment. His Mirador del Rio provides an incredible view of the Isla de la Graciosa and
his cactus garden uses striking colour contrasts. The volcanic island’s spectacular caves,
salt marshes, its green lagoon and magnificent beaches also have the power to amaze -
landscapes you will not find anywhere else.
Learn more Places to visit in Lanzarote
You will love Lanzarote for Volcano | Architecture | Nature wonders | Island | Museums
The Best Places You Must Visit in The Canary Islands
Skip to content
Search for:
Home » Holiday Destinations » The Best Places to Visit in The Canary Islands
Holiday Destinations Spain
by Anne de Vries
Going to the Canary Islands during sailing holidays is always a great idea because it has great weather and it has plenty of activities during the whole year. The only downside part is that sometimes there are many attractions that you don’t know what to choose and where to go. Here you will get an insight into the best places to visit in the Canary Islands.
The largest and most populated archipelago of the Macaronesia region are the Canary Islands. Also, it is one of the eight nations with a particular consideration of historical nationality recognized by the Spanish Government. The main islands are Fuerteventura, Gran Canaria, Lanzarote, Tenerife, La Palma, La Gomera and El Hierro.
The largest of the seven islands, Tenerife, has many attractions to offer its visitors like Carnaval de Santa Cruz, Teide National Park, Siam Park and El Bollullo beach. Carnaval de Santa Cruz is the second largest carnival in the world and is working to be designated as a UNESCO world heritage site, and it happens for three weeks in February. Teide National Park has the third largest volcano in the world at the highest peak. You cannot miss the Siam Park, itisthe most spectacular water park in Europe, it has the Thai theme buildings outside Thailand, and it was designed by Christoph Kiessling, and it was open by the Princess of Thailand Maha Chakri Sirindhorn. Here you’ll find one of the most wonderful beach, famous for its black sand, you cannot miss El Bollullo. It’s easily reached by Puerto de la Cruz in the island’s north sea.
Fuerteventura
The second-largest island of the Canary Islands. This island is a desert-like escape, and the water is ideal for swimming for the whole year because the sun heat makes the ocean warmer. It is a perfect location for wind-water sports, especially windsurfing and surfing. Fuerteventura also has a breathtaking beach, better known as Corralejo. This beach has more goats than people! The water is crystal clear, and you will want to stay there soaking up the sun.
The third island that you must visit, where you will be able to find sands of Maspalomas. Gran Canaria has to offer more diversity than the other islands; perfect for hiking because it has well-marked trails and a walking festival. Las Palmas is so famous for its nightlife and its beautiful sandy beaches such as, Las Canteras which is packed with bars, houses, apartments, and restaurants. This is the longest beach on the island, and the atmosphere is just great, especially during holidays. The second longest beach in Gran Canaria is the Maspalomas beach, it is also very famous for its Dunes.
Lanzarote
The youngest of the seven islands and the third most populated island of Tenerife and Gran Canaria. Timanfaya National Park is one of the main charms of the Isle. You will also locate the islet of La Graciosa where you will find this astonishing beach, Las Conchas, which has turquoise water and golden sand that will take your breath away. Playa Blanca, it has marvelous white sand that will make you feel as if you are walking in talc powder. Famara is another beach in Lanzarote that it is quite famous amongst surfers and is sheltered by mountains.
La Palma
Better known as ‘beautiful island’, La Palma has been declared a UNESCO biosphere for its remarkable volcanic and rainforest parts. Caldera de Taburiente National Park is the place with the most spectacular scenes of the archipelago can be seen from Roque de Los Muchachos. In the capital, Cruz de La Palma is worth visiting because of the historical value.
La Gomera
Even though it is an island, La Gomera is less of a beach getaway and more of a hiking escape. The routes are just perfect for walking. You cannot leave without trying the Almogrote, a spicy cheese paste that you will want to take back with you.
El Hierro
The last but not the least important of the seven islands is El Hierro. Considered a semi-mythical island, not many tourists visit it because it is somehow hard to get there. It is not a place with resorts and many pubs or restaurants. It is more for a soul search experience, and it is also excellent for diving. If you want to escape from the tourist places, El Hierro is the place to go.
Like this:
Like Loading…
What to see in the Canary Islands: places of interest, tips
Contents
Architecture San Cristobal de la Laguna (Tenerife)
Shrines of Betancuria (Fuerteventura)
Orotava Tropical Garden (Tenerife)
Carnival in Santa Cruz de Tenerife (Tenerife Island)
Palmitos Park (Gran Canaria)
Finally
Geographically, the Canary Islands are located in the Atlantic Ocean, more than 100 km from the mainland. The archipelago, formed as a result of a prehistoric natural disaster, consists of more than a dozen islands that amaze with an extraordinary diversity of nature.
Mostly tourists come here for a beach holiday and beautiful scenery. However, the sights of old colonial towns will be a real find for inquisitive and active travelers. Here you can admire baroque cathedrals, visit museums and participate in traditional colorful festivals.
Architecture San Cristobal de la Laguna (Tenerife)
A small colonial town on the island of Tenerife is famous for its historical center.
Architectural gems in San Cristobal de la Laguna are located literally at every step.
In Historical and Anthropological Museum you can get acquainted with the culture of the region, learn how the history of the island has changed over the centuries.
Shrines of Betancuria (Fuerteventura)
This city in Fuerteventura, founded in the 15th century, is considered the religious and cultural center of the island. Catholic traditions are honored here, and tourists are given a unique opportunity to see religious processions and folklore festivals. From architecture worthy of attention:
Cathedral of Santa Maria de Betancuria;
Hermitage San Diego;
Franciscan church at the monastery.
Orotava Tropical Garden (Tenerife)
Among the banana plantations is the picturesque town of Orotava, which attracts tourists with children with its Tropical Garden.
Among decorative ponds you can see exotic plants of Africa and Australia
Fans of historical values will be interested in the city center with many medieval buildings, architectural monuments in the form of temples and churches. The local museum exhibits exhibits from the time of the conquistadors.
The city is also famous for its black sand beach and great waves.
Carnival in Santa Cruz de Tenerife (Tenerife Island)
The city impresses with its unforgettable cultural events, the main of which is the annual carnival, which is not inferior in brightness of costumes and scale to Brazilian counterparts.
An incendiary carnival lasts a whole week and includes costume shows, concerts, contests, drawing both tourists and local residents into its rhythm
To learn more about the history and culture of the city, you can visit:
Museum of Fine Arts (here is a rich collection of paintings by Flemish artists of the 16th century;
Museum of Nature and Man (expositions introduce visitors to life and life Local aboriginal people). park every day are arranged show featuring dolphins and other animals.
In conclusion
Until a few decades ago, the Canary Islands were seen by many as a place where only very wealthy people could afford to go. To date, rest on “Islands of Eternal Spring” is available to most tourists. Do not deny yourself the pleasure of enjoying this paradise, where everyone can find a vacation to their liking.
For more information, watch the video:
*Meta Platforms Inc (owner of Facebook and Instagram) – the organization is recognized as extremist,
its activities are prohibited on the territory of Russia by the decision of the Tverskoy Court of Moscow dated March 21, 2022.
Attractions of the Canary Islands – tours and holidays in Spain
The sights of the Canary Islands include such places as: the cliffs of the Giants, the mountains of Anaga, the pyramids in Guimar, the waterfall “Gorge of Hell”, the park “Teide”, the park “Loro”, water park, Tenerife North West and numerous beaches. If you have purchased trips to Spain, be sure to visit at least some of the places listed below.
Cliffs of the Giants
These are rock formations that go into the ocean. They get to them by boats and motor ships. Even the ancestors considered these cliffs a sacred place.
Anaga Mountains
These are not just mountains, but ecological value. Having been in the mountains, you can see traces of archeological excavations, as well as botanical vegetation, interesting villages and people living in specially equipped mountains.
Pyramids in Guimard
The pyramids are located on the territory of the ethnographic park, this is the Guimard desert. There is also a museum “Casa Chacona”. In this museum you can see an accurately made copy of the palace of RA II, and the copy is made in natural size. You can stop by the gift shop or the cinema and cafeterias along the way.
Hell Gorge Waterfall
Hell Gorge is an oasis. It is located on the territory of the island of Tenerife in the southern part, dominated by land and complete desertion. In the Canary Islands, this waterfall is the only one of its kind, since it was not made artificially.
Teide Park
Teide Park is a volcanic crater located at an altitude of 2000 meters above sea level. The rules for visiting this park are strictly described: you cannot take volcanic stones from it, etc. In order to save time and energy, you can get to the base of the mountain, where there is a specially equipped parking lot and many souvenir shops. By ordering a car rental service in Spain, you can visit not only the park, but also most famous places.
Loro Park
This is a park with a large concentration of parrots.
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Canary Islands – October Weather
Weather Lowdown:
As Las Palmas de Gran Canaria enters autumn, it begins to experience a bit more rain and slightly cooler temperatures, but the sea temperature remains warm from summer. October in this Spanish island city marks the end of the summer tourism spike, but with a subtropical climate and warm temperatures year round it remains an excellent vacation spot for tourists.
The average daily temperature for Las Palmas in October stays around 23°C . The lows can drop down to 20°C in the evenings and high temperatures can reach up to 26°C during the day. While the temperatures are very similar to those in June, there is a bit more rain during October. The average rainfall during this early fall month is 18 mm occurring throughout 9 days in the month. There is an 18% chance of rain in the relatively dry Las Palmas, which shouldn’t be enough to alter any major plans for visitors, but it may be best to have one or two indoor activities prepared. It’s not the rainiest month though; December averages 37 mm of rain over 11 days. Visitors in October can expect 9 hours of sunshine daily and a 57% chance of a sunny day.
Sea temperatures stay warm from the summer during October, at an average of 23°C in the water. The combination of warm water, warm air and a cool breeze makes for an excellent swim in the Atlantic Ocean. There are plenty of other beach activities too, and with the wind dropping sharply from windy summer months to just a 53% chance of a windy day, activities like parasailing and sailing will likely have just the right amount of breeze.
The combination of excellent weather, low wind and decreasing tourist numbers make October an excellent time to visit Las Palmas.
Where to Stay:
Travelers looking to save money in the off-season can stretch their money even further at the Pension Sea of Clouds. The hostel offers a blend of dorm-style and private accommodations in a family- and pet-friendly setting. Free Wi-Fi, TV and free amenities make the rooms comfortable for anyone. Centrally located, the 24-hour staff can help you find your way around the city when you’re ready to head out.
If you enjoy being in the middle of the buzz, head to Alisios Canteras Hotel in Las Palmas. Located just off of Playa de las Canteras, you’ll see the beach and the tourists go by each day in a beautiful setting. With free Wi-Fi, air conditioning, TV, safe deposit box and a full bathroom with amenities, Alisios Canteras has everything you need to enjoy your time in the city. In addition to the bar, cafe and restaurant, the hotel also offers amenities just for families including free extra beds for children under 12, triple rooms available and a discount on breakfast for children.
Most of the rooms at the Maype Canteras Apartments offer a gorgeous sea view of the Atlantic Ocean that will make each morning a special treat. The view extends to the rooftop solarium where you can sunbathe while listening to the waves and looking over the Playa de las Canteras. Other amenities include Wi-Fi in certain areas, a TV and reading room, and safe boxes.
Things to Do:
Get a feel of the culture of Las Palmas by heading north to La Isleta. One of the most populous areas, this neighborhood is where most of Las Palmas’ parades begin. It connects the beaches of Las Canteras and El Confital, and offers a great view of the city from the hilltop, making it a great place to start your trip in Las Palmas. It’s also a street art enthusiast haven, and you’ll see cultural works of art throughout the streets of this peninsula.
Castillo de la Luz is located on the southern part of La Isleta. The castle defended the natural harbor of Las Palmas for several centuries. It was built in 1494 on top of an existing fort from the time of the conquest by the Castilians. This square fortress once had a platform for 11 cannons, yet it still suffered damages from the invasion of Dutch pirates in 1599 when it was practically burned to the ground. The current two-story building has been declared a national historic monument and is a great place to learn about the history of Las Palmas.
Hit the Beach:
The Playa de la Puntilla is a local’s beach. This small, tucked away beach is surrounded by great options for fresh seafood and sunbathing. It’s a quiet reprieve from the busier beaches like Las Canteras and is great for getting off of the beaten path.
Eating and Drinking Out:
Near the Casa de Colon, Latienza Gastro Bar is a friendly restaurant that served affordable tapas in its dining room and outside on the street. The decor feature stonewalls and unique finishes. At night, Latienza transforms into a relaxing place for a beer or glass of wine.
Located in the Vegueta neighborhood, El Herreno is surrounded by great options for shopping and eating. The large restaurant serves traditional Canarian dishes at great prices, with a menu several pages long, offering something for everyone. El Herreno is right across the street from the market, so you know your food is fresh. With the laid-back atmosphere and the menu choices, this restaurant is great for families.
Weather Palmas in October 2022: Temperature & Climate
Are you planning a holiday with hopefully nice weather in Palmas in October 2022? Here you can find all information about the weather in Palmas in October:
>>Overview: Palmas Weather and Climate in October
>>Palmas weather by month // weather averages
>>Palmas weather in October // weather averages
>>Current temperature and weather forecast for Palmas
Palmas weather by month // weather averages
<>
Avg. Temperature °C (°F)
Min. Temperature °C (°F)
Max. Temperature °C (°F)
Precipitation / Rainfall mm (in)
Humidity (%)
Rainy days (d)
avg. Sun hours (hours)
January
25.6
(78.1)
22.6
(72.6)
29.7
(85.4)
355
(14)
82%
19
8.0
February
25.6
(78.1)
22.5
(72.5)
29.7
(85.4)
324
(12.8)
82%
18
8.0
March
25.6
(78.1)
22.5
(72.5)
29.7
(85.5)
317
(12.5)
83%
20
8.0
April
26
(78.9)
22.5
(72.6)
30.3
(86.5)
198
(7.8)
78%
14
8.0
May
26.8
(80.3)
22.6
(72. 7)
31.5
(88.6)
59
(2.3)
67%
5
10.0
June
26.7
(80.1)
21.5
(70.6)
32.2
(90)
3
(0.1)
54%
0
10.0
July
26.8
(80.2)
21
(69.8)
32.6
(90.7)
1
(0)
46%
0
10.0
August
28.1
(82.6)
22
(71.6)
34.2
(93.6)
1
(0)
39%
0
11.0
September
29.6
(85.3)
24
(75.2)
35.3
(95.5)
28
(1.1)
41%
3
11.0
October
28. 3
(83)
23.9
(75.1)
33.3
(91.9)
134
(5.3)
60%
11
10.0
November
26.5
(79.7)
23.1
(73.6)
30.8
(87.5)
249
(9.8)
77%
16
9.0
December
26
(78.9)
22.8
(73.1)
30.2
(86.3)
308
(12.1)
80%
18
9.0
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Avg. Temperature °C (°F)
25.6 °C
(78.1) °F
25.6 °C
(78.1) °F
25. 6 °C
(78.1) °F
26 °C
(78.9) °F
26.8 °C
(80.3) °F
26.7 °C
(80.1) °F
26.8 °C
(80.2) °F
28.1 °C
(82.6) °F
29.6 °C
(85.3) °F
28.3 °C
(83) °F
26.5 °C
(79.7) °F
26 °C
(78.9) °F
Min. Temperature °C (°F)
22.6 °C
(72.6) °F
22.5 °C
(72.5) °F
22.5 °C
(72.5) °F
22.5 °C
(72.6) °F
22.6 °C
(72.7) °F
21.5 °C
(70.6) °F
21 °C
(69.8) °F
22 °C
(71.6) °F
24 °C
(75.2) °F
23.9 °C
(75.1) °F
23.1 °C
(73.6) °F
22.8 °C
(73.1) °F
Max. Temperature °C (°F)
29. 7 °C
(85.4) °F
29.7 °C
(85.4) °F
29.7 °C
(85.5) °F
30.3 °C
(86.5) °F
31.5 °C
(88.6) °F
32.2 °C
(90) °F
32.6 °C
(90.7) °F
34.2 °C
(93.6) °F
35.3 °C
(95.5) °F
33.3 °C
(91.9) °F
30.8 °C
(87.5) °F
30.2 °C
(86.3) °F
Precipitation / Rainfall mm (in)
355
(13)
324
(12)
317
(12)
198
(7)
59
(2)
3
(0)
1
(0)
1
(0)
28
(1)
134
(5)
249
(9)
308
(12)
Humidity(%)
82%
82%
83%
78%
67%
54%
46%
39%
41%
60%
77%
80%
Rainy days (d)
19
18
19
14
5
0
0
0
3
12
16
18
avg. Sun hours (hours)
8.5
8.1
7.7
8.3
9.6
10.2
10.4
10.6
10.6
9.9
9.3
9.2
Data: 1991 – 2021 Min. Temperature °C (°F), Max. Temperature °C (°F), Precipitation / Rainfall mm (in), Humidity, Rainy days.
Data: 1999 – 2019: avg. Sun hours
Palmas weather and climate for further months
Palmas in January
Palmas in February
Palmas in March
Palmas in April
Palmas in May
Palmas in June
Palmas in July
Palmas in August
Palmas in September
Palmas in November
Palmas in December
Palmas weather in October // weather averages
beta
Temperature (°C) | (°F)
Temperature max. (°C) | (°F)
Temperature min. (°C) | (°F)
Precipitation / Rainfall (mm) | (inch.)
1. October
29 °C | 85 °F
35 °C | 94 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
1. 7 mm | 0.1 inch.
2. October
30 °C | 85 °F
35 °C | 95 °F
25 °C | 76 °F
4.7 mm | 0.2 inch.
3. October
29 °C | 85 °F
34 °C | 94 °F
25 °C | 76 °F
3.7 mm | 0.1 inch.
4. October
29 °C | 85 °F
35 °C | 94 °F
25 °C | 76 °F
3.4 mm | 0.1 inch.
5. October
29 °C | 85 °F
35 °C | 94 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
1.8 mm | 0.1 inch.
6. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 94 °F
25 °C | 76 °F
2.1 mm | 0.1 inch.
7. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
1.9 mm | 0.1 inch.
8. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 94 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
2.2 mm | 0.1 inch.
9. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
2. 2 mm | 0.1 inch.
10. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
2.2 mm | 0.1 inch.
11. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
2.1 mm | 0.1 inch.
12. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
3.7 mm | 0.1 inch.
13. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
3.5 mm | 0.1 inch.
14. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
3.3 mm | 0.1 inch.
15. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
3.9 mm | 0.2 inch.
16. October
29 °C | 84 °F
34 °C | 93 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
4.3 mm | 0.2 inch.
17. October
29 °C | 83 °F
34 °C | 92 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
3. 6 mm | 0.1 inch.
18. October
28 °C | 83 °F
33 °C | 92 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
4.3 mm | 0.2 inch.
19. October
28 °C | 83 °F
33 °C | 92 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
3.3 mm | 0.1 inch.
20. October
28 °C | 83 °F
33 °C | 91 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
3.3 mm | 0.1 inch.
21. October
28 °C | 83 °F
33 °C | 91 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
5.3 mm | 0.2 inch.
22. October
28 °C | 82 °F
32 °C | 90 °F
24 °C | 76 °F
6.0 mm | 0.2 inch.
23. October
28 °C | 82 °F
33 °C | 91 °F
24 °C | 74 °F
3.5 mm | 0.1 inch.
24. October
28 °C | 82 °F
32 °C | 90 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
3.9 mm | 0.2 inch.
25. October
28 °C | 82 °F
33 °C | 91 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
7. 2 mm | 0.3 inch.
26. October
28 °C | 82 °F
33 °C | 91 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
5.5 mm | 0.2 inch.
27. October
28 °C | 82 °F
33 °C | 91 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
6.2 mm | 0.2 inch.
28. October
28 °C | 82 °F
32 °C | 90 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
3.4 mm | 0.1 inch.
29. October
28 °C | 82 °F
32 °C | 90 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
4.2 mm | 0.2 inch.
30. October
27 °C | 80 °F
31 °C | 89 °F
24 °C | 75 °F
5.6 mm | 0.2 inch.
31. October
27 °C | 80 °F
31 °C | 88 °F
23 °C | 74 °F
6.8 mm | 0.3 inch.
Data: 1999 – 2019
Weather forecast Las Palmas, Spain – Best time to go
The climate of Las Palmas is very pleasant all year round, with temperatures never reaching below 15C during winter. The rate of sunshine lingers around six hours per day for the winter months, rising to around nine hours during the summer. The weather comfort index therefore registers anything between 65 and 85/100 depending on the season, which makes clear its good weather conditions all year round. When it does rain, showers are never heavy and those who don’t mind 18C sea water can take a tip at any time of year.
The weather prediction service inLas Palmas is based on a calculation which takes into account historic data from the last 10 years, as well as predictions based on certain criteria such as air temperature, humidity, water temperature, wind speed and sunshine.
Prepare your things now for your stay by taking a look at the weather predictions forLas Palmas.
Temperature
Bad weather
Sunbathing
Swimming
Wind
Humidity
The weather is rated on a scale from 0 to 100, with the worst weather conditions ranging between 0 and 19 and the best ranging above 79. The overall weather comfort index is:
Excellent (Rating between 80% and 100%)
Good (Rating between 60% and 79%)
Average (Rating between 40% and 59%)
Bad (Rating between 20% and 39%)
Very bad (Rating between 0% and 19%)
Practical advice for a stay inLas Palmas:
Light clothing
Comfortable shoes to visit the town’s surroundings
Good sun screen products
Las Palmas: When to go ?
Daytime temperature
Night-time temperature
Daytime humidity
Night-time humidity
Daytime wind
Night-time wind
Daytime rainfall
Night-time rainfall
Sunshine
Swimming
Weather Las Palmas : Annual weather forecast chart
Las Palmas: Seven-day weather forecast
Friday 15 January 2021 17°C | 17°C
Rainfall: 0
Wind: Force 27 Direction NE
Sun: Indicator 11
07:54:00 18:28:00
Moon: 09:50:00 20:55:00
Saturday 16 January 2021 17°C | 19°C
Rainfall: 0
Wind: Force 25 Direction NE
Sun: Indicator 43
07:53:00 18:28:00
Moon: 10:28:00 21:54:00
Sunday 17 January 2021 17°C | 19°C
Rainfall: 0
Wind: Force 16 Direction NE
Sun: Indicator 88
07:53:00 18:29:00
Moon: 11:02:00 22:49:00
Monday 18 January 2021 16°C | 19°C
Rainfall: 0
Wind: Force 11 Direction NE
Sun: Indicator 98
07:53:00 18:30:00
Moon: 11:34:00 23:42:00
Tuesday 19 January 2021 16°C | 19°C
Rainfall: 0
Wind: Force 8 Direction E
Sun: Indicator 97
07:53:00 18:31:00
Moon: 12:03:00
Wednesday 20 January 2021 17°C | 19°C
Rainfall: 0
Wind: Force 8 Direction NE
Sun: Indicator 100
07:53:00 18:32:00
Moon: 12:33:00 00:34:00
Spain: Seven-day weather forecast
Take a look at the seven-day weather forecast for the principal cities inSpain. For each destination, Easyvoyage’s weather tool gives you temperature and rainfall indicators, along with wind force and direction and sunrise/sunset times. Prepare your holidays using our weather forecasts or organise your activities thanks to the weather comfort index forSpain. Whether you’re getting ready to go or already on holiday, it’s never been simpler to keep an eye on the weather than with Easyvoyage!
Lanzarote Weather
14°C | 16°C
Malaga Weather
8°C | 17°C
Alicante Weather
7°C | 17°C
Barcelona Weather
5°C | 14°C
Bilbao Weather
7°C | 11°C
Badajoz Weather
-3°C | 13°C
San Sebastien Weather
9°C | 11°C
Girona Weather
0°C | 12°C
Granada Weather
-1°C | 14°C
Ibiza Weather
7°C | 14°C
La Coruna Weather
8°C | 12°C
Almeria Weather
7°C | 16°C
Leon Weather
-1°C | 8°C
Madrid Weather
-2°C | 8°C
Cordoba Weather
-1°C | 15°C
Majorca – Palma Weather
7°C | 15°C
Pamplona Weather
6°C | 8°C
Santander Weather
10°C | 12°C
Salamanca Weather
-4°C | 8°C
Santa Cruz De La Palma Weather
16°C | 19°C
Seville Weather
1°C | 15°C
Tenerife Weather
11°C | 16°C
Torremolinos Weather
9°C | 17°C
Valverde Weather
12°C | 13°C
Vigo Weather
6°C | 12°C
Vitoria Weather
5°C | 7°C
Valencia Weather
5°C | 16°C
Valladolid Weather
-3°C | 6°C
Zaragoza Weather
6°C | 11°C
Albacete Weather
-2°C | 7°C
Alcal de Henares Weather
-2°C | 8°C
vila Weather
-4°C | 6°C
Benidorm Weather
8°C | 16°C
Burgos Weather
0°C | 6°C
Cadiz Weather
5°C | 13°C
Carthagne Weather
6°C | 17°C
Chinchn Weather
-2°C | 8°C
Ciudad Real Weather
-1°C | 10°C
Corralejo Weather
17°C | 18°C
Cuenca Weather
0°C | 8°C
Guadalajara Weather
-2°C | 9°C
Hierro Weather
17°C | 19°C
Huelva Weather
2°C | 16°C
Huesca Weather
4°C | 9°C
Jan Weather
4°C | 11°C
Jerez de la Frontera Weather
1°C | 14°C
Logroo Weather
6°C | 10°C
Los Cristianos Weather
15°C | 18°C
San Cristbal de La Laguna Weather
10°C | 13°C
Marbella Weather
10°C | 17°C
Oviedo Weather
5°C | 10°C
Reinosa Weather
9°C | 12°C
Salobrea Weather
0°C | 13°C
Sanlucar De Barrameda Weather
3°C | 14°C
Toledo Weather
-5°C | 8°C
Tudela Weather
6°C | 11°C
Zafra Weather
1°C | 12°C
Can Pastilla Weather
7°C | 15°C
Cala D’or Weather
5°C | 14°C
Costa Adeje Weather
15°C | 18°C
Calella de Palafrugel Weather
4°C | 13°C
Ciutadella Weather
8°C | 14°C
Costa Teguise Weather
17°C | 17°C
Llanes Weather
8°C | 11°C
Pescola Weather
6°C | 15°C
Playa de Palma Weather
7°C | 15°C
Santa Cruz de Tenerife Weather
16°C | 18°C
San Lorenzo del Escorial Weather
-3°C | 9°C
Cceres Weather
-2°C | 11°C
La Gomera Weather
17°C | 18°C
Lleida Weather
2°C | 11°C
Segovia Weather
-1°C | 5°C
Teruel Weather
-1°C | 6°C
Platja de Muro Weather
4°C | 14°C
Cala Mayor Weather
9°C | 14°C
Weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October.
Sea water temperature in October. Weather by months.
Sea weather / Spain / Weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria / Weather in OCTOBER
September
October
November
Average temperature during the day
+25°C
+25°C
+23°C
Average temperature at night
+22°C
+22°C
+20°C
Sea water temperature
+24°C
+23°C
+22°C
Number of sunny days
19 days
18 days
14 days
Day length
11.9 – 12.7 hours
11.1 – 11.9 hours
10.5 – 11.1 hours
Number of rainy days
1 day
1 day
1 day
Rainfall
10. 7 mm
20.9 mm
19.7 mm
Average wind speed
5.3 m / s
4.7 m / s
5.4 m / s
Monthly weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October 9000
November 9000
Weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria now •
Weather forecast for 14 days •
Sea water temperature •
Air temperature •
Weather by month •
Weather in the resorts of Spain
Air temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
The graph below provides detailed information about the daytime and nighttime temperatures in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October.
Select the year you are interested in to see daily October temperatures for that year.
The average air temperature in October for the last 5 years is 24. 9°C during the day and 21.9°C at night.
To get data on the air temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria for other months, go to the “Weather by months” section.
Data for:
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Sea temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
The graph below provides detailed information about the water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October.
Select the year you are interested in to see daily October temperatures for that year.
The average sea surface temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October for the past 5 years is 23.4°C/63.5°F.
To get water temperature data for other months, go to the “Weather by months” section.
Data for:
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
The graph below shows the number of sunny, cloudy and overcast days you can expect in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October.
The forecast is based on information about the weather in this resort, collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Rainy days in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
The graph below displays the chances of rainfall of varying strengths in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October.
The forecast is based on rainfall information for this resort collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Windy days in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
The chart below shows information on how strong the winds can be in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October.
The forecast is based on information about the strength of the wind at this resort, collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October. Sea temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in october. Weather by months.
Weather averages/Spain/Las Palmas de Gran Canaria/October
Resorts in Spain
All resorts
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria on the world map
Other countries
All countries
Monthly weather
3 Month
5
Temperature
at night
afternoon
January
+17°C
+21°C
February
+17°C
+20°C
March
+17°C
+20°C
April
+18°C
+22°C
May
+19°C
+24°C
June
+20°C
+25°C
July
+22°C
+27°C
August
+23°C
+28°C
September
+23°C
+27°C
October
+23°C
+27°C
November
+21°C
+24°C
December
+19°C
+22°C
According to our observations, as well as reviews of tourists who visited Spain, we can say that the weather in Kemer in September is expected to be good. The average daily air temperature in October is 26.9 °C, while the sea water temperature will be 23.6 °С.
Weather in October
Daytime average temperature Nighttime average temperature
+26.9 °C +22.7 °C
Sea water temperature
+23.6 °C
Number of sunny days Length of daylight hours
19 days 11 hours 29 minutes
Rainy days Rainfall
3 days 39 mm
Average wind speed
16.5 m/s
Should I go to Las Palmas de Gran Canaria for a holiday in October?
Comfort
77. 7%
Taking into account all the available data about the weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October (air and water temperature, amount and intensity of rain, cloudiness, day length and wind strength), we calculated the comfort level in this resort, which amounted to 77.7 %. Please also note that the comfort level in November will be lower and will be 71.8 %
Comfort level by months
On the graph below you can see the comfort level in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria calculated by us for each month. The most comfortable months for a vacation in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria are September, October and August. Months with the minimum level of comfort are March, January and February.
Monthly comparison of weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Select the month you are interested in from the list below if you want to receive detailed information about the weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria at other times.
December
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
Air temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
During the day, the air temperature in October ranges from 25. 0°C to 28.5°C, at night from 21.9°C to 21.9°C, respectively. At the same time, the average air temperature is 26.9 °C during the day, and 22.7 °C at night. The difference between daytime and nighttime air temperatures reaches an average of 4.2°C per month.
Water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
In October, the water in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria is quite warm. The water temperature in the sea does not fall below 23.4°C, while the maximum figure can reach 23.9°C. The average water temperature in October is 23.6 °C, which is 0.2°C lower than in September and 1.1°C higher than in November.
Rainy days and precipitation in October
The average rainfall in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October is 39 mm, with a typical rainfall of about 3 days. October is one of the rainiest months in terms of rainfall. According to our observations and hysmeteo data, the probability of rainy weather is 12. 9 %. In this case, most often it will be a light drizzle.
Sunny, cloudy and overcast days
In Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October there are usually about 19 sunny, 9 cloudy and 3 cloudy days. The length of daylight hours (from dawn to dusk) is 11 hours and 29 minutes. The number of hours of sunshine when the sun’s rays reach the earth’s surface, taking into account the average cloud cover for the month, is 8 hours and 21 minutes per day.
Wind in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October
The graph below shows the probability of winds of varying strengths during the month. Moreover, the average wind speed in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October is 16.5 m/s, which makes it one of the most windless months of the year.
Weather in October in other resorts in Spain
We bring to your attention a summary of the weather in other popular resorts in Spain in October. Select the resort you are interested in to get more detailed information.
Name
Day air temperature
Air temperature at night
Rainy days (rainfall)
Water temperature
Tenerife
22.6°C
17.9°C
7 days (110 mm)
24.0°C
Barcelona
22.4°C
16.9°C
2 days (29 mm)
21.3°C
Mallorca
24.8°C
18.0°C
3 days (33 mm)
23.0°C
Malaga
26.5°C
17.1°C
1 day (12 mm)
20.4°C
Palma de Mallorca
25.3°C
17.6°C
2 days (25 mm)
22. 9°C
Valencia
25.4°C
17.3°C
1 day (22 mm)
22.3°C
Costa Brava
22.3°C
15.8°C
1 day (24 mm)
18.8°C
Salou
23.9°C
17.5°C
2 days (37 mm)
21.6°C
Alicante
25.8°C
18.1°C
3 days (37 mm)
22.6°C
Ibiza
24.9°C
21.6°C
4 days (41 mm)
22.8°C
Gran Canaria
27.8°C
23.0°C
0 days (18 mm)
23.6°C
Marbella
25. 5°C
16.3°C
1 day (20 mm)
19.6°C
– January
– February
– March
– April
– May
– June
– July
– August
– September
– October
– November
– December
Weather in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October 2022 ⋆ Weather forecast in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in October ⇒ Spain
10 Spanish expressions everyone should know ‹ GO Blog
Spanish is one of the world’s most widely-spoken languages and Castilian (the version spoken in Spain) charms expats and tourists as quickly as the country’s narrow cobblestoned streets and tasty tapas. Thinking about going to Spain? Make sure you learn these Spanish expressions and use them on anyone and everyone who’ll listen – it’ll impress the locals and ensure that you’ll have a much easier time making friends and fitting in.
1. ¡Qué guay!
How do you say it? “Gwai”
What does it mean and how is it used? It means cool, awesome or great. Young people pepper their conversations with this adjective, responding to their friends’ stories with a chorus of ¡Qué guay! (“How cool!”)
2. Vale
How do you say it? “Bale” (the V turns into a B)
What does it mean and how is it used? Very much a part of the Spaniards’ vocabulary_,_ meaning OK, alright, sounds good, I understand or no problem. It comes from the verb valer (to be worth, as in ¿cuánto vale? – How much is it?) but means so much more. It’s used as a way of agreeing or affirming what someone has said. (“We’re meeting at 11am tomorrow, vale?” or “Call me later to organize that.” Vale, I’ll call you.) After a while in Spain you’ll notice that people tend to use it twice in reply (vale, vale) which is endearing!
3. Hombre
How do you say it? “Ombre” (the H is silent)
What does it mean and how is it used? It literally means “man”, and is also used to affirm or strengthen what you’re saying; typically to mean no, yes/of course, to greet or to plead. You’ll hear:
No – “Do you like your boss?” Qué va, hombre, para nada. (No way, not at all.)
Yes/Of course – ¡Claro que sí, hombre! (Of course, or definitely)
Greeting – ¡Hombre! Cómo estás? (Hey man! How are you?)
Pleading – ¡Vamos, hombre, por favor! (Aww, come on man, please. )
As a bonus, this isn’t too strange-sounding to English speakers, because English “man” can be used in much the same way.
4. Tío/Tía
How do you say it? _“_Tio/Tia”
What does it mean and how is it used? While these literally mean “uncle,” and “aunt,” they’re also used informally to generally refer to another person. In the same way English speakers use “dude” or “guy” (“Look at those guys over there!” or “Who said that?” “I don’t know, just some dude.”) Spaniards use tío or tía. You can also use these words to call the attention of a friend, as in “Tío/tía, come here!”)
5. ¿Cómo vas?
How do you say it? “Como bas” (Same thing here – the V is pronounced as a B)
What does it mean and how is it used? Spaniards are a friendly bunch, quick to start up a conversation and armed with several ways to ask the classic “How are you?”. These greetings are used casually all day – in small talk, such as when meeting friends, with well-known colleagues, chatting with a clerk at the store – so it’s great to know them. Many visitors will quickly learn ¿Qué tal? and our fifth expression is another to add to your small talk toolbox: ¿Cómo vas?, literally meaning “How are you going?”
6. Puente
How do you say it? “Puente”
What does it mean and how is it used? Every employee’s favorite – and a stereotype of life in Spain – is the puente, or three-day weekend. Often due to a saint’s feast day, these “bridges”, become the best Mondays and Fridays of the year!
7. Guiri
How do you say it? “Giri”
What does it mean and how is it used? Anyone wanting to blend in in Spain has done their research on how not to look like a guiri. Guiris, pronounced “giri”, are (very obvious) foreigners usually hailing from English-speaking countries or central and northern Europe. The Spanish will call you out as a guiri for being generally non-Spanish: eating dinner or going out for evening drinks far too early; brandishing extra large maps and cameras on city corners; talking really loudly at monuments or while out sightseeing; wearing denim shorts with flip flops year round; and only ordering sangria.
8. Buenas
How do you say it? “Buenas”
What does it mean and how is it used? Start your sunny Spanish morning off with a cheerful Buenos días, continue with buenas tardes in the evening and end with buenas noches when it’s time to say goodbye or good night. Or, just stick to the sweet and simple “Buenas!” to say hello at any time of the day. You’ll receive a chipper “Buenas!” in return and can move on to more important considerations – like how much tortilla and patatasbravas are you going to order for lunch?
9. ¡Venga ya!
How do you say it? “Benga ya” (Again, the V is pronounced as a B)
What does it mean and how is it used? This is another very commonly-used expression in Spain and earns you extra points for stepping outside the usual list of expressions commonly learned by visitors. ¡Venga ya! (or sometimes simply ¡Venga!) is a way of expressing surprise or disbelief. Just like “no way,” “come on!” or “come off it!” in English, it’s used when you are shocked. (For example, if you learned that your friend had ordered 15 tortillas and ten plates of patatasbravas – then proceeded to eat it all.)
10. Pasta
How do you say it? _“_Pasta” (just like your favorite grub!)
What does it mean and how is it used? Money, money, money. Or, pasta, pasta, pasta if you’re in Spain. That’s right – rather than a call out to the Italians across the sea, in Spain pasta means money. Whether in coins, notes, cards, pesetas or Euros, whether you have it or not, it’s all pasta to the Spanish.
vale – oversættelse til spansk
Es la señorita Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018. php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Disculpe. ¿Señorita Vale?
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
La vida es un problema.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
¿ Vas a seguir llamándola señorita Vale?
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl. eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Deberías estar avergonzada de vivir tu vida como Charlotte Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Roger, ¿puedes venir ahora? – A la comisaría Maida Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Hasta este momento he traído a este mundo 5.322 bebés.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
“Buenos días, señorita Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
No quiero llamarle señorita Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Maida Vale 3499.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
He vivido en la desgracia durante tres años.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Policía de Maida Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Siempre he querido ver Cachemira.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Me llamo Charlotte Vale.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Si la señorita Vale nos disculpa.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Så dette er, hvordan du kan sige “vale” i engelsk.
Udtryk, der indeholder “vale“:
Spansk
Engelsk
1.
¿cuánto vale?
how much is it?
2.
más te
vale ir
you’d better go
3.
Mas
vale pájaro en mano que un ciento volando.
A bird in hand is worth two in the bush.
4.
más
vale tarde que nunca
better late than never
5.
¡no
vale la pena!
It’s not worth it!
6.
que
vale la pena
(tillægsord) Synonym: valedero
worthwhile (tillægsord)
7.
todo
vale
everything goes
8.
vale la pena
it’s worth it
9.
no
vale un comino
it’s not worth tuppence
10.
Más
vale pájaro en mano que cien volando.
A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
11.
cuánto vale?
how much is it?
12.
me
vale
I don’t care
13.
me
vale
it’s all the same to me
14.
no
vale un comino
it’s not worth twopence
15.
vale I
voucher
16.
vale I
warrant
17.
vale I
IOU
18.
vale I
promissory note
19.
no
vale un ardite
it’s not worth a brass farthing
20.
no
vale un carajo
it isn’t worth a thing penny
21.
no
vale un céntimo
it’s worthless
22.
vale más como poeta
he is better as a poet
23.
más
vale lo malo conocido que lo bueno por conocer
better the devil you know than the devil you don’t
24.
llega el jefe, más
vale que te vayas corriendo
the boss is coming so you’d better get out of here
25.
el coche no
vale gran cosa
the car isn’t worth much
26.
más
vale pecar por exceso que por defecto
too much is better than too little
27.
el que compramos no
vale
the one we bought is no good
28.
yo era la reina, ¿vale?
suppose I were queen, right?
29.
bien
vale la pena el esfuerzo
it’s well worth the effort
30.
eso no
vale
that’s no good use
31.
hay que tirar todo lo que no
vale
we must throw out everything that is no use
32.
ya no me
vale
it’s no good use to me now
33.
este destornillador no me
vale porque es pequeño
this screwdriver is no good to me, it’s too small
34.
hombre precavido
vale por dos
forewarned is forearmed
35.
hombre prevenido
vale por dos
forewarned is forearmed
36.
una imagen
vale más que mil palabras
a picture is worth a thousand words
37.
la primera impresión es la que
vale
it’s the first impression that counts
38.
siempre se
vale de sus influencias
he always uses his contacts
39.
vale, macho, no te enfades
all right, mate, no need to get mad
40.
más
vale lo malo conocido
better the devil you know
41.
más
vale así
it’s better this way
42.
más
vale no hacerlo
it would be better not to do it
43.
más
vale mantener esto en secreto
it would be best to keep this quiet
44.
—mañana te devuelvo el dinero —más te
vale
I’ll give you the money back tomorrow — you’d better!
45.
más
vale que me vaya
I’d I had better go
46.
más
vale que te lleves el abrigo
you’d you had better take your coat
47.
más
vale que vayas tú
it would be better if you went
48.
más
vale estar solo que mal acompañado
it’s better to be on your own than in bad company
49.
más
vale prevenir que curar
prevention is better than cure
50.
más
vale prevenir que curar
better safe than sorry
51.
más
vale que sobre que no que falte
better too much than too little
52.
me
vale madre
I couldn’t care less
53.
me
vale sombrilla
I couldn’t care less
54.
me
vale verga
I don’t give a toss
55.
más
vale no meneallo
let sleeping dogs lie
56.
más
vale no meneallo
the less said the better
57.
una película que
vale la pena ver
a film that’s worth seeing
58.
no
vale la pena que perdamos el tiempo discutiendo eso
it’s not worth wasting time arguing about it
59.
no me
vale la bula de Meco
I’m done for
60.
no
vale ni una tusa
it’s worthless
61.
no
vale un abalorio
it’s worthless
62.
no
vale un higo
it’s not worth a brass farthing
63.
no
vale un pito
it’s not worth tuppence
64.
más
vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando
a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush
65.
he pensado que no
vale la pena
I’ve decided that it’s not worth it
66.
he pensado que no
vale la pena
I’ve come to the conclusion that it’s not worth it
67.
vale un potosí
it’s worth a fortune
68.
ella
vale un potosí
she’s a treasure
69.
ella
vale un potosí
she’s worth her weight in gold
70.
me pregunto si
vale la pena
I wonder if it’s worthwhile
71.
me pregunto si
vale la pena
I wonder whether if it’s worth it
72.
no
vale la pena que te sofoques
it’s not worth upsetting yourself about it
73.
¡te vas a enterar de lo que
vale un peine!
now you’ll find out what’s what!
74.
solo el vuelo ya
vale 8.000 euros
the flight alone costs 8,000 euros
75.
este libro
vale cinco dólares
this book costs five dollars
76.
¿cuánto vale?
how much does it cost?
77.
el terreno
vale más que la casa
the land is worth more than the house
78.
en ese caso X
vale 9
in that case X equals 9
79.
el ángulo B
vale 38 grados
angle B is 38 degrees
80.
cada cupón
vale por un paquete de azúcar
each coupon is worth can be exchanged for one bag of sugar
81.
es viejo, pero
vale para la lluvia
it’s old, but it’ll do for when it rains
82.
este trozo no me
vale para hacer la cortina
this piece won’t do to make the curtain
83.
este cuchillo no
vale para nada
this knife is useless
84.
—¿vamos a tomar algo? —¡vale!
shall we go for a drink? — OK! all right!
85.
pásate por mi casa esta tarde, ¿vale?
drop by my house this afternoon, OK?
86.
vale que discutan, pero que se peguen es imperdonable
having an argument is one thing but hitting each other is another matter entirely is inexcusable
87.
este sombrero me
vale aún
I can still wear use this hat
88.
me
vale la ropa de mi hermana
my sister’s clothes do for fit me as well
89.
a mi hijo no le
vale la ropa del año pasado
the clothes my son wore last year are too small for him now
90.
no le
vale ser hijo del ministro
being the minister’s son is no use to him
91.
el chico no
vale para el trabajo
the boy is no good not right for the job
92.
este coche
vale muy caro
this car is very expensive costs a lot of money
93.
¿vale mucho?
is it very expensive?
94.
vale mucho como intérprete
he’s an excellent first-rate interpreter
95.
Juan
vale más que su hermano
Juan is a better person than his brother
96.
su última película no
vale gran cosa
his latest film is not up to much is not much good
97.
este coche no
vale nada
this car is useless
.
vale – oversettelse til norsk
Vale, vale, vale.
Jeg mener, hva vil du at jeg skal si?
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale, vale.
Ja. – Og jeg skal dra med det.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale, vale.
Får jeg skrive om dere i “Det var som faen! “- bladet?
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale.
Bare ikke skrem henne.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale. Vale, vale.
Bra.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale.
Hvor er målet?
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale.
OK, OK, OK.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale. Vale. Vale.
Jeg trenger deg!
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
¡Vale, vale, vale, vale!
Okei, okei!
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
¡Vale, vale, vale!
Punkteres den, blør du i hjel på 5-6 minutter.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale.
Jeg ringer deg. Greit?
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Valevalevale.
De skal motivere troppene dine.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale, vale, vale.
Vi var bare sammen i en uke.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale. Vale. Vale.
Ok.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018. php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Vale. Vale. Vale.
Herregud. Ring etter ambulanse. Ok.
Kilde
klage
Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf
Por que el agua vale la pena? (bog, hardback, spansk) af Lori Harrison
Forside
Bøger
Engelske bøger
Forlag:
Water Environment Federation,US
Format: Hardback
Type: Bog
Sprog: Spansk
ISBN-13: 9781572783645
Udgivelsesdato: 14-08-2019
Første udgivelsesår: 2019
Illustrator: Jon Harrison
Originalsprog: United States
Sideantal: 42
Indbinding: Hardback
Forlag: Water Environment Federation,US
Sideoplysninger: 42 pages
Mål: 254 x 203 x 6
Formater / udgaver
Alle Kategorier som dette produkt er en del af
Alle Kategorier som dette produkt er en del af
Anmeldelser (0)
Vær den første til at skrive en anmeldelse
vale — Dansk oversættelse – TechDico
▷
¿vale la pena tener un parlamento?. .. Finalmente, la última parte pretenderá dar una respuesta a la pregunta de si vale la pena o no tener un Parlamento
generel – core.ac.uk –
¿cuanto vale una empresa?: donde se puede invertirHabía escrito un texto muy largo pero como no lo iba a leer nadie, pues me parece guai, escribir uno más simple, muy simple: Vamos a ver cuánto vale una empresa, a ver si de algún modo podemos contener las bobadas de los mercados…
Vale de deuda externa consolidada de colombia…
Vale-emotions: aplicación móvil de enseñanza para individuos con desordenes del espectro autista… Esta App forma parte de un Avanzado Ambiente Virtual de Aprendizaje (VALE, en inglés), propuesto por los autores para soportar actividades de enseñanza y aprendizaje…
Fiscalización automática de la producción de petróleo, utilizando unidades lact en el noroeste del perú…En la última década las compañías operadoras en el país, principalmente las de mayor producción de petróleo pusieron sus esfuerzos para adquirir unidades LACT, debido que sí bien es cierto, que el método manual es válido para la fiscalización, está propenso a una suma de errores tanto en la precisión de la medida con el equipo que se porta (wincha), para el nivel de crudo y el corte de agua, como en la variación de las condiciones de operación vale decir la temperatura, presión y entrada de aire, estos errores son mínimos en casos de tanques de poca capacidad, pero en tanques de gran barrilaje puede involucrar decenas de barriles de pérdida, por fiscalización y cuantificado anualmente representa una significativa pérdida económica para la compañía operadora o receptora. ..
grundbilag
dokumentation – iate.europa.eu
bilag
dokumentation – iate.europa.eu
▷
▷
Datagrundlag og analyser… Analyserne er bilag til og udgør grundlaget for bogen af Anders Bordum & Jacob Holm Hansen: Strategisk Ledelseskommunikation – Erhvervslivets ledelse med visioner, missioner og værdier…
generel – core.ac.uk – PDF: openarchive.cbs.dk
Vitaminer, mineraler og foderværdi af græsmarksarter…På sidste side af dette bilag ses en oversigt over disse karakteristiske forskelle…
Beretning fra faellesudvalget af 17. august 1908 angaaende arbejdsstridigheder.”Bilag VII…
”indvandreres tætte netværk: katalysator eller hæmsko for innovation og vækst? – et studie af formelle og uformelle netværksrelationers betydning for dynamikken i indvandrerejede virksomheder”. : hovedrapport & policyanbefalinger…Link til bilag: http://www. ..
•
•
•
•
•
[…]
•
•
•
•
•
•
lagerforskrivning
handelspolitik / kredit- og finansinstitutter / landbrug, skovbrug og fiskeri / finanser / international handel / transport – iate.europa.eu
Extract from the Unified State Register of Legal Entities
Competitor analysis
Organization website
OKOPF
Registration Information
OKFS
Branches and representative offices
OKOGU
OKATO
Register of dishonest suppliers
Company rating
Check yourself and the counterparty
due diligence
Banking licenses
Scoring of counterparties
Alcohol licenses
Media monitoring
Signs of economic activity
Reputational risks
Compliance
Company OOO DOLINA, address: Republic of Mordovia, Saransk, st. Osipenko, d. 8 was registered on 02/06/2008. Organizations assigned TIN 1328
2, PSRN 1081328000160, KPP 132801001. The main activity is the activities of restaurants and food delivery services, in total 4 types of activities are registered according to OKVED. There are no connections with other companies. Number of co-owners (according to the Unified State Register of Legal Entities): 1, director – Volkova Tatyana Petrovna. The size of the authorized capital is 10,000 rubles. DOLINA LLC did not take part in tenders. 41 enforcement proceedings were initiated against the company. LLC DOLINA participated in 3 arbitration cases: in 3 as a defendant. Details of LLC DOLINA, legal address, official website and extract from the Unified State Register of Legal Entities, as well as 1 significant event are available in the SPARK system (demo access is free).
Full verification of counterparties in SPARK
Unpaid debts
Arbitration cases
Communications
Reorganizations and bankruptcy
Other risk factors
Full information about the company LLC DOLINA
299₽
Company registration data
Manager and principal owners
Contact information
Risk factors
Signs of economic activity
Key financial indicators in dynamics
Checking according to the registers of the Federal Tax Service
Buy
Example
999₽
Yearly change monitoring enabled
Company registration data
History of changes in managers, names, addresses
Full list of addresses, phone numbers, websites
Data on co-owners from various sources
Related companies
Activity details
Financial statements for several years
Financial assessment
Buy
Example
Is free
Complete information report – SPARK PROFILE
Adding contact details: phone, website, mail
Adding a business description
Download logo
Loading documents
Edit data
SPARK-Risks for 1C
Reliability assessment and counterparty monitoring
Learn more
Application for demo access
Applications with corporate emails are processed faster.
Logging into the system will be possible only from the IP address from which the application was submitted.
Company
Telephone
We will send a confirmation code
Email mail
We will send a link to enter
By clicking the button, you agree to the terms of use and processing of personal data
LLC DOLINA, Saransk (TIN 1326256673), details, extract from the Unified State Register of Legal Entities, address, mail, website, telephone, financial indicators
Extract from the Unified State Register of Legal Entities
Competitor analysis
Organization website
OKOPF
Registration Information
OKFS
Branches and representative offices
OKOGU
OKATO
Register of dishonest suppliers
Company rating
Check yourself and the counterparty
due diligence
Banking licenses
Scoring of counterparties
Alcohol licenses
Media monitoring
Signs of economic activity
Reputational risks
Compliance
Company OOO DOLINA, address: Mordovia Resp, g. o. Saransk, Saransk, Proletarskaya st., 81A, apt. 19registered on 03/25/2021. The organization was assigned TIN 1326256673, PSRN 1211300001330, KPP 132601001. The main activity is the cultivation of cereals (except rice), leguminous crops and oilseeds, in total 1 type of activity is registered according to OKVED. There are no connections with other companies. Number of co-owners (according to the Unified State Register of Legal Entities): 1, director – Batalov Alexey Alexandrovich. The size of the authorized capital is 10,000 rubles. DOLINA LLC did not take part in tenders. There are no enforcement proceedings against the company. LLC DOLINA did not participate in arbitration cases. Details of LLC DOLINA, legal address, official website and extract from the Unified State Register of Legal Entities are available in the SPARK system (demo access is free).
Full verification of counterparties in SPARK
Unpaid debts
Arbitration cases
Communications
Reorganizations and bankruptcy
Other risk factors
Complete information about the company OOO DOLINA
299₽
Company registration data
Manager and principal owners
Contact information
Risk factors
Signs of economic activity
Key financial indicators in dynamics
Checking according to the registers of the Federal Tax Service
Buy
Example
999₽
Yearly change monitoring enabled
Company registration data
History of changes in managers, names, addresses
Full list of addresses, phone numbers, websites
Data on co-owners from various sources
Related companies
Activity details
Financial statements for several years
Financial assessment
Buy
Example
Is free
Complete information report – SPARK PROFILE
Adding contact details: phone, website, mail
Adding a description of the company’s activities
Download logo
Loading documents
Edit data
SPARK-Risks for 1C
Reliability assessment and counterparty monitoring
Learn more
Application for demo access
Applications with corporate email are processed faster.
Logging into the system will be possible only from the IP address from which the application was submitted.
Company
Telephone
We will send a confirmation code
Email mail
We will send a link to enter
By clicking the button, you agree to the terms of use and processing of personal data
Movie Claustrophobes. Devil’s Valley (USA, 2022) – Poster-Movie
Movie
Escape the Field (2022, USA), IMDb: 4.3
Buy tickets
6.1
4.3
1/4
director-debutant Emerson Moore, in which six strangers come to their senses in a cornfield. They do not understand at all how they ended up in this place, but quickly find out that next to each of them is one unique item: a revolver, a knife, matches, a lantern and a compass with a bottle. Now the heroes have to get out of the most difficult labyrinth built on a cornfield. But the situation is complicated by a mysterious sinister creature, longing for their death and following in the footsteps. Among other things, the most difficult puzzles that need to be solved are scattered throughout the field.
RAMANASSHA
Genreriller
Director Mur
Duration 29 minutes
Date of exit 28 April 2022
Release in Russia July28 July 28 2022
Age restriction16+
Actors
CLARD COLINA WEST, SOD RUS, KLERD COME COME. Sharif, Elena Khuatko,
Special Offers
Screening Schedule
2
October
The best reviews of the movie “Claustrophobes. Devil’s Valley
14
User Afisha №5272426
1 review, 1 rating, rating 3
1Trash
I put one star only for a person who is covered with shit, instead of taking a knife.
July 30, 2022
User Afisha #5284774
1 review, 1 rating, rating 2 different.
August 16, 2022
ELENA MATSEGORA
14 reviews, 15 ratings, rating 25
2
I do not recommend, nonsense or a nightmare …. Some actors are fake, the whole film is just corn 🌽. Somehow I watched it and was even more disappointed
July 31, 2022
Sonya Zimina
1 review, 3 rating, rating 1
1
guys … this is HORRIBLE 🤬 spent 1000₵️ for TWO good tickets 💣0 recommend . The acting is very unrealistic 🤮 a lot of plot holes 🕳 NO point 🙄 just wasted time 🕐
August 8, 2022
Olya Bocharnikova
1 review, 1 rating, rating Wasted time. Fu Fu Fu.
July 29, 2022
All reviews
Read also
Poster Collections
Film premieres of the week: Caution, Asphalt Sun, Claustrophobes. Valley of the Devil” and “From Dawn to Dusk”
performances at the Big Children’s Festival in October
Movie Premieres of the Week: Decision to Leave, Goliath, Distant Friends and Tell No One
films for those who are tired of the usual westerns
Events
Create a unique page for your event on Afisha
This is an opportunity to tell a multi-million audience about it and increase attendance0130
Domodedovskaya,
CSKA
Sorting
In distance of
along the pages of the history of Saransk – Tourist Portal of Mordovia
Saransk, one of the oldest Russian cities of the Middle Volga, founded on the cross -country. , and Kazan with the Crimea. It was considered a significant trading center in the southeast of the Russian state.
The emergence of Saransk is associated with the construction in 1578 of the first notch line on the territory of modern Mordovia, which ran along the line Temnikov – Alatyr – Tetyushi. In 1638, the construction of a notch from the Sursky prison to Atemar, Saransk and Shishkeevo began, where the fortress-fortresses Atemar (1640), Saransk (1641), Inzer (Posop) and others were founded. Atemar was originally the main stronghold on this line , and a year later – Saransk, one of the oldest cities in the Middle Volga region, which arose as a military fortress on the southeastern guard line of the state.
The official date of foundation of Saransk (1641) did not appear immediately. In the last century, different sources called other versions, all of them much later, 10 or even 15 years later.
The date 1641 was established by I. D. Voronin, taking into account the data of the work of the chief secretary I. K. Kirilov, where the foundation of Saransk dates back to 7149 from the creation of the world, which corresponds to 1641.
Librarian of the Saransk Spassky Cathedral Father Alexei Maslovsky in the last century, he wrote that Saransk is much older than it appears according to the documents. He attributed the emergence of the city to the reign of John III (end of the 15th century). A. Maslovsky’s assumption is based on the fact that impenetrable forests stretched to the east and west of Saransk, but the place where the city arose was free for the passage of the cavalry, who used this path to raid Russia.
Indeed, the ancient horse-drawn tracts – Burtassky, Sursky, later Krymsky, Kazansky and others, which appeared in the middle of the 15th century, also passed through the Insarye; Settlers could not help but be attracted by a convenient site at the confluence of the Saranka and the Insar. The left high bank of the Saranka made it possible to build a settlement and secure it with natural barriers, at least relatively, in other places this was not the case. The floodplain to the east of the village, in the valley of Insara, supplied herbs in abundance, nearby were lands suitable for arable farming. Finding shelter in such forests was not difficult, and besides, there were building materials, fuel and conditions for the development of beekeeping.
But in reasoning of this kind there is one important contradiction: to settle on the beaten path of raids is at least reckless, and therefore the advantages of the geographical position turn out to be an insufficient argument in favor of building a fortress-fortress.
There was also another version, expressed at the end of the last century by the Saransk local historian G.P. Peterson, according to which Saransk as a city arose after 1535, during the reign of Elena Glinskaya, the mother of Ivan the Terrible, on the site of a Tatar settlement, “fortify “.
Saransk, like another Tatar notch, Atemar, served as a “stronghold against Russian colonization.” Points like Saransk and Atemar were for the Tatars the starting line for raids and transshipment bases for production, as well as the control point for horse-drawn tracts. The main task for the Russians was to destroy these dens, or capture them.
Obviously, by the middle of the XVI century. this task was solved, and a Russian watchman entrenched himself in the Saransk prison, firmly saddling the Insara valley. Opposite the town, on the opposite bank, they put up additional guards, an outpost, which later turned into the Inzer prison (Posop). Prince Andrey Kurbsky, when leading regiments through these lands, met with the ardent support of the population. In the little church on the poppy mountain, the prince stood for a prayer service, and then moved on. According to legend, Ivan the Terrible thanked the inhabitants of Saransk for this by presenting them with a copper eagle, which later flaunted for a long time under the cross of the bell tower of the old Spassky Cathedral. It is no coincidence that the village near the Saransk fortress was named Ivanovo in honor of the tsar, and the wooden church was consecrated in honor of John the Theologian, the same name of the Terrible.
By the beginning of the 17th century. Saransk was already considered a city in which 1.5 – 2 thousand people lived. (it remained approximately the same throughout the century and in the next, XVIII century), although it was a small, but strong garrison.
Hydronym name: the city was built on the left elevated bank of the Saranka (ancient Mordovian sar , sar “branch, fork, fork; tributary”) near its confluence with the Insar, where they built a fortress-prison. In the XVII – XVIII centuries. Saransk was of military importance. A typical rectangular watch fortress was fortified on all sides by an earthen rampart with towers at the corners, outside of which deep ditches stretched. Cossacks, archers, gunners settled on its outer side. Inside the prison there were command and service huts, a voivodship yard, weapons and salt warehouses, small wooden churches (now the territory of Sovetskaya Square), stables and other buildings.
Until the 18th century The city was divided into fortified settlements. Its development was carried out by separate estates in two rows along the main roads. By the beginning of the 60s. 17th century its borders extended to the lands south of Saranka and on both sides of the river. Insar. With the loss of military significance, it turned into a trade and craft center. Large bazaars and fairs were held here every year. Saransk had trade relations with the cities of Kazan, Moscow, Nizhny Novgorod, Yaroslavl, Ryazan, Saratov, Tambov, the Caspian Sea and the Black Sea.
Fertile soils, water meadows, forests rich in animals and birds attracted many people. It is not surprising that a large settlement soon arose around the fortress, and already in 1651 Saransk became the administrative center of the Saransk district, which until the end of the 1770s. ruled by governors.
In 1670 it became one of the major centers of the peasant uprising and the stronghold of the detachments of Stepan Razin. Local peasants supplied the rebels with everything they needed.
From 1708 the city was part of the Azov, then – Kazan province. In 1780 it received the status of a county town, and a year later its coat of arms was approved. In 1801 Saransk was added to the Penza province.
In July 1774, the townspeople supported the army of Yemelyan Pugachev, who entered the city. In 1812, the population of the city and the county participated in the Patriotic War. A people’s militia was formed here, funds were raised to provide military units.
At the beginning of the XVIII century. in Saransk, there were more than 700 households and 5.5 thousand people lived. By the middle of the century, the city finally turns into a fairly large commercial and industrial center, where small handicraft tanneries, oil mills and fat-baking enterprises are actively developing.
Fires were a big disaster for the city, as well as for many Russian cities built up with wooden buildings. Several times they destroyed Saransk almost to the ground, but each time it was rebuilt. In 1785, Empress Catherine II approved a new plan, which eliminated the Sloboda system. With the new planning of the city, the terrain was successfully used. Saransk stood on two terraces: the main road leading to Moscow passed along the upper one, which divided the city into two parts. In the center of the terrace, on the most beautiful and elevated place, is the Cathedral Square, which was clearly visible from the river bank. On the lower terrace, beyond Saranka, there was a bustling marketplace with shops for fairs.
The rapid industrial development of the capital of the Mordovian region began in the 19th century. after the abolition of serfdom. In the 70s. 19th century Saransk was considered the second largest and one of the best cities in the Penza province. The growth of the economy, trade, construction, entrepreneurship was accelerated by the passage through Saransk in 1893 of the Moscow-Kazan railway, the opening of financial and commercial institutions, insurance agencies.
By the beginning of the 20th century. the city was a major trading center of the Middle Volga region. The management of the city was carried out by the city duma and the city council. Over the years, Saransk was visited by famous Russian and foreign scientists, writers, etc.
The modern look of the capital of Mordovia was acquired in the second half of the 20th century, when the main urban structures appeared. The city continues to be actively transformed even today, sometimes beyond recognition.
“Children’s Swimming League Povolzhye”
Professional team
We are more than a team, we are one big family!
Find out more
Swimming lessons
Our club organizes individual and group swimming lessons for children of all ages, teenagers – everyone.
Find out more
Dolina Druzhnykh Children’s Center
Our Children’s Sports and Fitness Center Dolina Druzhnykh will welcome the first athletes in 2020.
Learn more
Project – We have our own Heroes
The project tells about the real Heroes of our city.
Find out more
ORGANIZATION AND HOLDING EVENTS AIMED REHABILITATION AND SOCIALIZATION
Tuesday 9,0003
Monday
Tuesday
18: 30-21: 00
Thursday
18: 30-21: 00
Friday
Saturday
14: 00-17: 00
TCO BURTASIA
Penza Prospect Builders 96
DVS Sura
Penza Krasnaya St. 106
Olympic
. Penza Antonova 39a
Children’s Voylzhenashi navigation
News
Our awards
Our athletes became repeated winners All-Russian competitions.
Dmitry Belyakov About
LEAGUE
The club provides children with the opportunity to learn and develop swimming skills, as well as to participate absolutely everyone in their own competitions at the All-Russian level.
Development, promotion and popularization of the children’s sports swimming movement in the city of Penza, the Penza region, the Volga region and the Russian Federation, strengthening the health of the population by introducing systematic swimming lessons, ensuring sports longevity, increasing the role of physical culture in a comprehensive and harmonious development.
join the club
Learn more
League Coaches
A team of professionals have a track record of success in teaching and training swimmers for every age.
Board of the League Svatukhin Dmitry
Coach and teacher, winner of the title of “Best Coach 2016”
Board of the League Belyakova Victoria
MSMK, Finalist of the Olympic Games in Rio 2016, Prize-winner of the European Championship, record holder of Russia, Active athlete.
Chief Secretary of the League Sergey Plotnikov
Master of Sports, Winner and prize-winner of the All-Russian competitions, finalist of the Czech Republic.
Coach of the League Sergey Perunin
MSMK, Champion of Russia, Vice World Champion 2009Mr. European Champion 2010 3-time winner of the European Championship.
Coach of the League Okuneva Maria
Candidate Master of Sports in triathlon.
.
League Coach Okunev Denis
MS, winner of the Russian Spartakiad, bronze medalist of the Russian Cup, finalist of the Russian Championships.
Coach of the League Belyakova Anastasia
Candidate Master of Sports in Swimming
Coach of the League Lopatina Daryana
Candidate Master of Sports in Swimming
League Coach Timur Reuf
Master of Sports. Winner and prize-winner of the All-Russian competitions, finalist of the Czech Republic.
Coach of the League Alexey Teslik
World champion in the category “Master”, current athlete. Works with senior athletes.
Coach of the LeaguePetrunina Svetlana
Coach-teacher associate professor of the department “Physical education, specialization with children and adults with disabilities, hydrorehabilitation, health improvement and swimming training.
Coach of the League Ponomarenko Nikolai
Coach-teacher of the highest category, specialization with children and adults with disabilities, hydrorehabilitation, health improvement and swimming training.
National team
CHILDREN’S SWIMMING LEAGUE POVOLZHIE
2020 – 2021
2012 Lenkova
Zlata
trainer
Kumanina N. O.
2012 Demin
Dmitry
trainer
Demina E.V.
2011 Butterfly
Alexandra
trainer
Demina E.V.
2011Semaykin
Vladislav
trainer
Kumanina N.O.
2010 Sitnikova
Victoria
trainer
Demina E.V.
2010 Sinegubov
Yaroslav
coach
Kumanina N.O.
2009 Mokshanova
Varvara
trainer
Yakhina O.M.
2009Golovin
Dmitry
coach
Kudryavtsev A. V.
2008 Queen
Alexandra
trainer
Suzdaltseva T. A.
2008 Yakomazov
Kirill
trainer
Perunin S. A.
2007 Astakhova
Anastasia
trainer
Kudryavtsev A. V.
2007 Makov
Dmitry
trainer
Perunin S.A.
KnyaZz “Prisoners of the Valley of Dreams”
09/28/2018
VTB Lelvoy Palace
1200 – 1900
Before the start remained:
00 days
9000 00 hours
:
00 0016) Sekund
Symbilet > Tickets Saransk > Concerts > Rock concerts > KnyaZz “Prisoners of the Valley of Dreams”
Announcement Payment and receipt About us
In doubt?
Leave a pre-booking
Pre-booking
Payment and receipt
Payment for tickets is possible by bank transfer through the company’s website or in cash at the box office in your city.
Children under 3 years free of charge without a separate seat for all events with a birth certificate.
About the artist Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum. Sed ut perspiciatis unde omnis iste natus error sit voluptatem accusantium doloremque laudantium, totam rem aperiam, eaque ipsa quae ab illo inventore veritatis et quasi architecto beatae vitae dicta sunt explicabo. Nemo enim ipsam voluptatem quia voluptas sit aspernatur aut odit aut fugit, sed quia consequuntur
Read more
About us
Simbilet.ru is one of the largest ticket operators in Russia.
We provide the opportunity to visit “live” entertainment: musicals, performances, concerts, festivals, classical music.
OPEN: M-F 10:00 am – 09:00 pm; Sat 11:00 am – 8:00 pm Sun11:00 am – 8:00 pm
Dine-In or Take-Out, Delivery and Catering Available
“This is one GREAT Mediterranean Restaurant in Detroit!”
– 5 Star rating via Yelp! from satisfied customer Amanda B. (Detroit, MI.)
Check out why we are the talk of the town
The Reviews Are In!
Customers from all over the city LOVE our cuisine, and they have no problem sharing it with the world! Check out our Yelp Reviews! Then add one of your own!
Fresh Foods
We pride ourselves on using the freshest ingredients to cultivate the best dishes for your eating experience!
Dine-In or Carry-Out
Come soak up the ambiance of our downtown establishment, or order ahead and stop by to pick up your favorite menu items!
Efficient Service
We want you to have the best experience with us so we make sure our staff is fast and efficient in servicing your needs!
Online Ordering
We’re happy to offer our customers the option to place orders for delivery or pick-up. You can even make a reservation to dine-in!
Juices & Smoothies
Raw Juices are available to order, and we also make Fresh Fruit Smoothies as healthy alternatives to our beverage list.
Check out just a FEW of our offerings…
Tasty Appetizers
Delicious Wraps, Subs, & Pitas
Fresh Homemade Desserts
We’re Here to Serve You!
View the Menu Why waste time standing in line trying to decide what you want when you can check out the menu right now? Choose your favorite dishes from the comfort of your computer, then come in and place an order!
Order Online Find yourself always on the go? Do you need your food at your finger tip. You can place an order for pick-up on the fly.
Contact Us for Catering We’re happy to provide our cuisine for your private engagements! Just give us a call and talk to one of our staff to design the perfect menu for your next event and we will make you a hit with your guests!
Like Us on facebook
We are constantly working to keep up our Social Engagement via popular platforms. Join us and let’s keep the conversation going so that we can further our reach!
Follow Us on twitter
We’re extending our reach by strengthening our presence on twitter. Follow us to keep up with current promotions that we may be running and/or events we may have.
Copyright 2015 – 2022 – LaPalma Restaurant – All Rights Reserved
113 E. Canfield Street, Detroit, MI 48201 Telephone: (313) 833 5000 Email: [email protected]
La Palma Insurance Brokers | HUB International
Personal
Business
Employee Benefits
Office Contact
714-739-3177 Main
877-813-4276 Toll Free
714-739-3188 Fax
Contact Us
Careers
Review This Office
Office Address
6 Centerpointe Drive Suite 350
La Palma, CA 90623
Find Nearby Offices
Office Hours
Monday
8:00 AM – 5:00 PM
Tuesday
8:00 AM – 5:00 PM
Wednesday
8:00 AM – 5:00 PM
Thursday
8:00 AM – 5:00 PM
Friday
8:00 AM – 5:00 PM
Saturday
Closed
Sunday
Closed
Get the Details
About
Products and Industries
HUB GIves
Effective September 25, 2021 HUB has enhanced its servicing for all personal insurance products. Please reference our updated Personal Insurance Customer Support contact information listed. We look forward to meeting your future insurance needs!
Service Center Hours: Monday through Friday from 5AM – 6PM Pacific Time
The HUB La Palma insurance office is a combination of three local agencies in Southeast Los Angeles County and Orange County. The result is an office with over 20 licensed professionals, including four Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (CPCU) designations, one Certified Insurance Counselor (CIC) designation, one Certified Insurance Service Representative (CISR) designation, and one Life Underwriter Training Council Fellow (LUTCF) designation.
HUB La Palma is a full service agency offering commercial lines products and services, along with employee benefits for small and mid-size businesses. Some of the product offerings include, general liability, professional liability, employment practices, property, commercial auto, workers compensation, marine, executive protection and group health and life benefits and voluntary benefits. A staff of 17 professionals provide service to this client segment. In addition, the HUB La Palma insurance office has a team of eight professionals that provide personal lines products such as personal auto, homeowners, watercraft and recreational vehicles.
Associations
Diving Equipment and Marketing Association
Professional Association of Dive Instructors
BusinessEmployee BenefitsPersonal
Professional Liability Insurance
Professional liability insurance, also known as errors and omissions insurance, provides extra protection not included in general liability policies.
Workers’ Compensation Insurance
Workers’ compensation insurance can be complex and costly. Our specialists can identify coverage options that reduce liability risks to your business.
Business Owners Policy
A business owners policy (BOP) is designed to meet the needs of small and mid-size businesses. Learn whether a BOP is the right option for your business.
Commercial Property Insurance
Businesses require protection in the event that physical assets are damaged or destroyed. Learn about HUB’s commercial property insurance solutions here.
General Liability Insurance
General liability insurance protects businesses from lawsuits. HUB offers liability insurance coverage that fits your needs. Learn more.
Business Interruption Insurance
Business interruption insurance covers the loss of income a business incurs after a disaster. Learn about HUB’s business interruption insurance solutions here.
Commercial Auto Insurance
Employee safety is key for businesses that rely on vehicles. HUB can help you develop a commercial auto insurance policy customized for your business needs.
Surety Bond Insurance
Surety bond insurance is a financial guarantee that the covered party will fulfill their contractual obligations. Find the construction surety bond for you!
Employee Health and Performance
Work with HUB to design an employee health and wellness program. Population health management is key to achieving workforce employee health & performance goals.
Voluntary Benefits
With a voluntary benefits plan, employers can attract and retain talent without allocating additional budget. Learn more about voluntary employee benefits here!
Strategic Benefits Planning
With strategic benefits planning, you can create an employee benefits plan that meets your short and long term goals. Collaborate with HUB today!
Healthcare Cost Management
Employers everywhere are trying to manage increasing healthcare program costs. Learn about healthcare cost management strategies with HUB!
Benefits Communication
Amplify your employee engagement and benefits communication strategy to make your employees stand up and take notice.
Auto Insurance
We’ll find the right auto insurance coverage for your luxury and collector cars as well as motorcycles, motor homes, and even golf carts.
Homeowner’s Insurance
Whether you own a high value home, multiple properties and even coastal properties, HUB can secure customized homeowners insurance coverage to meet your unique needs.
Renter’s Insurance
Protect yourself and your personal property by investing in renter’s insurance. Connect with a HUB advisor to obtain the policy that best meets your needs.
Co-op and Condo Insurance
If you prefer city life, HUB offers tailored condo insurance solutions to help you avoid unexpected losses or gaps in coverage.
High Net Worth Insurance Services
The HUB PCA group offers high net worth insurance solutions. Learn more about this offering here.
Personal Umbrella Insurance
One lawsuit can change everything. Personal umbrella policies protect the financial future you’ve worked a lifetime to build.
Business
Employee Benefits
Personal
Business
Professional Liability Insurance
Professional liability insurance, also known as errors and omissions insurance, provides extra protection not included in general liability policies.
Workers’ Compensation Insurance
Workers’ compensation insurance can be complex and costly. Our specialists can identify coverage options that reduce liability risks to your business.
Business Owners Policy
A business owners policy (BOP) is designed to meet the needs of small and mid-size businesses. Learn whether a BOP is the right option for your business.
Commercial Property Insurance
Businesses require protection in the event that physical assets are damaged or destroyed. Learn about HUB’s commercial property insurance solutions here.
General Liability Insurance
General liability insurance protects businesses from lawsuits. HUB offers liability insurance coverage that fits your needs. Learn more.
Business Interruption Insurance
Business interruption insurance covers the loss of income a business incurs after a disaster. Learn about HUB’s business interruption insurance solutions here.
Commercial Auto Insurance
Employee safety is key for businesses that rely on vehicles. HUB can help you develop a commercial auto insurance policy customized for your business needs.
Surety Bond Insurance
Surety bond insurance is a financial guarantee that the covered party will fulfill their contractual obligations. Find the construction surety bond for you!
Employee Benefits
Employee Health and Performance
Work with HUB to design an employee health and wellness program. Population health management is key to achieving workforce employee health & performance goals.
Voluntary Benefits
With a voluntary benefits plan, employers can attract and retain talent without allocating additional budget. Learn more about voluntary employee benefits here!
Strategic Benefits Planning
With strategic benefits planning, you can create an employee benefits plan that meets your short and long term goals. Collaborate with HUB today!
Healthcare Cost Management
Employers everywhere are trying to manage increasing healthcare program costs. Learn about healthcare cost management strategies with HUB!
Benefits Communication
Amplify your employee engagement and benefits communication strategy to make your employees stand up and take notice.
Auto Insurance
We’ll find the right auto insurance coverage for your luxury and collector cars as well as motorcycles, motor homes, and even golf carts.
Homeowner’s Insurance
Whether you own a high value home, multiple properties and even coastal properties, HUB can secure customized homeowners insurance coverage to meet your unique needs.
Renter’s Insurance
Protect yourself and your personal property by investing in renter’s insurance. Connect with a HUB advisor to obtain the policy that best meets your needs.
Co-op and Condo Insurance
If you prefer city life, HUB offers tailored condo insurance solutions to help you avoid unexpected losses or gaps in coverage.
High Net Worth Insurance Services
The HUB PCA group offers high net worth insurance solutions. Learn more about this offering here.
Personal Umbrella Insurance
One lawsuit can change everything. Personal umbrella policies protect the financial future you’ve worked a lifetime to build.
HUB Gives Links
Cerritos Chamber of Commerce
Community Family Guidance Center
Insuring the Children
Inter-Agency Council on Abuse and Neglect
HUB Gives Is How We Give Back
Each of us has something to give — and at HUB, we believe in giving back to the communities in which we live and work, making them stronger now and in the future. HUB Gives is our way of donating our time, creativity, passion and connections to community projects that make a difference.
At HUB La Palma, we’ve chosen projects that will help make life better for children with critical illnesses, and will empower vulnerable and underserved people to achieve their full potential.
What Clients are Saying About HUB La Palma
Resources
Subscribe
Sign up to receive insights straight to your inbox.
SUBSCRIBE
Palm | Hello Canary Islands
If the Palm was a color, it would be green in all shades. These are Canarian pines, and the greenery of various plant species of the laurel forest, which have found their refuge on this marvelous island. As well as forests covering the slopes of deep gorges, which can be reached through a whole network of trails.
Contenido
The last eruptions in the last century have increased the surface of the island, creating new volcanic landscapes that add extra beauty. Volcanic cones, mantles of small rock fragments, lava fields, black, ocher and reddish colors, silence… All this creates a breathtaking atmosphere imbued with the powerful energy of this untouched nature.
Contenido
What if you look at the sky? You can see the beauty that cannot be described. Palma is a Starlight Reserve certified and is one of the best places in the world to watch the sky. What if you dive underwater? An amazing sight will unfold. The island is home to one of the three marine reserves of the Canary Islands: an underwater volcanic landscape of incredible beauty, with an abundance of caves, arches and reefs that are home to various species of fish, some of which are unique in the world.
After emerging from the surface, but remaining in the crystal clear blue waters that wash around the steep coast of Palma, you can relax in one of the wonderful natural pools, protected from the waves by the frozen lava flows that reached the ocean during the eruption.
Póster
Tipo
Ancho completo
Contenido
And what do we recommend? Enjoy this wonderful island, which is a biosphere reserve, at any time of the year. This is the advantage of a holiday in one of the Canary Islands, which has the best climate in the world.
Contenido
Visit to the Caldera de Taburiente National Park
Caldera de Taburiente has one of the most impressive landscapes in the Canary Islands and is without a doubt Palma’s main treasure. This is a huge circus with impressive “walls” over 2000 meters high, an unforgettable view of which opens from any viewing platform.
But the park should not only be seen, but also felt. And the best way to do this is to go for a walk along one of its trails. During the journey through the lush forest of Canary pines, all the senses wake up: you can feel the special smell of local pines, inherent only in the archipelago, and you can hear the pleasant sounds made by the birds living here. Hiking deep into the Caldera de Taburiente requires some effort, but it’s worth it, because we will discover wonderful corners and, in the end, we will be able to enjoy the fresh, crystal clear water of continuously murmuring streams and rivers, surrounded by absolutely virgin nature. A complete picture of the greatness of this place can be obtained from the tops of the park, where the world-famous astrophysical observatory Roque de los Muchachos is located. It offers views of the great caldera and does not leave the feeling of being suspended in the void.
Contenido
Walk along the paths through volcanoes, pine and laurels
One of the most remarkable ways to carry out a walk on the extensive network of paths, crossing the most diverse lobbying lobbles, each, each, each, each lobster. one of which is more beautiful than the other: harsh volcanic terrain, dense pine and laurel forests, ridges, deep and steep gorges, sheer coastal cliffs and much more. There is plenty to choose from here!
Among the trails that cross the Caldera de Taburiente National Park, one of the most famous routes in Palma, the Ruta de los Volcanes (“Route of the Volcanoes”) deserves special attention. It is considered one of the most beautiful on the planet due to the endless number of attractions that are encountered along the way, passing from the top to the coast. The route crosses incredible landscapes that are sure to justify the effort.
Contenido
In addition to volcanic landscapes and pine forests, this wonderful island hides its main secret in dense laurel forests, such as Los Tiles. Plant species of this Tertiary plant formation disappeared millions of years ago from most of the places where they once grew, but here they have found their refuge. A walk along the paths of this dense, damp, ghostly forest, as if descended from the pages of a fairy tale about elves, takes us to a distant time, when people did not yet exist.
Imagen
Contenido
Closer to the stars
Sunset on Palma is where the magic begins. Stars appear, captivating anyone who looks at the clear and transparent sky, one of the best in the world for observing space objects. The proof of this is that scientists from all over the planet come to this Atlantic island to closely study our solar system and other secrets of the universe with the help of the powerful telescopes of the Roque de los Muchachos astrophysical observatory.
Contenido
But you don’t have to be a scientist to enjoy the indescribable picture that appears in the sky, protected by a special law. The island has become the world’s first Starlight Reserve (“Reserve of the starry sky”), and also has a Starlight Tourist Destination certificate (“Tourist destination for stargazing”). Therefore, during your stay in Palma, it is worth booking at least one night to enjoy the beauty of the stars. You can watch the stars during the tour or while on one of the observation platforms. Oh yeah, and don’t forget to make a wish!
Contenido
Immersion in clear ocean waters
Not only the sky is transparent in Palma. The waters around the coast of the island are also exceptionally clear, and therefore excellent for diving. Here are amazing beaches with volcanic sand, where you can enjoy a sunny day and sea air at any time of the year. These are quiet and safe beaches, including Puerto Naos and Los Cancajos, ideal for families. However, there are also wild, secluded beaches, such as Nogales, where special care must be taken due to strong currents.
Contenido
Another great place to relax is the wonderful natural pools and shallow waters, protected from waves by volcanic rocks formed by lava flows that reached the ocean after eruptions. The most famous are the pools of Charco Azul and La Fajana, where there are restaurants, toilets and other services for a perfect holiday, especially if you are traveling with children.
Contenido
Don’t leave the island without trying:
Almendrados macaroons and Prince Albert cake are Palma’s most famous desserts and are the perfect ending to a meal.
Imagen
La Palma | Vector Club
LA PALMA ISLAND
Our flights continue and in the dead of winter we go to the island of La Palma!
This island is very similar to Tenerife in terms of climate and aerology, but still it has its own unique flavor.
La Palma is one of the highest islands in the world in relation to its area. The highest peak of the island, Roque de los Muchachos, reaches 2426 meters above sea level.
In the northern part there is the world’s largest crater of erosional origin – Caldera de Taburiente.
From the center of the island to its southernmost part, there is a chain of volcanoes, of which Tenegia volcano was the last to erupt. This was in 1971. Like all Canary Islands, La Palma is of volcanic origin.
It was formed by the eruption of an underwater volcano, located at a depth of 4000 meters below sea level.
Thus, the height of about. The palm tree is about 6500 meters when measured from the bottom of the Atlantic Ocean.
In a matter of minutes, we cross several climatic zones of the island, enjoying the bright beauty, changing nature. Heat of the coastal zone, lava fields, banana plantations.
As you go up, it gets colder.
We drive through blooming laurel-cherry trees and find ourselves in a pine forest,
which literally feeds on moisture from the clouds.
And the air is there… Words can’t describe it. Don’t breathe.
A breathtaking picture opens up at the very top. We see part of the island
moving south, clouds flowing from the eastern half to the western half.
To the north-east overlooking the island of Tenerife.
Its peak, Teide Peak 3700m, is always visible very well.
Unfamiliar observatory structures give the impression that we are on another planet…
And thousands of kilometers of the endless Atlantic all around… These pictures are fascinating!
Flying on La Palma can be very interesting. We live in Puerto Naos,
a warm and quiet tourist spot on the western side of the island.
Everything you need is literally three steps away…
Landing, apartments, volcanic black sand beach, small supermarkets and start,
to get to which you need only 7-10 minutes.
The weather can start as early as 11 am.
The main flight part of the island has a southwestern-western exposure.
Thermodynamic, in which you can fly at altitudes of 250-400 m, continues until sunset.
Night Sky Map & Planets Visible Tonight in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Night Time
12 hours, 21 minutes
Sun, 9 Oct, 19:41 – Mon, 10 Oct, 08:02
Visible tonight, 9 Oct – 10 Oct 2022
Mercury:
From Mon 06:42
Venus:
From Mon 07:48
Mars:
From Sun 23:23
Jupiter:
Until Mon 07:00
Saturn:
Until Mon 03:42
Uranus:
From Sun 21:13
Neptune:
Until Mon 06:21
Loading stars…
Beta The Interactive Night Sky Map simulates the sky above Santa Cruz de Tenerife on a date of your choice. Use it to locate a planet, the Moon, or the Sun and track their movements across the sky. The map also shows the phases of the Moon, and all solar and lunar eclipses. Need some help?
The animation is not supported by your device/browser.
Please use another device/browser or check out the desktop version of the Interactive Night Sky Map.
Tonight’s Sky in Santa Cruz de Tenerife, 9 Oct – 10 Oct 2022 (7 planets visible)
Mercury rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Fairly close to the Sun. Visible only before sunrise and/or after sunset.
Mercury is just 18 degrees from the Sun in the sky, so it is difficult to see.
Mon, 10 Oct ↑06:42
9 Oct 2022
10 Oct 2022
Venus rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Fairly close to the Sun. Visible only before sunrise and/or after sunset.
Venus is just 4 degrees from the Sun in the sky, so it is difficult to see. Venus is visible by day, but may be hard to find.
Mon, 10 Oct ↑07:48
9 Oct 2022
10 Oct 2022
Mars rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
View in the early morning.
Mars can be seen for more than 8 hours during the late night/early morning and until sunrise.
Sun, 9 Oct ↑23:23
9 Oct 2022
10 Oct 2022
Jupiter rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Up most of the night.
Jupiter is roughly in the opposite direction of the Sun, so it is visible during most of the night.
Mon, 10 Oct ↓07:00
9 Oct 2022
10 Oct 2022
Saturn rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
View after sunset.
Saturn can be seen for more than 8 hours after sunset and during the late evening/early night.
Mon, 10 Oct ↓03:42
9 Oct 2022
10 Oct 2022
Uranus rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Most of the night until sunrise. Bring binoculars.
Uranus is visible during most of the night, but it is best viewed in the early morning hours and until sunrise. You may need binoculars.
Sun, 9 Oct ↑21:13
9 Oct 2022
10 Oct 2022
Neptune rise and set in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
After sunset and most of the night. Use binoculars.
Neptune is visible during most of the night, but it is best viewed in the late evening hours after sunset. Very faint, use binoculars.
How large are the planets and what is their order from the Sun?
Distance, Brightness, and Apparent Size of Planets
See how far the planets are from the Sun or Earth, how bright they look, and their apparent size in the sky.
Moon Phase Chart
Moon phases visualized in real time, the past, or the future.
Meteor Showers
Dates and tips on how and where to see “shooting stars” from meteor showers all over the world.
What Is a Conjunction?
A conjunction is when planets like Mars, Jupiter, or Saturn, or other bodies like stars or the Moon, meet in the sky. Why and when do conjunctions happen?
Carrizales – ropewiki
Also known as: Barranco de los Carrizales.
Rating:
Log in to rateLog in to rateLog in to rateLog in to rateLog in to rate 4.1 (19 ratings)
Difficulty:3C III (v3a3 III)
Swift water
Raps:10-14, max ↨82ft
Metric
Overall:
4-5h
5-15min
3-5h
⟷1. 2mi
↑1148ft
1.5-2h
Red Tape:Permit required
Shuttle:None
Vehicle:Passenger
Rock type:Basalt
Location:
28.3175, -16.8733
Condition Reports:
27 Oct 2021
“Perfect flow, clear water, excellent anchors. Dozens of chilly swims. Only two cairns on the difficult exit.
(log in to submit report)
Weather:
Best season:
Anytime, flows all year, BEST in winter to spring, HOT in summer
Carrizales is probably the best canyon on Tenerife and, indeed, in all the Canary Islands. It flows all year. Being a spring-fed stream through a basalt canyon with palm trees and reeds, this is an extremely unique canyon that even the most experienced canyoneers will love.
Rappel deep in the canyon
Approach
From the trailhead, follow the obvious path, with signs, to the water. Suit up at the water. The approach only takes a few minutes.
Village at the start of the canyon
Approaching the water
Descent
The descent has around 14 rappels, up to 25 meters. There are dozens of short swims. Wetsuits are required, as the water is fairly cold.
All anchors are well bolted. There is no escape from the canyon until the end, although there are many opportunities to get to higher ground. That said, this is a bad place to be in heavy rains.
There are multiple jumps on the descent. Always check the depth first!
Handlining down what some might rappel
Rappelling a fixed rope in the canyon
A nice rappel into a swimmer
A photogenic waterfall
A small pool
A small pool requiring a short jump
A tunnel of reeds
Exit
Previously, canyoneers would descend to the beach and get picked up by a boat. As of 2021, it appears boat pickups are no longer allowed or available.
The current exit is a 1.5 hour struggle up and down the steep mountains next to (north side of) the canyon. There is no marked trail, and a combination of GPS, common sense, and a little bit of route finding are necessary. There are no extremely exposed or dangerous parts – the exit should be an off-trail hike at most.
When the canyoneering section ends, which is right after the water ends, there is a sign marking the exit. Find a small trail heading directly up the gully on canyon right – do not traverse along the mountain.
Sign marking the end of the canyoneering route
After a few minutes this nondescript gully will bring you to a spot where you have to pass up through two boulders. This is not a difficult move.
Pass through these two boulders
Continue up after the squeeze; there should be a sign telling you where to continue. The route then turns right (NE) up a steep slope of less loose rocks.
Gully after the boulder squeeze
The route after a hard right turn
The route will continue to parallel the canyon for 30 minutes or so, at times on a fairly clearly trail.
Exit ‘trail’ paralleling the canyon below
Just when you feel you are close to the end, you’ll come to a huge side ravine, and will have to carefully descend 100 meters down a steep slope with some paint markings, cross the bottom, and ascend right up the other side. From here it’s a 10 minute gradual descent back to the canyon and up to the parking area.
Mountains on the exit
Red tape
Es necesario solicitar permiso, en Montaña Regulada puede verse el procedimiento
Permission is free but must be requested online in advance. Weekends sometimes fill up, weekdays are generally widely available. Visit Montaña Regulada puede verse el procedimiento
Wikiloc.com : S 312 B; DESCENSO DEL BARRANCO DE LOS CARRIZALES; V EDICIÓN. 23 FEB 2014 10:04 001
Wikiloc.com : LOS CARRIZALES
Wikiloc.com : Los Carrizales
Background
▷ printable map of hawaiian islands 3d models 【 STLFinder 】
Laser Cut Hawaiian Islands Map
cults3d
I drew this map of the Hawaiian Islands using Illustrator. …I plan to laser cut it soon with 3mm wood.
Laser Cut Hawaiian Islands Map
thingiverse
I drew this map of the Hawaiian Islands using Illustrator. …I plan to laser cut it soon with 3mm wood.
Hawaiian Islands
thingiverse
topographic Hawaiian islands 1.5x Zscale
Hawaiian Islands
sketchfab
The Hawaiian Island chain created by a hot spot underneath the earth’s crust;
Hawaiian Islands
thingiverse
Hawaii_no_sea.stl shows the Hawaiian islands and the sea floor; hawaii_plus_sea.stl shows the portion of the islands above sea level. Hawaii_no_sea.stl is derived from the Scripps SRTM30_PLUS V8. 0 data set which is copyright but can be used for…
Hawaiian islands pieces
cults3d
a handmade trace of the Hawaiian islands for wargaming or 3d modeling,
Hawaiian Islands with seafloor
myminifactory
The above sea level height-data for this model is taken from the Space Shuttle Radar Topography Mission dataset (http://dwtkns.com/srtm/) and the seafloor is from the NOAA’s ETOPO1 dataset (http://maps.ngdc.noaa.gov/viewers/wcs-client/).
After…
Hawaiian Islands with seafloor
thingiverse
The above sea level height-data for this model is taken from the Space Shuttle Radar Topography Mission dataset (http://dwtkns. com/srtm/) and the seafloor is from the NOAA’s ETOPO1 dataset (http://maps.ngdc.noaa.gov/viewers/wcs-client/).
After…
Hawaiian Islands Wall Art
thingiverse
Update 7/27/27: I repaired the size of each island as before I had issues with setting it correctly. I also rotated each island so print each island as oriented now.
…
Printed in Hatchbox Green PLA:…
Hawaiian Islands Wall Art
cults3d
Update 7/27/27: I repaired the size of each island as before I had issues with setting it correctly. I also rotated each island so print each island as oriented now.
…
Printed in Hatchbox Green PLA:. ..
iPhone 4s Case – Hawaiian Islands
thingiverse
Hawaiian Islands on the back of iPhone 4/4s case.
The islands were imported from SVG with all the details.
Your slicer should round off most of the details to match your printer.
Also included the sketchup file if you want to add more in the…
Scan of Hawaiian Wood Carving
thingiverse
Scanned with the MakerBot Digitizer Desktop 3D Scanner Scan of Hawaiian Wood Carving Instructions Scan of Hawaiian Wood Carving
Hawaiian Islands archipelago Low-poly 3D model
cgtrader
It is the only state outside North America, the only state composed entirely of islands, and the only state in the tropics. Hawaii is also one of a few U.S. states to have once been an independent nation.
Based on GDEM Worldwide Elevation…
Hawaiian Islands Wall Art
myminifactory
I designed this for the wall in my room. I have been to Hawaii before so I thought to myself, why not print out the islands! …Just use double-sided tape to paste each island to the wall.
More Hawaiian Relief Maps
thingiverse
Here are four additional relief maps of the Hawaiian islands. The maps are based on the same NOAA data,http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/dem/squareCellGrid/download/460, as the map of “The Big Island” – hawaii.stl – thing:105474. The NOAA file was sampled…
silhouettes of Canary Islands
thingiverse
… and La Gomera. …I found some free DXF files with the silhouettes of the islands an simply made some extrusions of it. … All three models are flipped, so you can use the bottom surface of the printer table as upper side as it is very smooth.
silhouettes of Canary Islands
prusaprinters
… Lanzarote and La Gomera. …I found some free DXF files with the silhouettes of the islands an simply made some extrusions of it. All three models are flipped, so you can use the bottom surface of the printer table as upper side as it is very smooth.
table of islands
cults3d
I present you a “painting of the islands” for an original decoration the table of islands” measures 15 cm by 13.9 cm and 3.4 mm deep, printing time 3 h 45 On the picture I printed the alumina black of (sovb3d) on the white directly, (with my cr10,…
Hawaiian Tiki God Kū (KU)- God of War
thingiverse
3D Scan of a statue of the Hawaiian Tiki God Kū, captured with a Revopoint Pop.
Includes Multi-Material files if you would like to print the base in a different color.
Original statue is a 4′ tall hand-carved wooden statue.
Kū is the god of. ..
Hawaiian Tiki God Kū (KU)- God of War
prusaprinters
3D Scan of a statue of the Hawaiian Tiki God Kū, captured with a Revopoint Pop. Includes Multi-Material files if you would like to print the base in a different color. Original statue is a 4′ tall hand-carved wooden statue. *Kū is the god of war,…
Printable map of Oak Island
thingiverse
Oak Island NS
They say there’s an island in the North Atlantic that has a hidden treasure.
I couldn’t locate any files like this so I created my own.
…
Game of Thrones map
thingiverse
Game of Thrones map
Map of Germany
thingiverse
Map of Germany Enjoy!
Map of Mexico
thingiverse
Map of Mexico Enjoy!
Map of Georgia
grabcad
Map of Georgia
3D map of Tenerife
thingiverse
3D map of Tenerife
Topographic map of Serbia
myminifactory
Topography map of Serbia
Map of Seattle
cults3d
Map of Seattle
Map of Russia
3docean
an outline map of Russia
Map of Australia
3docean
an outline map of Australia
santa cruz de tenerife card.
Santa Cruz de Tenerife map. Santa Cruz de Tenerife. Maps Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Main Moscow St. Petersburg Moscow region
Aprelevka
Balashikha
White Pillars
Bronnitsy
Vereya
Prominent
Volokolamsk
Vostryakovo
Vysokovsk
Dedovsk
Dzerzhinsky
Dmitrov
Dolgoprudny
Domodedovo
Dubna
Yegorievsk
Railway
Zhukovsky
Zvenigorod
Ivanteevka
Istra
Kashira
Klimovsk
Wedge
Kolomna
Korolev
Krasnoarmeysk
Krasnogorsk
Krasnozavodsk
Kurovskoe
Likino-Dulyovo
Lobnya
Losino-Petrovsky
Lytkarino
Lyubertsy
Mozhaisk
Mytishchi
Naro-Fominsk
Noginsk
Odintsovo
Necklace
Lakes
Orekhovo-Zuevo
Peresvet
Podolsk
Pushkino
Ramenskoye
Reutov
Roshal
Ruza
Sergiev Posad
Serpukhov
Solnechnogorsk
Stupino
Gangway
Taldom
Troitsk
Fryazino
Khimki
Chernogolovka
Chekhov
Shchelkovo
Shcherbinka
Elektrogorsk
Elektrostal
Electrocoal
Jubilee
Yam Russia
Central Federal District
Belgorod region
Bryansk region
Vladimir region
Voronezh region
Ivanovo region
Kaluga region
Kostroma region
Kursk region
Lipetsk region
Oryol region
Ryazan region
Smolensk region
Tambov region
Tver region
Tula region
Yaroslavl region
Southern Federal District
Adygea
Astrakhan region
Volgograd region
Dagestan
Ingushetia
Kabardino-Balkaria
Kalmykia
Karachay-Cherkessia
Krasnodar Territory
Rostov region
North Ossetia
Stavropol Territory
Chechnya
Ural Federal District
Kurgan region
Sverdlovsk region
Tyumen region
Khanty-Mansi Autonomous Okrug
Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug
Chelyabinsk region
Northwestern Federal District
Arkhangelsk region
Nenets Autonomous Okrug
Vologda region
Kaliningrad region
Karelia
Komi
Leningrad region
Murmansk region
Novgorod region
Pskov region
Siberian Federal District
Republic of Altai
Altai Territory
Buryatia
Trans-Baikal Territory
Irkutsk region
Kemerovo region
Krasnoyarsk Territory
Novosibirsk region
Omsk region
Tomsk region
Tyva
Khakassia
Chita region
Far Eastern Federal District
Amur Region
Jewish Autonomous Region
Kamchatka Territory
Magadan region
Primorye
Sakhalin Region
Khabarovsk Territory
Chukotka Autonomous Okrug
Yakutia
Volga Federal District
Bashkiria
Kirov region
Mari El
Mordovia
Nizhny Novgorod region
Orenburg region
Penza region
Perm region
Samara region
Saratov region
Tatarstan
Udmurtia
Ulyanovsk region
Chuvashia CIS
Azerbaijan
Armenia
Belarus
Georgia
Kazakhstan
Kyrgyzstan
Moldova
Tajikistan
Turkmenistan
Uzbekistan
Ukraine Europe
Austria
Albania
Andorra
Belgium
Bulgaria
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Vatican
UK
Hungary
Germany
Greece
Denmark
Ireland
Iceland
Spain
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Liechtenstein
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Monaco
Netherlands
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
San Marino
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Finland
France
Croatia
Montenegro
Czech Republic
Switzerland
Sweden
Estonia Asia
China
India
Indonesia
Turkey
Iraq
Japan
Israel
Iran America
US
Canada
Mexico
Argentina
Cuba Africa
South Africa
Egypt
Nigeria
Ghana
Cameroon Australia, Oceania, Antarctica
Australia
Antarctica
Fiji Thematic maps
Fighting at Lake Khasan
Fighting near the Khalkhin Gol
Bain-Tsagan battle
the position of the parties on the eve of hostilities near the Khalkhin Gol
Second Italo-Ethiopian War
World War II
1 Sinyavino offensive operation
2 Sinyavino offensive operation
Aleutian Landing Operation
Ardennes operation
Armaviro-Maikop defensive operation
Arnhem Airborne Operation
Balaton defensive operation
Balkan Campaign 1941
Barvenkovo-Lozovskaya offensive operation
Belgorod-Kharkov strategic offensive operation
Belgrade strategic offensive operation
Belarusian strategic offensive operation
Belarusian strategic defensive operation
Bialystok offensive operation
Bereznegovato-Snigirevskaya offensive operation
Berlin Strategic Offensive Operation
Burmese Operation
battle of the atlantic
battle for the Dnieper
battle for Iwo Jima
battle for the Caucasus
battle for Leningrad
Battle of Midway
Battle of Okinawa
battle for France
battle near Moscow
Bobruisk offensive operation
fighting 1 of the Far Eastern Front at 1945 year
military operations of the Trans-Baikal Front in 1945
combat operations of the Kalinsk Front in November 1941
combat operations of the Kalinsk Front in October 1941
battle near Honkaniemi
Bratislava-Brnovskaya offensive operation
Bryansk offensive operation
Budapest Strategic Offensive Operation
Warsaw-Poznan offensive operation
Velikolukskaya offensive operation
Vienna Strategic Offensive Operation
Upper Silesian offensive operation
Vilnius offensive operation
Vistula-Oder strategic offensive operation
Vitebsk-Orsha offensive operation
military plans of Japan as of 1941
Voronezh-Voroshilovgrad strategic defensive operation
Voronezh-Kastornenskaya offensive operation
Voroshilovgrad offensive operation
East Carpathian strategic offensive operation
East Pomeranian strategic offensive operation
East Prussian strategic offensive operation
second period of the Great Patriotic War
second assault on Sevastopol
the second stage of the Medynsko-Myatlevskaya operation
Vyborg offensive operation
Vyborg-Petrozavodsk strategic offensive operation
Vyazemskaya defensive operation
German plan for the assault on the Brest Fortress
Dutch Operation 1944
Gomel-Rechitsa offensive operation
Gorodok offensive operation
Debrecen offensive operation
actions of the Baltic Fleet in 1944 year during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Baltic Fleet in 1945 during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Baltic Fleet during the Great Patriotic War
actions of partisans in Czechoslovakia in 1945
actions of the Northern Fleet in 1944 during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Northern Fleet in 1945 during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Northern Fleet in the first period of the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Northern Fleet during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Northern Fleet in the second period of the Great Patriotic War
actions of Soviet partisans in 1942 during the Great Patriotic War
actions of Soviet partisans in 1944 during the Great Patriotic War
actions of Soviet partisans in the Great Patriotic War
actions of Soviet partisans in the second period of the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Black Sea Fleet in 1944 during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Black Sea Fleet in the first period of the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Black Sea Fleet during the Great Patriotic War
actions of the Black Sea Fleet in the second period of the Great Patriotic War
Demyansk offensive operation of 1942
Demyansk offensive operation of 1943
landing operation in the Anzio 9 area0006
landing operation in the Marshall Islands
landing operation on Shumushu
landing operation to capture Borneo
Dnieper Airborne Operation
Dnieper-Carpathian strategic offensive operation
Donbass defensive operation of 1941
Donbass defensive operation of 1942
Donbass strategic offensive operation
Life Road
Dukhovshchinsko-Demidov offensive operation
Dunkirk operation
Yelets offensive operation
Yelninskaya offensive operation
Yelninsko-Dorogobuzh offensive operation
Zhytomyr-Berdychiv offensive operation
Western Carpathian strategic offensive operation
Zaporozhye offensive operation
Samland offensive operation
winter campaign 1941-1942 of the Great Patriotic War
winter campaign 1942-1943 of the Great Patriotic War
winter campaign of 1944 of the Great Patriotic War
Izyum-Barvenkovskaya offensive operation
Insterburg-Koenigsberg offensive operation
Inchon Landing Operation
Italo-Greek War
Italian campaign 1943-1945
Kalinin offensive operation
Kalinin defensive operation
Kaluga offensive operation
Carpathian-Dukla offensive operation
Carpathian-Uzhgorod offensive operation
Kaunas offensive operation
Kerch defensive operation
Kerch-Feodosia landing operation
Kerch-Eltigen landing operation
Kyiv offensive operation
Kyiv strategic defensive operation
Kirovograd offensive operation
Klinsko-Solnechnogorsk offensive operation
Klinsko-Solnechnogorsk defensive operation
Korsun-Shevchenko operation
Kotelnikovskaya offensive operation
Krasnodar offensive operation
Krasnoselsko-Ropshinsky offensive operation
Cretan Airborne Operation
Crimean strategic offensive operation
Kuril landing operation
Battle of Kursk
Kursk strategic defensive operation
Leningrad strategic defensive operation
Leningrad-Novgorod strategic offensive operation
summer-autumn campaign of 1941 of the Great Patriotic War
summer-autumn campaign 1942 years of the Great Patriotic War
summer-autumn campaign of 1943 of the Great Patriotic War
summer-autumn campaign of 1944 of the Great Patriotic War
Libyan offensive operation
Lviv-Sandomierz strategic offensive operation
Lviv-Chernivtsi strategic defensive operation
Luban offensive operation
Lublin-Brest offensive operation
Meuse-Rhine offensive operation
Malayan Landing Operation
Manchurian strategic offensive operation
Mginskaya offensive operation
Melitopol offensive operation
Memel operation
Minsk offensive operation
Miusskaya offensive operation
Mlawsko-Elbing offensive operation
Mogilev offensive operation
Mozhaisk-Verey operation
Mozhaisk-Maloyaroslavets defensive operation
Mozdok-Malgobek defensive operation
Moonsund Landing Operation
Moonsund defensive operation
Moravian-Ostrava offensive operation
Moscow strategic offensive operation
Moscow strategic defensive operation
Nalchik-Ordzhonikidze defensive operation
Narva offensive operation
People’s Liberation War in Yugoslavia
Naro-Fominsk defensive operation
offensive on the Upper Don
offensive near Stalingrad
Nevel offensive operation
Lower Silesian offensive operation
Nikopol-Krivoy Rog offensive operation
Novgorod-Luga offensive operation
Novorossiysk landing operation
Novorossiysk defensive operation
Novorossiysk-Taman strategic offensive operation
Normandy Landing Operation
November attack on Moscow in 1941
defense of the Brest Fortress
defense of Karelia
defense of Kyiv
Defense of Leningrad
defense Liepaja
defense of Moscow
defense of Odessa
defense of Sevastopol
defense of the North Caucasus
defense of the Soviet Arctic
defense of Stalingrad
defense of Tallinn
defense of Tula
defense of Hanko
defensive battle for Transylvania
defensive structures around Kyiv during the Great Patriotic War
Odessa offensive operation
Operation Weiss
Operation Weserübung
operation spark
Operation Ring
Operation Marita
organization of air defense of the USSR on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
organization of the rear of the 5th Army of the USSR on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
Oryol strategic offensive operation
Oryol-Bryansk defensive operation
liberation of Belarus
liberation of Bulgaria
release of Kalinin
liberation of Left-bank Ukraine
liberation of Right-Bank Ukraine
liberation of the Baltic states
liberation of Romania
liberation of Sevastopol
liberation of the North Caucasus
liberation of Czechoslovakia
Ostrogozhsk-Rossosh offensive operation
the first period of the Great Patriotic War
the first assault on Sevastopol
the first stage of the Belevsko-Kozelsk operation
the first stage of the Kaluga offensive operation
the first stage of the Medynsko-Myatlevskaya operation
Petsamo-Kirkenes strategic offensive operation
plan Barbarossa
plan of the Belgrade strategic offensive operation
plan of the Kalinin offensive operation
plan of the Klin-Solnechnogorsk offensive operation
plan of the Manchurian strategic offensive operation
Kharkov defense plan for October 1941
plan for operation Saturn
Operation Typhoon plan
plan of the North Caucasian strategic offensive operation
plan of the Stalingrad strategic offensive operation
plans of the parties on the eve of the Manchurian strategic offensive operation
Polissya offensive operation
the position of the parties in the Moscow battle on January 5, 1942
the position of the parties in the Moscow battle on December 6, 1941
the position of the parties in the strip 5 of the army of the USSR on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
the position of the parties in the ZapOVO zone on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
the position of the parties in the KOVO zone on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
the position of the parties in the PribOVO zone on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
the situation of the parties on the eve of the Bobruisk offensive operation
position of the parties on the eve of the Great Patriotic War
the position of the parties on the eve of the Manchurian strategic offensive operation
the position of the parties on the eve of the operation Ring
position of the parties on the eve of Operation Typhoon
the situation of the parties on the eve of the Sandomierz-Silesian offensive operation
Polotsk offensive operation
Prague Strategic Offensive Operation
Baltic strategic offensive operation
Baltic strategic defensive operation
Proskurov-Chernivtsi offensive operation
Pskov-Ostrovskaya offensive operation
Rhine Airborne Operation
Rzhev-Vyazemskaya offensive operation
Rzhev-Vyazemskaya strategic offensive operation
Rzhev-Sychevskaya offensive operation
Riga offensive operation
Rovno-Lutsk offensive operation
Rogachev-Zhlobin offensive operation
Roslavl-Novozybkovskaya offensive operation
Rostov offensive operation
Rostov defensive operation
Rostov strategic offensive operation
Ruhr offensive operation
Sandomierz-Silesian offensive operation
Svir-Petrozavodsk offensive operation
North African Landing Operation
North Italian offensive operation
North Caucasian strategic offensive operation
North Caucasian strategic defensive operation
Seishin Landing Operation
Sinyavino offensive operation
Sicilian operation
Smolensk strategic offensive operation
Battle of Smolensk
Smolensk-Roslavl offensive operation
Soviet-Finnish war
Spas-Demenskaya offensive operation
battle in the Coral Sea
battle in Romania
battle on the Neretva
battle near Dubno
Battle of the Santa Cruz Islands
Battle of El Alamein
Srednedonskaya offensive operation
Stalingrad strategic offensive operation
Stalingrad strategic defensive operation
Sungari offensive operation
Tallinn offensive operation
Tartu offensive operation
Tikhvin defensive operation
Tikhvin strategic offensive operation
Toropetsko-Kholmskaya offensive operation
third period of the Great Patriotic War
third assault on Sevastopol
Tuapse defensive operation
Tuloksinskaya landing operation
Tula offensive operation
Tula defensive operation
Tunisian offensive operation
Uman defensive operation
Uman-Botoshanskaya offensive operation
Falaise Offensive Operation
Philippine Operation 1941-1942
Philippine Operation 1944-1945
French Campaign 1940
Harbin-Girin offensive operation
Kharkov offensive operation
Kharkov defensive operation
Battle of Kharkov
Khingan-Mukden offensive operation
Chernigov-Pripyat offensive operation
assault on Berlin
assault on Graudenz
assault on Zaporozhye
assault on Königsberg
assault on Odessa
assault on the Reichstag
assault on Tikhvin
assault on Kharkov in 1941
Šiauliai offensive operation
El Alamein Offensive Operation
South Italian operation
South Sakhalin offensive operation
South French Landing Operation
Java operation
Iasi-Chisinau strategic offensive operation
Spanish Civil War
Aragon operation
Brunet operation
Guadalajara operation
Catalan defensive operation
Battle of Madrid
Defense of Madrid
Ebro operation
Battle of Madrid
Teruel Offensive Operation
Haram defensive operation
National Liberation War in China
National Liberation War in China in 1944
National Liberation War in China in 1945 Eng
Contacts
Size : 234 KB Format : JPG Dimensions : 806*1176
Map of Santa Cruz de Tenerife.
Download map (234 KB)
Interactive map of Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Jungle Park or Eagle Park in Tenerife. Eagle show.
| Eagles Park
We spent the first day in Tenerife on the ocean in pleasant idleness.
Waking up on the morning of the second day, I realized that lying on the beach for another day was not for me. Part of our company went to the water park “Siam Park” to tickle the nerves on the largest water slides in Europe, and I decided to drive to the Jungle Park (Jungle Park). Well, if in Russian, then this is the Park of Eagles.
I took an advertisement for an eagle park from the hotel and went to the beach to explore what is so interesting for tourists in Jang Park (Eagle Park).
After swimming and having dinner, we got into a taxi, because it was not clear in the advertising booklet where the free bus to Jungle Park stops. The advertisement of the park says that it is only 3 kilometers from Los Cristianos, but in reality it turned out to be longer. The dilapidated Mercedes hobbled to the place in 15 minutes. The taximeter showed 6.6, but the cunning Spaniard hit his head in the style of “Semyon Semenych” and groaned that he did not immediately turn on the taximeter. I had to pay 10 euros. Whether he cheated us or not, it is not known, and 3 euros is not the kind of money that you should worry about.
Eagles Park
Eagles Park
Eagles Park Entrance
Eagles Park Entrance
In general, there is a free bus to Jungle Park. Looking ahead, I will say that on it we returned and returned. The driver himself asked us what our hotel was, stopped and said that it was time to leave. Muchas gracias, as they say.
Download free bus timetable and route to Jungle Park (Eagle Park)
schedule and map
Schedule and map
Schedule and map
Schedule and map
We have a calm one, and calmly According to the schedule, the last bus leaves at 17-30, but the show ended a little later. I assumed that the Spaniards were not doing anything on time, and I turned out to be right – the bus was standing and peacefully waiting for us. Apparently, he does not leave according to the schedule that hangs on the wall, but strictly after the end of the show.
So what is Jungle Park like?
Download the map of Jungle Park (Eagle Park) .
Although it is called the Eagles’ Park, not only birds live there. An oasis spread under the open sky: magnificent flowers, palm trees and almost real jungle.
And among this beauty there are enclosures and cages with a variety of animals. You can see penguins, meerkats, hippos, tigers, eagles, panther vultures and a bunch of other early birds and animals in the Jungle Park.
As in any self-respecting park, the entrance is through the shop. The set is standard for such places: toys, magnets, books and all sorts of other nonsense, which starts lying around at home a day after arrival. Next, you will want to take a picture. But a little more and all obsessive commerce ended and we saw big white tigers.
I love animals, so visiting such parks makes me ecstatic. The striped pussies were asleep at this time of the day.
And so we went to the site where the eagle show is held. Until the show starts, the birds rest peacefully behind the hedge. You can see eagles, vultures and other important and huge predators at a distance of a meter and without any cages and wires. Handsome!
After the birds we came across a penguinarium. This is great! First, they spied on the penguins from below, how they swim in the water. And then on the observation deck they watched their life on land. Here they are yelling, it’s something with something. Interestingly, the penguins in Jungle Park are not behind glass, but in an open enclosure. Apparently, this is some breed that can live in the heat.
In addition to the penguins, I really wanted to see meerkats. We were lucky! We found one meerkat standing guard. These are very cute and curious animals, somewhat similar to dogs.
I also liked panthers. I would call these animals terribly beautiful.
In addition to the animals in the Jungle Park, there are other attractions.
For 4 euros you can ride a bobsleigh. Everyone who rode really enjoyed it.
Rope trails can be walked free of charge.
You can also walk along the suspension bridge over the river with live crocodiles.
Eagle and parrot show at Jungle Park.
Well, the most important entertainment is the show of parrots and eagles. Shows are held at different venues, so don’t get confused. We didn’t go to the parrot show, I don’t like them. But at the eagle show, yes! And it’s cool!
I don’t understand those who grumble that there is nothing to see there. Don’t trust them! The show is a superb experience as various wild birds fly unleashed right above your head. I really liked the American eagles – that’s really a symbol of freedom!
In the meantime, graceful predators fly and entertain guests, as extras they kick out all sorts of harmless birds from their cages. And they are happy to try, go and beg food from the audience.
Especially these ones with a tuft. Famous beggars.
It so happened that we were standing on the path where birds are brought and taken away. So they practically walked over us. As soon as the coach throws food, they all run, fly. Such cool ones! And also with food they are driven back into the cages. And the birds are happy to try – they run after a man in a herd. And one vulture, just like a dog, skipped running after the owner.
In general, we enjoyed watching the show a lot!
Eagle shows are held every day at 12:00 and 16:00.
The exotic bird show takes place every day at 11:00 am and 2:30 pm.
How much is a ticket to Jungle Park?
An adult ticket to the Jungle Park costs 24 euros for adults and 16.5 for children.
If you also want to go to Aqualand, you can buy a double ticket (twin ticket) for two parks for 55 euros for adults and 40 euros for children.
Of course, Aqualand cannot be compared with Siam Park, but there are less scary slides and it is more adapted for children.
You can buy a ticket both at the box office of the park, and at the reception in the hotel, at the tour desk. I saw in one tour desk tickets for 18 euros. I think that some people reduce the price by sharing their commission with tourists.
Apartments for Tenerif
Hotels for relaxation by family on Tenerife
Hotels for romantics on Tenerife
Fuertoventure
Lansaroti
La Palm 9000 – Mess Masha
We gathered in Tenerife, as often happens to us, completely unexpectedly: Masha’s school announced an unplanned vacation, I also had a gap at work, I had to use the opportunity. I wanted the sun, mountains and the sea – in exactly this sequence: not to lie on the beach, but to walk more, climb the picturesque mountains, see new beauties, and swim and sunbathe in between times.
Content
1 flight, hotel, ocean, shrimp
2 Lemuryniki and jungle park
3 Temple and beach
4 Taesa 9
5 landscapes
7 Dragon tree, butterflies, malvasia
8 Lemurs, shopping, departure
The volcanic landscapes of Tenerife have long attracted my attention, but the financial issue was embarrassing: it was generally believed that holidays in the Canary Islands were not available to us. After all, I looked at the prices, and to my pleasant surprise it turned out that in early December a tour to the Canary Islands was not at all so expensive. We have a visa (Finnish annual multi-Schengen), so we grabbed the first hot offer that came across – a charter flight and accommodation in apartments without food, booked an ascent to the top of the Teide, planned hiking routes, bought sunscreen (I really like to do this at the end of November) – and go!
View Tenerife in a larger map
Flight, hotel, ocean, shrimp
We flew on a Nordwind charter flight, with absolutely no special features. The flight was early in the morning, so we had to get up in the middle of the night, but there were empty seats on the plane, we sat together on a block of three seats, which allowed us to sleep well. We had seats on the right, and flying up to the island, we saw the Teide silhouette familiar from the photographs.
In the airport hall we were given several Russian-language maps of Tenerife of different scale and details. In addition to advertising, it also contained some useful information, such as the timetable for the free shuttle bus to Jungle Park. While the transfer bus was waiting for tourists, I managed to drop into the Touristinfo booth, which is located right in front of the exit from the airport and is indicated by a large blue letter “i”, and grabbed another map of the island there, the largest and most detailed one, which we mainly used . As I later realized, it was also necessary to take a map of the location of bus stops in Las Americas and Los Cristianos there, we really missed it later.
Shortly after 11 am we were at the Laguna Park II hotel. We were immediately given a room, although the check-in time is indicated at 14.00. The hotel consists of two-story houses, located in tiers on the mountainside, the rooms of the first floors open to the garden, and the second – to the ocean. I asked for a room on the second floor, and the administrator immediately changed the resettlement plans prepared in advance and gave us an apartment with a huge balcony, which offers a beautiful view of the ocean and the neighboring island.
The room has a bedroom and a living room beautifully decorated with wood, a clean bathroom and a fully equipped kitchen with a set of dishes. We, unpretentious people, accustomed to living in campsites while traveling around Europe, these apartments seemed simply luxurious! In fairness, I note that once a huge red cockroach came to visit us, which I had not seen even in early childhood in an old Moscow communal apartment. Masha and I examined him with interest, after which he retired with dignity.
On the territory of the hotel there is a large swimming pool of a beautiful bizarre shape. But we practically did not use it, because. the water in it is cool, and indeed – swimming in the ocean is much more pleasant, and we didn’t have time to lie down and sunbathe. So – photographed for reporting.
The only significant drawback of this hotel is that it is located high on a mountain, behind the highway, it takes 20 minutes to walk to the ocean, and all half an hour to get back, and it was not easy to drag yourself up the hill after a hike, and even with packages from the store. But it contributed to my cherished goal – losing weight, so we were not discouraged! And what a view from our balcony!
So, having checked into the hotel and leaving our things, we run to the ocean. We have been to the Atlantic Ocean more than once, but nowhere – neither in the north of Spain, nor in Portugal, nor in Morocco – did we manage to swim in it, because. it is terribly cold everywhere. So I was somewhat skeptical of the stories about the water temperature off the coast of the Canary Islands. With bated breath we go into the water – at first it seems cold – but it is quite possible to plunge – we swim – in a few seconds it is completely warm! Then we stretch out on the sand under the bright sun – what a miracle it seems after gloomy Moscow!
After lounging on the cramped beach of Puerto Colon, we go for a walk along the shore, jumping in waves on the Fanabe beach. The line of the beach is interrupted by picturesque rock ledges, we go along the path above the very ocean, where local guys fish, we reach Del Duque beach.
Here the sand is dark, and the water from above seems completely turquoise. The top of Teide peeps out from behind the nearby mountains – soon we will be there too!
It’s time, however, for us to get down to business – to acquire a household and orientate ourselves in the area, to understand how things are with shops and buses. Before leaving, I was very doubtful – is it worth taking a car, or will we travel by bus? After much deliberation, I decided to do without a car, because. I am always nervous on narrow serpentines and tight parking lots, but here I wanted to completely relax. In addition, the routes that are important for us – the Mask and the Lunar landscapes – were planned in easier options, not ring ones, and the car would only create additional difficulties here. So we set off to look for the bus station, looking around Las Americas along the way. We must admit that we don’t see anything particularly pleasant here: various hotels, hotels and hoteliers are poked close to each other for many kilometers, interspersed with shops, shops, restaurants and shopping centers.
Here is the bus station with the wonderful Canarian name “estacion de guaguas”. We buy a Bono Bus card for 30 euros – a very convenient thing, it saves money well if you are going to travel a lot on buses. One card can pay for two, it just breaks through twice in a row. If the money on the card comes to an end and there is not enough for the next trip, you can pay in cash. Immediately at the box office we take a brochure with a schedule of the most popular tourist routes. If you need information about any route that is not prescribed in it, you can ask the cashier, he will kindly write the schedule of any bus on a piece of paper. On the way home, we go to the Mercadona supermarket in the large shopping center San Eugenio, the prices here are approximately the same as in Moscow. We acquire various household trifles and products, and most importantly – huge shrimp, which we like so much that we will eat them almost all the next days. Our recipe is very simple: we throw them into a pan in a small amount of oil, salt, lime slices and Provence herbs there. Roast for a few minutes and serve with rose wine or sangria on the balcony under the starry sky overlooking the ocean.
Lemur and Jungle Park
The day before we, tired after the flight and not yet accustomed to the time shift, went to bed quite early, so getting up early is not a problem. And this is necessary, because we first gathered at the Monkey Zoo, it is important to come there at the opening in order to be the first to feed the lemurs. We have breakfast on the balcony, watching the sun gradually begin to illuminate the tall buildings on the shore, and hit the road, loading a backpack with bananas and grapes bought yesterday in Mercadona.
Getting to the lion nest is not easy, there is no direct transport to get there. You can drive to Los Cristianos, and then walk uphill for half an hour. At first, we can’t even find a bus stop for Los Cristianos, it’s somehow reluctant to go to the bus station, and we act unsportsmanlike – we catch a taxi. It takes us to the lemur nest in 15 minutes and 12 euros – a little expensive!
We arrived early, and in anticipation of the opening, we look at the outlandish cacti growing here everywhere and take pictures in their thickets.
At 9.30 the gates open, we buy tickets – 10 euros for adults and 5 for children, the girl at the entrance asks us to show the contents of the backpack. We freeze in horror – now everything will be taken away! They won’t let you feed the animals! – but the girl does not object to bananas and grapes, she only asks that small animals not be given bananas in large pieces. It turns out that only sweets, chocolate and other harmful sweets are prohibited.
Let’s go to the aviary – yes! They really come down from the branches and come towards us! Grapes are carefully taken with soft warm fingers. We sit down on the mound, and the little animals surround us, climb on our knees and shoulders, waiting for a treat. If you hold a grape in the palm of your hand, they politely but confidently pull your hand towards them and eat the berry right from the palm of your hand. Surprisingly, they do not quarrel among themselves at all, as is often the case in flocks of animals, and do not climb into an open bag to steal food, but sit and trustfully wait for their turn. We rejoice in some kind of pure, unadulterated joy, imagining how animals came to the first man to receive their names …
Gradually, the enclosures fill up with other visitors, and the lemurs that have had enough are losing interest in us. They climb the trees, and those who came later can only look at the striped tails hanging from the branches. One of the lemurs, a larger breed, falls apart right there in the sun, like on a beach, and dozes.
An employee of the lemur coop showed us how to attract his attention: it turns out that he really likes to be scratched under his armpit! He willingly raises his paw, stands up for scratching and squints with pleasure.
In addition to lemurs, there are also many species of monkeys and birds, but they sit in ordinary cages, behind bars. Small monkeys yelp at each other when you try to feed them, and chimpanzees amusingly stick their lower lip out through the bars so that you can throw a grape right into their mouths. At the exit – hurray! – Another enclosure with lemurs, still hungry. Fortunately, we still have bananas, the animals are again surrounding us, a little monkey is jumping on our shoulders.
We leave the lemur coop in the afternoon and walk down to Los Cristianos. Near the Princesa Dacil hotel, we take a free bus to Jungle Park. You can print coupons on the Jungle Park website, they give a discount of 3 euros – a trifle, but nice, so tickets cost us 24.00 (adult) + 16.50 (children) – 6 = 34.50 euros. We walk around a nice zoo in a beautiful green area, through a real jungle, especially white tigers, a hippopotamus and an orangutan.
There are two types of performances here: exotic bird show (at 11.00 and 14.30) and eagle show (at 12.00 and 16.00), we have time for the second sessions of both. Both shows are held in the open air, and the great impression is made by huge birds that suddenly fly from somewhere far away to the site, and then dive almost on the heads of the audience. We especially liked the marabou, which we had not seen before, and these are amazing creatures.
We overcome the “Jungle Path” with passion, although in some places I have a hard time, and Masha jumps through all the obstacles with the dexterity of a real monkey.
Being carried away, we do not notice the time that has passed, and we barely make it to the last bus at 17.30. At home for dinner, of course, shrimp.
Temple and beach
Today is Sunday, so in the morning we are going to church. The Orthodox Church in Tenerife is located in the town of Callao Salvaje, on the main street Avenida del Jable. Early in the morning we leave for the bus station, take bus 473 to Los Gigantes at 8.15 (it should be noted that this bus runs every half an hour, but only calls in Callao Salvaje every second, i. e. at 7.15, 8.15, 9.15 etc.).
It’s not far to go, and after walking a little back up the hill from the bus stop, at about 9 o’clock we come to the church. It has a very unusual look for an Orthodox church, both outside and inside, so that we even begin to doubt whether we got there.
Spectacular, but strange layout of the space, there is no altar barrier at all, there are paintings and some installations on the walls, and I, bewildered, can’t find anything better than to blurt out to the priest who directly approached me: “Tell me, is this an Orthodox church?” Batiushka treats my bewilderment with understanding and dispels our doubts, soon the parishioners and choristers come up, the service begins. There are quite a lot of people, but there are only a few communicants, mostly children.
After the service, we go to the Playa Arena beach, famous for its black sand. It can be reached by the same bus 473 further towards Los Gigantes. Interestingly, buses in both directions stop in Callao Salvaje at the same stop, so you have to be careful not to go in the opposite direction.
The beach is small and there are a lot of people on the occasion of Sunday, but most of them prefer to sit higher, and we freely settle down closer to the water, although at the risk of being swept by the waves. The sand is simply amazing – black with golden sparks, fine, very pleasant. We swim – we sunbathe for our pleasure, in the heat, cool water is very useful.
By the middle of the day we get tired of lying down and decide to try to go to the picturesque gorge of Barranco del Inferno. We take the same 473 bus in the direction of Los Cristianos to the town of Adeje, climb to the church, follow the signs to find the way to the beginning of the gorge. We have to go uphill a lot, it’s difficult out of habit, we look forward to mountain beauties, but here, alas, we are in for a bummer – the gorge is closed to visitors due to the danger of landslides. And I read about it, preparing for the trip! But somehow I hoped – maybe they have already opened it … or maybe we’ll get through somehow . .. But this is not possible – the entrance to the path is blocked by a strong gate, we do not dare to climb over it in front of numerous visitors and waiters of the local restaurant.
Slowly slurping back to the bus stop – and here again a bummer! – the bus leaves right under our noses, 5 minutes earlier than scheduled! Let’s keep in mind: buses leave exactly on schedule only from the end points of the route. And at the intermediate ones, they may well either be late, which is not so scary, or leave much earlier, which can be very disappointing.
We walk along Adeje waiting for the next bus, get out of it before reaching the bus station at the Fanabe stop, spend the rest of the day on Torviscas beach, admiring the sunset.
Teide, God’s Finger, Cathedral
Finally the real adventure begins! Today we have planned an ascent to the top of Teide. A paid funicular runs to the volcano, tickets can be taken right before departure, but it can only take you to the observation deck (the funicular does not always work, depending on weather conditions).
In order to climb to the very top on foot and look into the crater, you need to book such an opportunity on the website of the National Parks in advance (during the season – two weeks in advance), and do not forget to take your passport with you to the top. This is free, done in order to limit the flow of people going to the crater in order to protect nature. We booked a climb to the very top in advance, but we did it a little late, a week before departure, when places were left only at the end of the day, we got the time of 15.00-17.00. We decided to try to go there as soon as we arrive by bus and go up the funicular, otherwise we won’t have time not only to walk around the neighborhood, but even to return back by bus.
So, we get up early and get ready for a hike. We thoroughly equip ourselves: we have warm fleeces, hats and windproof windbreakers with us, good old hiking boots on our feet. We try to lighten the backpack, take 1.5 liters of water for two (this was enough, but back to back) and a small snack. I doubted whether it was worth dragging warm jackets, it turned out that it was right that they didn’t take it. It becomes very cold at the top only with gusts of wind, and windbreakers protect well from it. And warm hats, which weigh very little, help very well.
We leave the bus station by bus 342 at 9.15, a Bono Bus ticket to the funicular (Teleferico) costs 4.80 euros. This is the only bus on the Teide of the day, and we will have to try to catch the return flight (just in case, we take an extra 100 euros with us – in case we have to get back by taxi). It’s a clear but windy day, I wonder if the funicular is working, I try to call the phone I found 922 010 445, but I always get a cheerful answering machine in Spanish. The bus slowly crawls uphill along an endless serpentine, Masha is sleeping, I admire the ever wider views. We pass through a pine forest, and the landscape changes completely – in front of us is a plain with heaps of black, brown, reddish solidified lava, and already close – the top, to which – cheers! – the cable car crawls.
We stop at the Parador, where there is a hotel, a chapel and an information centre. We take pictures of the Finger of God and other bizarre lava figures, hoping to see them closer later, and around 11.00 we drive up to the funicular. We get out of the bus as we were, in T-shirts, — brrr! – urgently pull on fleeces and hats. At the ticket office of the funicular, there is an announcement about the temperature, it is written that it is -2 at the top. There is a queue, but a small one, we stand for about 10 minutes, we buy tickets (round-trip adult 25 euros, children 12.50, you can only take one way half the price), we go to the booth. There are a lot of people crowding, everyone squeals merrily when the cabin sways, passing the support masts. Above – the wind, the dazzling blue sky, the bright sun, black clods of lava around, clouds under your feet, it takes your breath away.
To get used to the height, we first go along the mountain, to the Fortaleza mirador, which offers a view of the ocean. At first it seemed cold to us, even in windbreakers, but from the fast movement along the trail we immediately warm up.
Returning to the funicular, we approach the cherished gate, from where the path to the top begins, we stretch our permission to climb and passports to the uncle in the booth. He does not pay any attention to the indicated ascent time and immediately lets us through, only warns us not to climb into the crater, not to spoil the nature and not to stay there for more than 2 hours.
The ascent is technically easy (we expected much more difficulties, having read the reviews), we walk slowly, stop to catch our breath, and rise in about half an hour. Shortly before the very top, a distinct smell of sulfur is felt, steam coming from the cracks is visible, if you raise your hand, it is hot. And here we are at the top! The ocean is on all sides, the volcano is breathing underfoot, other islands are on the horizon, clouds and a caldera are far below, you can distinguish Parador and heaps of lava. “The whole world in the palm of your hand…”
Going back, at the gate we meet such a wonderful company – a baby in a backpack is no more than six months old!
Now we need to get to the Parador to walk around the lava rocks. I go there for about an hour on the highway, and we hit the road, hoping to stop some typewriter, but this is apparently not accepted here. They just shy away from our raised hands, going around us in a big arc. Well, if they don’t want to, don’t, the path goes downhill, and we quietly slip through 5 km, singing songs and admiring the surroundings.
From Parador we go for a walk around the Finger of God and the Cathedral. With all my love for the Crimea, I must admit that it is no less picturesque here than in Karadag.
Classical photo:
Cathedral from above:
Several views:
We approach the Cathedral from below:
The path is excellent, it is impossible to get lost, wherever there may be at least some doubt about where to go, there are information boards with pointers. The only pity is that we have to hurry – after all, we need to catch the return bus, which leaves at 16.00 from Parador, so we only have an hour and a half for the whole trip.
Of course, we get stuck every now and then, taking pictures every minute, and the last part of the way, steeply up from the Cathedral, we have to literally run. Exhausted, we get out to the upper observation deck – phew! – did.
Going down, we drive up to the sea of clouds and gradually plunge into it.
On the way home from the bus station, we go to Mercadona for shrimp and with all our strength we crawl up our hill.
Maska gorge hike
After yesterday’s walks, we straighten the bones in the morning with some difficulty … But the main thing is to start, and we approach the bus station already quite cheerful. You need to get to the village of Masca with a change: first we take bus 460 to Icod de los Vinos at 9.35 to the town of Valle Santiago. The cashier assured us that the journey would take no more than 50 minutes, and the distance on the map seems small, so we expect to catch the bus 355, which leaves at 10. 35 from Valle Santiago to Masca. But the bus stops for a long time at intermediate stops, takes its time on the serpentine, we start to get nervous that we might be late, it’s already 10.35, and the town has just appeared because of the next turn. But the small, minibus-like 355th bus obediently waits, and almost all passengers transfer to it.
We climb the pass and start descending a dizzying serpentine. When you look down, it takes your breath away, but by some miracle our bus manages to turn on a narrow path and pass with the cars coming towards it, and soon you can see a rock ledge known from photographs with a village stuck on it.
From a distance it is charming, but, of course, only for show for tourists: it all consists of cafes, shops and benches. Near the first shop we see an announcement that you can book a place on a boat from the beach below to Los Gigantes, which we do, it costs 10 euros per adult and 5 per child. We ask for a seat on the very last boat, at 4:30 p. m. we don’t know how long the descent will take us, and we still want to swim slowly.
In a nearby cafe, we sit on a terrace with a wonderful view of the gorge to try cactus ice cream (it turned out to be nothing special, ordinary fruit), buy souvenirs, walk around the village. Around 12.00 we start descending into the gorge.
At first we go for a walk along a wonderful path under the bright sun, but gradually the gorge narrows, the rocks around rise higher and higher, the sun is no longer visible, the path either dives into the thickets, then jumps over large stones along the stream. The photographs, unfortunately, do not at all convey the special, mysteriously gloomy mood of these places.
Technically, this path is similar to the descent in the Crimea along the Devil’s Stairs from Yayla to Mukhalatka, if anyone knows, only much longer. Nothing particularly difficult, but you need to carefully monitor where to put your foot so as not to slip on wet stones, in some places you have to climb large stones with your hands or sitting on your fifth point. Sometimes the path is lost from sight, but it will not be possible to get lost much, because. deviating from the path, you immediately find yourself in an impenetrable jungle, and it becomes clear that you need to return.
Once we lost our way and got stuck in some thorny bushes, but a group of German tourists approached us and led us to the right path. There are a lot of people walking along the trail, many of them of a very respectable age. We overtook most of the groups, but went down as a result of 3 hours, because. many stopped to take pictures.
Somewhere in the second half of the way, you begin to feel tired, you stop being amazed at the beauty of the gorge, you want to go to the ocean as soon as possible! But here soon the gorge becomes more gentle, white stones run in water begin to meet under their feet, there is more light and air, and now – cheers! – We go to the beach. On the right is the pier, on which a lot of people are sitting, waiting for the next boat, and we turn left, to the beach with wonderful dark sand.
For some reason, it is practically deserted, and we spend the remaining hour and a half perfectly on it: swimming in slow wide waves, sunbathing, tasting the cactus fruits we finally bought in the Mask (tasty, but a lot of small bones are in the way) and building a sand castle.
Returning to the pier, we suddenly see a hefty billboard with an inscription prohibiting staying on the beach due to the danger of collapses, which we – honestly! – did not notice, coming out of the gorge. That’s why the beach was so deserted!
By 4:30 pm, several boats arrive at once, and we set sail towards Los Gigantes. The journey takes about half an hour, we have time to admire the sheer cliffs from the sea.
In Los Gigantes we go up to the bus stop and go home on the familiar 473 bus. Los Gigantes is a very pretty town, it’s a pity that we only saw it from the bus window. We could have walked here longer, but we were tired, and a difficult hike is planned for tomorrow, before which we should have a better rest.
Lunar landscapes
Having seen photographs of Lunar landscapes in Moscow, of course, we wanted to get to them. We decided to walk from the Parador through the Guajara Pass, through the Black and White Moonscapes to Vilaflor, and return home on the last bus 482 at 18.15 from Vilaflor. To be honest, I was a little afraid to go on this trip, because. the route is long (about 17 km) and I wasn’t sure if we would make it to the last bus. And if we don’t make it in time, will we find a taxi? And suddenly we get lost at all, we can easily! But we decided to take a chance, and we went like a thread, we saw everything, we managed to do it everywhere and were very satisfied.
Departure, as on the day when we were on the Teide, from the bus station by bus 342 at 9.15. (This bus, like the 473 and 460, could be boarded not only at the bus station, but also at intermediate stops closer to our hotel, but we couldn’t find the location of these stops anywhere in Las Americas. There is definitely one near the San Eugenio shopping center, but we were not sure that the bus would arrive there in accordance with the schedule, so we went every time to the bus station and left from there).
At about 10.50 we get off the bus at the Parador. I tried to ask at the information center for a map showing Lunar landscapes, but the girl looked at me with round eyes and said that it was very far, outside the National Park, they don’t have such maps, and in general, do I know what to go there 6 hours? I cheerfully replied that I knew (it would be nice to get there in 6 hours!) And we, without flinching, set off.
The route is well signposted, apparently recently installed, we looked everywhere for Vilaflor and red and white markings.
We go along the path, along the dirt road, turn right to the pass. We are not in a hurry on the rise, and it is given to us without much difficulty, at about 12.15 we are at the top.
Here again the signpost, turn right, go behind the crest of the mountain. Here for some time the path goes up and down, and this is the only place where I had a little doubt whether we were going in the right direction, there are several branches, we always chose to the left and lower. But when the path began to go straight down and the Black Landscape appeared ahead, all doubts disappeared.
We pass a pine forest, fragrant with heated resin, and get to the beginning of a path lined with pebbles on a black plateau. The black landscape is a fantastic and creepy place, really some kind of alien.
At the end of the black plateau the path forks, we turn right along the path marked with posts. We go along it straight and straight, not trying to go down to the left, soon we enter the forest and get to the platform, from where the White Landscape is visible far below on the left. A little further – a pointer: to the right – Vilaflor, to the left down – White Landscape. Time – 14.00, we begin to descend.
Soon there will be another viewpoint from where you can see the landscape in all its glory, and there is another pointer to Vilaflor. An inconspicuous path goes down to the left, along which we, bypassing the gorge, get to the foot of the white rocks.
It’s so good here! Quietly, it smells of pine needles, the lines of sand create the illusion of some kind of frozen rapid movement.
We sit down to rest and have a snack, then we make our way to the distant rocks, the path goes further, bypassing the mountain, but we have to go. We get out to the nearest observation deck and stomp on the sign for Vilaflor.
The last part of the journey turned out to be quite monotonous and tedious, it seems that everyone has already seen the main thing, and still go and go … We approach Vilaflor to the sound of bells: a service begins at 17.00 in the local church.
There was plenty of time before the bus, we decided to walk around Vilaflor, and suddenly we got lost! Already in the town itself we can not find a bus stop in any way! We run stupidly up and down the narrow streets, there is nowhere for people to ask anyone, finally we meet a company of local children who, using sign language and the only common word “guagua”, explain to us that we need to go somewhere far down. Apparently, there is also a stop at the top, but we never got to it, we stomped to the bottom stop at the gas station. Waiting at dusk for the bus, we have time to freeze and finally fall, happy, on the soft seats in the warm bus 482.
Dragon tree, butterflies, malvasia
The next day we had a trip to the north. But seeing in the morning a completely cloudless sky and bright sun (almost all previous days the weather was changeable, if not completely cloudy), we suddenly give up and decide to lie by the ocean. My overage toddler has fun in the floating kids’ town on Puerto Colon Beach, then we go to our favorite Del Duque on the first day and sunbathe until noon.
But you can’t help but see the dragon tree! We decide to go at least to Icod de los Vinos, we leave by bus 460 from the bus station at 13.55. The road is long, on the serpentine tends to sleep. From the bus window we manage to see a rock in the sea opposite Garachico, but, alas, we don’t have enough time for the town itself.
But here is Icod. Picturesque houses with balconies, tiled roofs, narrow streets in flowers – how different it is from the faceless hotel Las Americas!
We go up to the ancient church of St. Mark, examine the huge patterned silver cross, luxurious altar and touching sculptures.
From the shady courtyard of the church, you can see the famous thick dragon tree, and many young dracaenas grow near it.
Just below the church, across the road – Mariposario, the butterfly house (adult ticket costs 8.50 euros, children – 5). We go inside through the rustling curtains and find ourselves in an amazing tropical garden. Warm and humid, butterflies of all sizes and colors flutter among the lush greenery – motley, scarlet, turquoise, red and even completely transparent!
One of them sits right on Masha, apparently mistaking the flowers on her shorts for real ones. We start chasing them with a camera, but it turns out that it is almost impossible to shoot a butterfly in flight. There are also enough sitting motionless here, but sitting they fold their wings, and the bright pattern is not visible. Watching the moments when they take off, we spend more than an hour here.
Near the butterfly house there is a tree with amazing fragrant flowers.
After admiring the butterflies, we go to the shop in search of the famous local malvasia. There are no problems with this, and we devote the next hour to tasting. We try not only different types of malvasia (we chose the classic sweet and rare dry), but also mojo sauces, and cactus jam, and various seasonings. Probably, in the supermarket you could buy something similar cheaper, but it’s so interesting to try all this here! Finally, we pick up Masha’s earrings made of black volcanic stone with greenish olivine and with a full backpack of purchases we go to the bus station. We return on the last bus 460 at 20.00 (it goes 10 minutes earlier than indicated in the brochure).
Lemurs, shopping, departure
On the last day, I want to go back to the very best… We looked at each other and said to each other: “Let’s go to the lemur nest!” It seems to be nothing special, but for some reason it was very good there.
Globally, February 2021 was close to the 1991-2020 average (0.26°C warmer than the 1981-2010 average) but with the coldest anomaly for almost six years. Conditions were much colder than its 1991-2020 average over much of Russia and North America, but much warmer than average over parts of the Arctic and in a band stretching eastward from north-western Africa and southern Europe to China. Temperature for Europe as a whole, for February 2021, was also close to the 1991-2020 average, though parts of Europe saw considerable variation in temperatures during the month.
February 2021
1991-2020
Surface air temperature anomaly for February 2021 relative to the February average for the period 1991-2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
1981-2010
Surface air temperature anomaly for February 2021 relative to the February average for the period 1981-2010. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
February 2021 was substantially warmer than the 1991-2020 average over southern Europe but colder than average in the north, especially over north-western Russia. Svalbard, in the far north, was an exception. Temperatures over parts of Europe varied substantially during the month, however, as the prevailing atmospheric circulation pattern changed. Records for daily maximum temperature were broken at numerous observing stations in France. Germany experienced a record swing from cold to warm weather, and although parts of Norway experienced their lowest February-average temperatures since 2010, record high temperatures were recorded in places late in the month. Conversely, warm conditions were followed by cold in Greece and other countries in south-eastern Europe.
Temperatures differed quite substantially from average values over much of the extratropical Northern Hemisphere. Particularly cold conditions were experienced in northern Europe and over much of Siberia. A second unusually cold region extended from the far east of Russia, across Alaska and western Canada and reached as far south in the central USA as Texas, where major disruption was widely reported. In contrast, conditions were mild over the north-east of Canada, Greenland, and the Arctic Ocean and coastal seas eastward from Greenland to eastern Siberia. Temperatures were also well above the 1991-2020 average for February in a band that included north-western Africa, the Middle East, central Asia and China.
Further south, temperatures were a little below average over eastern parts of northern Africa, and over India and South-East Asia. They were much lower than average over most land areas in the Southern Hemisphere. Exceptions were the warm conditions experienced over the far south of South America, Angola and the Congo Basin, and Queensland in Australia.
Air temperatures were below average over most of the tropical and sub-tropical eastern Pacific Ocean, where the latest La Niña event continued to weaken. They were well above average over regions to the north and south. Other oceanic regions of the Northern Hemisphere were mainly warmer than average. Conditions were more mixed over the oceans of the Southern Hemisphere.
1991-2020
Monthly global-mean and European-mean surface air temperature anomalies relative to 1991-2020, from January 1979 to February 2021. The darker coloured bars denote the February values. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. ACCESS TO DATA | DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
1981-2010
Monthly global-mean and European-mean surface air temperature anomalies relative to 1981-2010, from January 1979 to February 2021. The darker coloured bars denote the February values. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. ACCESS TO DATA | DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
The global-mean temperature for February 2021 was a little above the climatological average for 1991-2020, but less extreme than for any month since April 2015. The month was:
0.06°C warmer than the 1991-2020 average for February
more than 0.6°C cooler than February 2016, the most anomalously warm month on record
more than 0.5°C cooler than February 2020, the second warmest February,
between 0.2°C and 0.5°C cooler than the Februaries of 2017, 2018 and 2019, and cooler than several other Februaries in the record.
European-average temperature anomalies are generally larger and more variable than global anomalies, but have been quite small for the past two months. The European-average temperature for February 2021 was within 0.2°C of the 1991-2020 average, as was also the case in January 2021.
Boreal winter – December 2020 to February 2021
1991-2020
Surface air temperature anomaly for the boreal winter from December 2020 to February 2021 relative to the average for 1991-2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
1981-2010
Surface air temperature anomaly for the boreal winter from December 2020 to February 2021 relative to the average for 1981-2010. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
Boreal winter temperatures in 2020/21 to a large extent mirror those discussed above for the month of February. In particular, seasonal average temperatures were most above their 1991-2020 average over north-east Canada, Greenland, the Arctic Ocean and coastal seas eastward from Greenland. Temperatures were also relatively warm over south-eastern Europe and most of the Middle East, northern and central Africa, central Asia and China.
In marked contrast to 2019/20, it was much colder than average over European Russia and most of Siberia. Other regions where the seasonal-average temperature was below the 1991-2020 reference level include much of the USA, Australia and Antarctica , and parts of South America, southern and eastern Africa, and South-East Asia.
Air temperatures were below average over most of the tropical and sub-tropical eastern Pacific Ocean, though well above average over regions to the north and south. Most other oceanic regions of the Northern Hemisphere were warmer than average. Conditions were more mixed over the oceans of the Southern Hemisphere.
1991-2020
Boreal winter (December to February) averages of European-mean surface air temperature anomalies from 1979/80 to 2020/21, relative to 1991-2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. ACCESS TO DATA | DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
1981-2010
Boreal winter (December to February) averages of European-mean surface air temperature anomalies from 1979/80 to 2020/21, relative to 1981-2010. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. ACCESS TO DATA | DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
The average December-February temperature for Europe was 0.6°C above the 1991-2020 average for the season. This is 2.3°C lower than the corresponding value for 2019/20, the warmest winter average on record. Winter 2020/21 was similar in average European temperature to the winters of 2017/18 and 2018/19, but nine of the earlier winters since 1979/1980 were warmer.
The last 12 months – March 2020 to February 2021
1991-2020
Surface air temperature anomaly for March 2020 to February 2021 relative to the average for 1991-2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
1981-2010
Surface air temperature anomaly for March 2020 to February 2021 relative to the average for 1981-2010. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
Temperatures averaged over the twelve months to February 2021 were:
most above the 1991-2020 average over northern Siberia and the seas to the north, and over the far north-east of Canada
above average over most of Europe, exceptions being parts of the north-west and east of the continent
above average over most other areas of land and the majority of the ocean surface
below average over a few other land areas, particularly parts of northern Canada and the USA, in an arc from the Central Asian Republics to northern India, and over north-east Brazil, parts of southern and eastern Africa, south-eastern Australia and parts of Antarctica
below average over the eastern equatorial Pacific, the North Atlantic west of Ireland and several oceanic areas in the Southern Hemisphere.
1991-2020
Running twelve-month averages of global-mean and European-mean surface air temperature anomalies relative to 1991-2020, based on monthly values from January 1979 to February 2021. The darker coloured bars are the averages for each of the calendar years from 1979 to 2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. ACCESS TO DATA | DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
1981-2010
Running twelve-month averages of global-mean and European-mean surface air temperature anomalies relative to 1981-2010, based on monthly values from January 1979 to February 2021. The darker coloured bars are the averages for each of the calendar years from 1979 to 2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service/ECMWF. ACCESS TO DATA | DOWNLOAD THE ORIGINAL IMAGE
Averaging over twelve-month periods smooths out shorter-term variations in regional- and global-average temperatures. Globally, the twelve-month period to February 2021 was 0.36°C warmer than the 1991-2020 average. This twelve-month average is 0.1°C below the averages for the twelve-month periods ending in September 2016 and May 2020, the two warmest such periods in this data record. The warmest calendar year is 2016, with a temperature 0.44°C above the 1991-2020 average. 2020 was on a par with 2016, being cooler by less than 0.01°C, well below the spread among multiple datasets. The third warmest calendar year is 2019; its temperature was 0.40°C above average.
0.82°C should be added to the value relative to the 1991-2020 reference period to relate recent global temperatures to the pre-industrial level defined in the IPCC Special Report on “Global Warming of 1.5°C”. The average temperature for the twelve months to February 2021 is about 1.2°C above that level.
There is more variability in average European temperatures, but values are more certain due to the relatively dense observational coverage of the continent. The average for the twelve-month period to February 2021 is about 0.7°C above the 1991-2020 average. 2020 is the warmest calendar year on record for Europe by a clear margin, with a temperature 1.2°C above the 1991-2020 average.
Note on global values from ERA5 and other temperature datasets
The spread in global averages from various temperature datasets has been reported previously to have been relatively large over recent years. An updated version of the dataset principally responsible for this spread was released in mid-December 2020. This version agrees much better with other datasets for the latest few years. There is general agreement among datasets that the period from 2015 to 2020 is much warmer globally than any previous such period. There is also agreement that the global temperature has risen at an average rate close to 0.2°C per decade since the late 1970s. There is nevertheless still some spread between the datasets for recent years and the annual average temperature anomalies for these years from ERA5 are generally higher than those from the five other datasets considered. The differences range from 0.02 to 0.08°C for 2016-2020. The range is 0.00 to 0.07°C if air temperature over sea is replaced by sea-surface temperature for ERA5 and the other dataset for which sea-surface temperature was not used by design. The remaining differences depend partly on the extent to which datasets represent the relatively warm conditions that have predominated over the Arctic and Antarctic during these years. Differences elsewhere in estimates of sea-surface temperature and surface air temperature over land have been further factors.
The average surface air temperature analysis homepage explains more about the production and reliability of the values presented here, but has yet to be updated to include the new information on dataset spread mentioned above.
Back to top
Second Warmest February on Record Globally
Above: Departures from average temperature across the globe for the period from December 2019 through February 2020 (northern meteorological winter), in degrees Celsius. (NOAA/NCEI)
Research groups across the world concur that this past northern winter (December-February) was the second-warmest on record globally, in records going back more than a century. The latest group to confirm this finding is NOAA, in its monthly State of the Climate report issued Friday.
The winter result was a product of the second-warmest December, warmest January, and second-warmest February in the NOAA analysis, which extends back to 1880. For those three months combined, the global temperature was 1.12°C (2.02°F) above the 20th-century average. This reading is just 0.06°C (0.1°F) behind the record set in 2015-16.
The global warmth of the past few months is especially striking given the lack of an El Niño event, which raises global air temperatures by releasing heat stored in the tropical Pacific Ocean.
Global temperatures in the record-warm winter of 2015-16 were boosted by very strong El Niño conditions. In contrast, there was no El Niño event this past winter, although temperatures in the central tropical Pacific were unusually warm.
Like NOAA, NASA also ranked the winter as the planet’s second-warmest on record. In the NASA database, December and February were the second-warmest on record, just behind 2015-16, while January 2020 tied with January 2016 as the warmest on record.
The Japan Meteorological Agency had not yet released its temperature calculations for February.
Not only was last month the planet’s second warmest February—it was the third warmest of any month in terms of departure from average, coming in 1.17°C (2.11°F) above the 20th-century average. The only higher departures on record were in February and March 2016, during the extreme El Niño event noted above.
Europe’s bizarre winter warmth
The most spectacular warmth throughout winter 2019-20 was across Europe and the western two-thirds of Russia. The European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service (C3S) estimated that temperatures across Europe were 1.4°C (2.5°F) above the previous winter record (2015-16). The center’s data go back to 1979, but when comparing the data with other sources, C3S also said this was the warmest European winter going back to at least 1850.
The center’s data go back to 1979, but when comparing the data with other sources, C3S also said this was the warmest European winter going back to at least 1850.
The Copernicus margin of 2.5°F is phenomenally large for setting a season-long, continental-scale record. Keep in mind that the normal ups and downs of daily temperature tend to act as a buffer on any major departures from average.
It was the warmest winter on record in Russia, dating to 1891, according to a report issued last Thursday from the Hydrometcenter of Russia. Parts of western and central Russia were 10-14°F warmer than average from December through February.
The HoR report said Moscow’s winter temperature, averaged from December through February, was above freezing for the first time on record.
It was also a record-warm winter in Finland, where no measurable snow was recorded from January through February in the capital, Helsinki, for the first time on record.
For the first time, the Scandinavian capitals outside of Iceland—Copenhagen, Helsinki, Oslo, and Stockholm—all got above freezing on every day in January, reported Mika Rantanen (Finnish Meteorological Institute). All-time record highs for February were shattered in at least nine European countries in the last week of the month, as documented by Rantanen.
For much more detail on the standout global and regional climate events for February, see the new post from Dr. Jeff Masters at his “Eye of the Storm” blog (ScientificAmerican.com).
What caused the warmth?
Long-term climate change is boosting winter temperatures across the world. In the NOAA database, the warmest five December-to-February periods have all occurred in the last six years.
Another factor involved this winter: an exceptionally strong positive phase of the Arctic Oscillation. The AO is an index of pressure differences between the northern subtropics and polar regions. When the AO is high, a strong pressure difference leads to a powerful west-to-east jet stream that can block frigid air masses from cruising southward to lower latitudes.
In records dating back to 1950, the AO hit an all-time high in early February and an even higher level later in the month.
The consistently high AO kept the hemisphere’s cold air bottled up in the far north, mainly across Alaska and the Arctic Ocean. Alaska had its coldest winter in 21 years, according to NOAA. Fairbanks remained below freezing for the entire climatological winter (December-February), also for the first time in 21 years.
More warming on the way
The World Meteorological Organization (WMO) reported this month that 2019 saw the second-warmest atmosphere and the warmest oceans on record globally. The last five years (2015-19) and the last 10 years (2010-19) were both the warmest on record, said the WMO.
Each decade since the 1980s has been warmer than the prior decade.
The global temperature in 2019 was about 1.9 degrees above the estimated levels that prevailed in the mid-1800s, before widespread use of fossil fuels began to boost the amount of heat-trapping greenhouse gas in the atmosphere.
“Given that greenhouse gas levels continue to increase, the warming will continue,” said UN Secretary-General and WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas in a news release on Tuesday.
Taalas cited the latest decadal forecast from the UK Met Office, which predicts that a new annual global air temperature record is likely in the next five years.
Eu, France weather in February: average temperature & climate
General weather summary
Cold and breezy
Feels like
37%
Daily chance of prec.
0.102 in
Amount
20.1 mph
Wind speed
88%
Humidity
10.0 hrs
Daylight length
8:07 AM
Sunrise
6:08 PM
Sunset
35%
Cloud cover
Jacket
What to wear
Build, organize, and map your itinerary to Eu with our free trip planner.
What is the average temperature in February
The average temperature in Eu in February for a typical day ranges from a high of 45°F (7°C) and a low of 36°F (2°C). Some would describe it as cold and breezy.
For comparison, the hottest month in Eu, August, has days with highs of 69°F (21°C) and lows of 57°F (14°C). The coldest month, February has days with highs of 45°F (7°C) and lows of 36°F (2°C). This graph shows how an average day looks like in Eu in February based on historical data.
Highs and lows in Eu in Feb
How much does it rain in February
In Eu in February, there’s a 37% chance of rain on an average day. And on the average day it rains or snows, we get 0.00 in (0.1 mm) of precipitation. In more common terms of how much that is, some would describe it as not rainy at all.
The wettest month in Eu is December with a 45% chance of precipitation on a typical day and gets 0.10 inches (2.5 mm) of precipitation, while the dryest month in Eu is July with a 18.7% chance of precipitation on a typical day and gets 0.10 inches (2.5 mm) of precipitation. These graphs show the probability of it raining/snowing in February and the amount of rainfall.
Chance of rain or snow on an average Eu day by month
Average precipitation by hour of day
How cloudy is Eu in February
The average amount of time that the sky is clear or sunny (partly cloudy or less) in Eu during February is 8.4 hours (35% of the day). For comparison, the day with the most clear, sunny days in Eu is July with 13.2 hours while December has the shortest amount of cloud-free hours of only 6.8 hours. This graph shows the average amount of sunshine in Eu in February based on historical data.
Monthly clear skies percent of time in Eu
When is the sunrise and sunset in February
The average day in Eu during February has 10.0 hours of daylight, with sunrise at 8:07 AM and sunset at 6:08 PM.
The day with the longest amount of daylight in Eu is June 21st with 16.4 hours while December 20th has the shortest amount of daylight of only 8.1 hours.
This graph shows the average amount of daylight in Eu in February based on historical data.
Average hours of daylight in Eu by month
How humid is it in February
In February, Eu is very humid with an average amount of 88% (relative humidity), which could be described as humid but cool. January has the highest relative humidity at 90% and is the least humid in April at 77%. This graph shows the average amount of humidity in Eu throughout February based on historical data.
Average relative humidity in Eu by month
How windy is it in February in Eu
Historically, the wind in Eu during February blows at an average speed of 20.1 mph (32.3 kph). The windiest month is December with an average wind speed of 20.7 mph (33.2 kph), while the calmest month is July with an average wind speed of 14.0 mph (22.5 kph). This graph shows the average wind speed in Eu in February based on historical data.
Average monthly wind speed in Eu
What to wear in February
With an average high of 45°F (7°C) and a low of 36°F (2°C), it generally feels cold and breezy. There might also be a small chance of rain. With that in mind, most people would dress in something warm like a jacket.
What’s the weather like in Eu the rest of the year?
We’ve collected the weather data for Eu during all other months of the year too:
Weather in Eu in January
Weather in Eu in March
Weather in Eu in April
Weather in Eu in May
Weather in Eu in June
Weather in Eu in July
Weather in Eu in August
Weather in Eu in September
Weather in Eu in October
Weather in Eu in November
Weather in Eu in December
Where does this data come from?
Weather data for Eu was collected from the MERRA-2 project from NASA, which used a climate model combined with historical data from weather stations around the world to estimate what the conditions were like for every point on the Earth.
For all data based on historical data, we’ve averaged the data from the past 11 years (2010-2020). For example, for the hourly temperature at 10am, we’ve looked at the temperature at 10am on every day in February (e.g., February 1, February 2, etc. in 2010, 2011, etc.) and took the arithmetic mean. We did not smooth the data, so for example, our daily temperature line will have some randomness due to the fact that weather is random in the first place.
Best time to visit Italy | Climate in Italy
Sunflowers in Tuscany
The best time to visit Italy is during spring and fall, when temperatures are comfortable and there are fewer crowds. The scenery is vibrant, prices are lower, and the weather is ideal for exploring all the country has to offer.
Spring
Temperatures start to warm up in spring, going from the mid-fifties to mid-seventies, although it’s still advisable to wear layers in case of colder spells. It gets busier around Easter, with prices rising accordingly. Shops will close on Easter Sunday (Pasqua) and Easter Monday (Pasquetta).
Summer
The summer months, July and August in particular, see higher temperatures — normally around 81°F, but they often reach over 88°F at the height of the day. Visitor numbers reach their peak at this time. It’s worth noting that many Italians take the whole month of August off and escape the humidity, with lots of businesses closing during this time. However, this does mean the cities are much quieter, so you still have the chance to explore if you can cope with the heat.
Fall
Temperatures cool down gradually, so September is still very pleasant, with an average of around 77°F. Expect crisp fall leaves and some sunnier days, but plan for wet weather too. Some attractions introduce shorter winter hours from October, so be mindful of this when booking.
Winter
Temperatures in the south remain mild in winter. However, northern Italy is normally wet and cold, and it’s not unusual for snow to fall, especially in the mountains.
Holidays in Italy
January 1: New Year (Capodanno)
January 6: Epiphany (La Befana)
Easter Sunday (Pasqua)
Easter Monday (Pasquetta)
April 25: Liberation Day
May 1: Labor Day (Festa del Lavoro)
June 2: Republic Day (Festa della Repubblica)
August 15: Assumption of the Virgin (Ferragosto)
November 1: All Saints’ Day
December 8: The Immaculate Conception (L’Immacolata)
December 25: Christmas Day (Natale)
December 26: St Stephen’s Day (Santo Stefano)
Creating tailor-made tours for over 25 years
I really like Italy in June, just before the summer revelers arrive and when the sun is more likely to make a prolonged appearance. Tuscany really comes to life in June, the olive trees, wildflowers and poppies are in full bloom and the air is thick with lavender. The weather is just starting to heat up properly, casting an ethereal morning sunlight across the Tuscan hills as you drive along the winding roads lined with cypress and pine trees. Plan your trip early and you can witness the most famous bareback horse race in Italy at the Palio in Siena, held in July and August.
Molly, Europe Specialist
Month-by-month guide for traveling in Italy
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Visiting Italy in January
The milder Mediterranean winters make Italy’s cities an option for travel throughout January. Visitors are rewarded with quieter sights and far fewer tourists if they are willing to brave the cooler conditions.
Days can be cold and clear or wet and windy, with snow falling in mountain areas.
Average temperatures:
25-45°F in the north
40-55°F in central Italy
50-60°F in the south
As it’s very much the off-season, some attractions will be closed or offer limited visiting hours, so it’s best to look this up in advance. Much of the Amalfi Coast, for instance, only gears up for visitors in the summer months, and most Tuscan properties are shut over the winter.
Events & Festivals
The main celebration is a holiday called Epiphany, on January 6. It is the end of the Christmas season when Italians give each other presents and children hope a witch called La Befana will leave gifts in their stockings.
Visiting Italy in February
Prices tend to be cheaper in February, outside of carnival dates. Like January, visitors should be prepared for reduced opening hours and limited access to attractions in some areas, but you’ll benefit from much smaller crowds.
Average temperatures:
39-46°F in the north
39-55°F in central Italy
48-55°F in the south
The amount of rain you can expect depends on the region you visit. There is less rainfall in north Italy in February but it increases in the south, although temperatures there are warmer. You may even be lucky enough to experience some sunny spells.
Events & Festivals
In the south, in Sicily, the Valley of the Temples in Agrigento hosts an annual almond blossom festival with parades, shows and craft exhibits. The first of the almond blossom is celebrated as a welcome precursor to spring.
Even the cold weather in the north can’t dissuade Italians from a party. The highlight of the month is Carnevale, celebrated across the country at the beginning of Lent with vibrant pageants, masquerades and confetti. The most well-known celebration is the Venice Carnival, a two-week spectacle of masks, fancy dress and spirited parties that see throngs of costumed people pack the famous St Mark’s Square.
Visiting Italy in March
The weather in March can remain mixed and unpredictable, with spells of sunshine and rain. The beginning of the month can be colder, but as the official start of spring approaches on March 21, the country really starts to come alive and temperatures begin to rise.
Average temperatures:
34-56°F in the north
43-59°F in central Italy
52-59°F in the south
It still rains frequently in the north, but you are still likely to see some sunny days. The chance of snowfall decreases and temperatures rise throughout the month.
The likelihood of sunshine in central Italy increases as the month goes on, while the weather in the south is mild and pleasant. March is a great time to explore regions like Puglia and Sicily.
Events & Festivals
On March 9 devout Roman motorists have their cars and mopeds blessed at the church of Santa Francesca.
Easter week in Rome is marked with a number of events led by the Pope, including a Palm Sunday Mass in St Peter’s Square and the Settimana Santa procession of the stations of the cross at the Colosseum, both of which attract large numbers of visitors.
Most other towns and cities host their own Holy Week celebrations with various processions and services.
The Rome Marathon is held on the third Sunday of March.
Visiting Italy in April
April is a wonderful time to visit Italy. Temperatures are pleasant and comfortable, with wildflowers blooming across the countryside. Everything is now open for business after the winter months, and regular ferries and hiking trails along the Cinque Terre and Ligurian Coast start to pick up business.
There can be the odd shower, and temperatures are likely to be cooler and more changeable in the north, however, this shouldn’t dissuade you. Chances are you will need to pack both sunglasses and a rain jacket, no matter where you decide to go.
Average temperatures:
40-62°F in the north
47-63°F in central Italy
53-64°F in the south
Events & Festivals
Easter week in Rome is marked with a number of events led by the Pope, including a Palm Sunday Mass in St Peter’s Square and the Settimana Santa procession of the stations of the cross at the Colosseum, both of which attract large numbers of visitors.
Venice enjoys the Festa di San Marco on April 25. Men offer a single rosebud to the woman they love in celebration of the city’s patron saint.
Most other towns and cities host their own Holy Week celebrations with various processions and services.
Liberation Day, a national holiday, is also on April 25. It commemorates the Allied overthrow of the Nazis and the end of Mussolini’s rule.
Visiting Italy in May
Known as the month of the rose, May is a beautiful time to experience Italy. It’s warm but not too hot, and still early enough to avoid the crowds of summer visitors.
Gardens across the country are at their peak. Whether you’re visiting historical cities like Rome or Florence or exploring the countryside, it’s a fantastic time to be outside.
Average temperatures:
49-70°F in the north
54-71°F in central Italy
61-70°F in the south
Temperatures are reliably pleasant at this time of year. There may be the odd shower in the north and central regions, but otherwise, it’s sunny during the day, with lovely blue skies.
Events & Festivals
Assisi celebrates Calendimaggio, a medieval and renaissance festival with entertainment like concerts, theater and dance shows, and processions through the beautifully decorated town.
The patron saint of Abruzzo, Saint Dominic, is honored with a parade where his statue is carried around the town, covered in live snakes. This is known as Festa dei Serpari.
In Venice, the Festa della Sensa, celebrated on Ascension Day, marks Venice’s ‘Wedding to the Sea’. Boats abound with a huge regatta and traditional rowing races, culminating with a symbolic union where the mayor tosses a gold ring into the water.
There are a lot of events in the month of May, as the Italians celebrate spring with food, wine and flower festivals. Florence’s Iris Garden opens to the public for just a few weeks, the only time in the year that you can walk through it.
For keen cyclists this is the start of the Giro d’Italia bicycle race — the Italian equivalent of the Tour de France.
Visiting Italy in June
Summer has officially begun. High temperatures in June attract visitors to Italy’s beaches and swimming pools, and peak season really gets underway. Visitors can enjoy wonderful open-air performances in cities such as Rome and Verona, while sun-seekers can relax.
Average temperatures:
55-77°F in the north
61-77°F in central Italy
68-77°F in the south
Rain is unlikely to fall, so June is the time when visitors start to flock to Italy’s many picturesque destinations: historical cities, quaint villages, and beautiful beaches.
Events & Festivals
La Festa della Repubblica on June 2 is a national holiday, celebrating the foundation of the modern republic of Italy.
Luminara di San Ranieri is celebrated on June 16 in Pisa, with thousands of people lining windows and doorways along the River Arno. It culminates in a dramatic firework display.
Republic Day on June 2 is a national holiday, celebrating the foundation of the modern republic of Italy.
Toward the end of June, the summer opera season at the amphitheater in Verona begins along with the Estate Romana program of events in Rome.
Visiting Italy in July
July sees increased summer temperatures and high visitor numbers, as pupils have a break from school and families take the opportunity for a vacation.
Average temperatures:
66-86°F in the north
66-86°F in central Italy
74-95°F in the south
Some travelers may find the south too hot during peak season, but the north and central regions are usually pleasantly balmy, although it’s advisable to stay somewhere with air conditioning.
July is one of the most expensive times to visit Italy, so travel during this month needs to be planned well in advance.
Events & Festivals
The first Palio horse race occurs in Piazza del Campo in Siena on July 2. It is a historic battle between the city’s contrade (districts) as they compete for glory.
Madonna della Bruna is a festival that takes place in Matera on July 2. A procession is held, with a giant float of the Madonna Bruna as the centerpiece. This float is dismantled and burned afterwards, followed by a fireworks display.
Open-air performances and concerts take place in areas like Ravello, on the Amalfi Coast, and in Sicily’s Greek theaters in Syracuse and Taormina.
Visiting Italy in August
The hot, dry days of August draw in the crowds. The cities can be particularly stifling at this time of year and many locals depart en masse for the beaches, mountains or countryside.
Not everything will be open — but not everything will be closed either, and in some cities, you’ll have more space to explore because the residents aren’t there. Take shelter during the hottest part of the day by using the time to explore museums and galleries.
Average temperatures:
60-83°F in the north
66-83°F in central Italy
74-83°F in the south
August is one of the most expensive times to visit Italy, so travel during this month needs to be planned well in advance.
Events & Festivals
One of the best festivals in the Marche region is La Quintana, on the first weekend of August. A large, 15th century-style parade takes place, followed by a jousting tournament.
Open-air performances and concerts take place in areas like Ravello, on the Amalfi Coast, and in Sicily’s Greek theaters in Syracuse and Taormina.
The second Palio horse race occurs in Piazza del Campo in Siena on August 16. It is a historic battle between the city’s contrade (districts) as they compete for glory.
Venice International Film Festival starts at the end of August and continues into September.
Visiting Italy in September
By September, summer temperatures have usually peaked and while the days remain hot, the nights tend to be cooler and more comfortable.
Italians are now back at work or have returned to school, emptying the beaches to less crowded levels, although September is still a popular month with travelers.
Average temperatures:
54-75°F in the north
62-79°F in central Italy
72-80°F in the south
The north is much cooler at this time of year — but not cold. You may see the odd rain shower in the north and central regions, but it’s still dry in the south, with pleasant weather throughout the day.
Events & Festivals
MITO Musical Festival is on throughout the month in Milan and Turin.
The Regata Storica takes place in Venice on the first Sunday in September, with gondola races, gondoliers in traditional dress and plenty of vibrant waterborne pageantry.
La Vendemmia, the grape harvest, begins toward the end of September.
Venice International Film Festival starts at the end of August and continues into September.
Visiting Italy in October
Visitors in October can enjoy the last of the summer heat, making it a popular time for exploring the cities.
Average temperatures:
44-64°F in the north
56-71°F in central Italy
66-74°F in the south
Visiting Italy in November
The last month of fall sees temperatures cool, although travel is still very much an option. You may be faced with shorter days and rainier weather, but there are very few tourists and it’s a great time to explore indoor sites like museums, galleries, and religious buildings.
Average temperatures:
33-52°F in the north
46-62°F in central Italy
55-58°F in the south
It gets much colder in the north in particular, especially at night, so be sure to wrap up warm. Central Italy is slightly warmer, although it’s still brisk. As always, temperatures are highest in the south and you may even see a little sunshine, but you should still be prepared for rain.
Events & Festivals
All Saints Day is a national holiday celebrated on November 1. The following day is known as All Souls Day — the Italian equivalent of the Mexican Day of the Dead.
November is truffle season, complete with fairs, markets and gastronomic treats across northern Italy.
Visiting Italy in December
Similar to January, the milder Mediterranean winters make much of Italy still an option for travel during the colder winter months. You’re rewarded with quieter cities and sights, though you’ll have to brave cooler conditions.
As it is very much the off-season, you’ll find many hotels outside the major cities are closed and hiking trails in the main areas like the Cinque Terre don’t open until Easter.
The exception is in Italy’s ski resorts, where skiing season is in full swing in the Alps and the Dolomites. Snow is expected in these areas, but it may even fall in places that sit close to sea level.
Average temperatures:
26-45°F in the north
42-57°F in central Italy
54-61°F in the south
Events & Festivals
The city of Paternò celebrates Saint Barbara Day with a parade on the slopes of Mount Etna, thanking the patron saint for protecting the fire brigade and preventing the volcano from erupting.
Italy Climate Guide
Destination
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Florence
50°F
2″
54°F
2″
59°F
2″
64°F
3″
73°F
3″
81°F
2″
88°F
1″
88°F
2″
79°F
3″
68°F
4″
57°F
4″
52°F
3″
Lake Como
37°F
3″
41°F
2″
48°F
3″
55°F
5″
63°F
6″
70°F
6″
75°F
5″
72°F
6″
66°F
5″
57°F
5″
46°F
4″
41°F
2″
Milan
41°F
2″
46°F
2″
55°F
3″
64°F
4″
73°F
4″
81°F
4″
84°F
3″
82°F
4″
75°F
3″
64°F
5″
52°F
4″
43°F
3″
Naples
54°F
4″
55°F
3″
59°F
3″
64°F
3″
73°F
2″
79°F
1″
84°F
1″
84°F
1″
79°F
3″
72°F
5″
63°F
6″
55°F
4″
Palermo
55°F
3″
55°F
3″
59°F
2″
64°F
2″
70°F
1″
77°F
0″
82°F
0″
82°F
1″
79°F
1″
72°F
3″
64°F
3″
57°F
3″
Pompeii
54°F
4″
54°F
3″
57°F
3″
64°F
2″
72°F
2″
79°F
1″
84°F
1″
84°F
2″
79°F
3″
70°F
4″
61°F
5″
55°F
4″
Rome
54°F
3″
55°F
3″
61°F
3″
66°F
2″
73°F
2″
81°F
1″
88°F
1″
86°F
1″
81°F
3″
72°F
4″
63°F
4″
55°F
4″
Venice
43°F
2″
46°F
2″
54°F
2″
63°F
3″
70°F
3″
77°F
3″
81°F
2″
81°F
3″
75°F
3″
66°F
3″
54°F
4″
45°F
3″
Verona
43°F
2″
48°F
2″
55°F
2″
64°F
3″
72°F
3″
79°F
3″
84°F
2″
82°F
3″
75°F
3″
64°F
3″
54°F
3″
45°F
2″
Watch our video
Trip ideas and travel guides for exploring Italy
Cold Snap Across Europe
This page contains archived content and is no longer being updated. At the time of publication, it represented the best available science.
Rare snowstorms in Rome and Tripoli and mounting death tolls from exposure were among the consequences of a severe cold snap in Europe in late January and early February 2012. Meteorologist Jeff Masters described it as Europe’s worst stretch of cold weather since February 1991.
This map above shows temperature anomalies for Europe and western Russia from January 25 to February 1, 2012, compared to temperatures for the same dates from 2001 to 2011. The anomalies are based on land surface temperatures observed by the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) on NASA’s Terra satellite. Areas with above-average temperatures appear in red and orange, and areas with below-average temperatures appear in shades of blue. Oceans and lakes appear in gray.
Blue dominates this image, with most regions experiencing temperatures well below normal. Some of the most severe temperature anomalies occur in northwestern Russia and around the Black Sea.
Masters explains that the unusual cold is a product of the jet stream. Jet streams are bands of strong, upper-atmospheric winds that blow from west to east around the globe. These bands roughly separate colder air at higher latitudes from warmer air at middle to low latitudes, and they generally blow straight west to east. “But this winter, the jet has had a highly convoluted shape, with unusually large excursions to the north and south,” Masters states. “When the jet bulges southwards, it allows cold air to spill in behind it, and that is what has happened to Europe over the past two weeks.” When the jet stream adheres to a convoluted pattern for long enough, extreme weather can result.
The Arctic Oscillation (AO) Index provides an indication of whether the jet stream has formed an unusual bulge. When the AO is strongly negative, jet stream winds are comparatively weak, meaning it has drooped southward over Europe, dragging frigid air with it. A negative AO also often means unusual cold and snow over North America, but due to other factors, much of the United States has experienced below average snowfall.
NASA Earth Observatory image created by Jesse Allen, using data provided courtesy of the Land Processes Data Active Archive Center (LPDAAC). Caption by Michon Scott.
View this area in EO Explorer
A convoluted jet stream plunged Europe into a severe cold snap in late January and early February 2012.
Image of the Day for February 10, 2012
Instrument:
Terra — MODIS
Image of the Day
Heat
Land
View more Images of the Day:
Feb 9, 2012
Feb 11, 2012
Dr. Jeff Masters’ WunderBlog, via Weather Underground. (2012, February 3). Europe cold wave deaths hit 200; low-snow winter for the U.S. Accessed February 9, 2012.
Dr. Jeff Masters’ WunderBlog, via Weather Underground. (2012, February 7). Harsh winter weather continues in Europe; rare snowstorm hits Libya. Accessed February 9, 2012.
National Weather Service. (2005, December 12). Arctic Oscillation (AO). National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Accessed February 9, 2012.
National Weather Service. (2011, October 21). Jet Stream. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Accessed February 9, 2012.
Simeonova, D. (Agence France-Presse). (2012, February 7). Floods add to Europe’s cold to claim more lives. Google News. Accessed February 9, 2012.
to our newsletters
Extreme Temperatures in January
Image of the Day
Heat
Land
Extreme Temperatures in January
Image of the Day
Heat
Land
Chilly November in North America
It was cold across the eastern part of North America, but the opposite was true in other parts of the world.
Image of the Day
Remote Sensing
What Goes Around Comes Around
While North Americans contended with a blast of Arctic air, Europeans found themselves wondering where winter went.
Image of the Day
Land
to our newsletters
Europe’s winter temperatures have been extreme this year. Here’s why.
From one extreme to another, the temperatures across Europe have been on a rollercoaster journey this winter.
Greece or Spain have experienced some of the heaviest snowfall in several decades, temperatures have been exceptionally mild for the season in western Europe and there’s been freezing cold in the east.
So, why has there been such extremes in the weather?
The answer lies within the variability of large scale weather pattern drivers: the polar vortex and the jet stream.
The jet stream — currents of fast-flowing, meandering air high above the Earth — has displayed interesting behaviour over the last few weeks following a sudden stratospheric warming.
This led to a weak polar vortex — areas of low pressure and cold air surrounding the Earth’s north and south poles — and in turn disrupted the jet stream; throwing a typical weather pattern out of the window.
This allowed extreme cold air to pour out of the Arctic and into mid-latitude continental regions like Europe, North America and Asia. There has also been record-breaking warmth across the Northern Hemisphere, this opposite extreme often goes hand-in-hand when the jet stream becomes weak and wavy.
The polar vortex is a large area of low pressure and cold air surrounding the Earth’s North and South polesNOAA
Below is a snapshot of the weather setup across Europe in mid-February 2021.
While Spain, Portugal and parts of France basked in spring warmth, eastern Europe shivered in extreme cold with snow reported as far south as Athens and then eventually parts of north Africa and Saudi Arabia.
Wild meanders in the jet stream account for the strong temperature contrasts. The wavy jet stream allows warmth to push north in some places while cold air leaks south from Polar regions in others. It is useful to compare the track of the jet stream to the airmass temperature to show how they are connected.
Wild meanders in the jet stream account for the strong temperature contrasts in Europe mid-FebruaryScott DuncanA wavy jet stream translated into big temperature contrastsScott Duncan
We often see extremes all around the hemisphere when the jet stream becomes disrupted. The recent cold in North America can be explained in a similar manner. The cold was particularly extreme and widespread, especially for the southern US states which caused widespread blackouts.
Below, is the setup from February 15, 2021, as the jet stream dipped south towards the Gulf of Mexico. The cold air was able to migrate south through the Great Plains east of the Rockies, all the way to the Gulf Coast. This is the strongest cold air outbreak in some parts of the USA for decades.
The jet stream dipped south towards the Gulf of Mexico. Cold air was able to migrate south through the Great Plains east of the Rockies, all the way to the Gulf CoastScott Duncan
So, the jet stream has been hectic this winter. What is a normal jet stream like?
In the winter, the lack of solar energy reaching the high latitudes allows the Arctic to cool. Winds encircle this cold pool of air over the Arctic and this is where we get a stable polar vortex with an associated strong/stable jet stream. A strong and stable jet stream means weather patterns will typically propagate around the hemisphere from west to east, restricting the cold air to the polar regions. It is difficult to define a “normal” jet stream as there is a high level of variability.
We typically see something like the strong and stable setup more often than a persistent wavy/weak jet stream. Even a strong and stable jet stream has waviness and meanders, these are often brief though and this limits the longevity of any extreme cold. We observed a very stable polar vortex and strong jet stream last winter (I tweeted this in an animation at the end of last winter).
This was a near-record strong/stable polar vortex and strong/stable jet stream. This helped to keep the cold air locked in over the Arctic, with mostly warm, wet and windy conditions for places like North America, Europe and Asia.
Last winter was the warmest winter on record for the northern hemisphere. Some may even remember that Moscow had to buy snow at Christmas to make the streets feel more festive in the exceptionally warm winter.
Comparison between the effects of a strong and stable and a weak & wavy Jet StreamScott Duncan
Is the wavy jet stream behaviour linked to climate change?
A challenging question with no easy answer.
Over the last three decades, the Arctic has warmed three to four times faster than the rest of the world. Some climate scientists have hypothesised that disrupting the thermal gradient from Arctic regions to the equator is having an impact on the jet stream strength and waviness. This theory attempts to explain the jet stream disruption and may help offer some insight into the resultant temperature extremes across the northern hemisphere (both hot and cold).
However, other scientists claim that there is no clear or obvious trend in the jet stream’s waviness.
We need to ask ourselves: Can we blame the warmest winter on record (which was linked to a very strong jet stream) last year on climate change? But in the same breath blame the weak and wavy jet stream from this year (leading to the extreme cold outbreaks) on climate change? Which one is it? The role of the jet stream in the changing climate is not clear and there are conflicting arguments among scientists, research is ongoing. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) pushed only one side of this argument on a recent viral tweet that rattled a few climate scientists who specialise in jet stream dynamics and climate.
Can we expect more extremes in the future?
We cannot attribute every meander or buckle in the jet stream to climate change. This is where the difference between weather and climate must be understood. Natural variability will always play a major role in weather extremes; our atmosphere is a chaotic fluid after all. However, research shows that the jet stream could be changing in different parts of the world at different times of the year as a result of human-induced climate change. There is a tendency for droughts and heatwaves in the summer months to become harsher and a warmer for example. There is a trend for more extreme weather but the trend in jet stream strength and waviness during the northern hemisphere winter is not clear.
We cannot simply blame the extreme cold in North America and the extreme temperature contrasts in Europe on climate change. One thing that is more certain is that cold extremes are becoming fewer.
Weather in Hannover in February 2023
Check the weather for February before planning your holiday in Hannover.
Average weather data includes daytime highs and nighttime lows in temperature, rainfall, hours of sunshine, and water temperature data.
Average temperature:
3 ° C
Average temperature during the day:
4 ° C
Average temperature at night:
–
Number precipitation in mm:
45 mm
Number of rainy days in a month:
11
Water temperature:
—
0053
Weather now
14 ° C
Forecast for 7 days
Air temperature (Max-Min) by day
Forecast for February 200003
in February 2022 in February 2022 in February 2022 in February 20 Year
February 2021
February 2020
February 2019
February 2018
February 2017
February 2016 90 073
0074 1 ° C
5 ° C
-0 ° C
5 ° C
1 ° C
5 ° C
0 ° C
4 ° C
-0 ° C 9000
4 ° ° C
0°C
5°C
-0°C
4°C
-1°C
5°C
1°C
900 90 Feb.
5°C
-1°C
11
Feb.
4°C
-0°C
12
Feb.
4°C
-1°C
13
Feb.
5°C
-2°C
14
Feb.
5°C
0°C
15
Feb.
7°C
1°C
16
Feb.
9°C
2°C
17
Feb.
7°C
2°C
18
Feb.
8°C
2°C
19
Feb.
7°C
1°C
20
Feb.
9°C
2°C
21
Feb.
8°C
2°C
22
Feb.
9°C
3°C
23
Feb.
9°C
2°C
24
Feb.
8°C
1°C
25
Feb.
8°C
3°C
26
Feb.
8°C
2°C
27
Feb.
7°C
1°C
28
Feb.
6°C
0°C
29
Feb.
9°C
1°C
Water temperature in February by day
11
Feb.
12
Feb.
13
Feb.
14
Feb.
15
Feb.
16
Feb.
17
Feb.
18
Feb.
19
Feb.
20
Feb.
21
Feb.
22
Feb.
23
Feb.
24
Feb.
25
Feb.
26
Feb.
27
Feb.
28
Feb.
29
Feb.
Precipitation by day
Light rain – up to 2.5 mm per hour, moderate rain – up to 8 mm per hour, heavy rain – more than 8 mm per hour, heavy rain from 30 mm.
Feb.
1.5556 mm
16
Feb.
0.2222 mm
17
Feb.
1.0000 mm
18
Feb.
0.2222 mm
19
Feb.
0.4444 mm
20
Feb.
1.0000 mm
21
Feb.
1.6667 mm
22
Feb.
2.3333 mm
23
Feb.
3.1111 mm
24
Feb.
0.6667 mm
25
Feb.
0.5556 mm
26
Feb.
1.4444 mm
27
Feb.
0.6667 mm
28
Feb.
0.2222 mm
29
Feb.
3.0000 mm
The maximum daytime temperature in Hannover is 9. 0000 °C, the minimum nighttime temperature is -1.6667 °C. Rainfall in February is usually no more than 45 mm, and the number of hours of sunshine is at least 2.9Ol000
Dresden
3 ° C
Dusseldorf
6 ° C
CELN
7 ° C
Munich
3 ° C
Frankfurt – on the
5 ° C
9000
Monthly weather in Hannover
In January
In February
In March
In April
In May
In June
In July
In August
In September
In October
In November
In December
Reviews for holidays in FebruaryAll reviews
Oleg
11 reviews hotel map price
Good old hotel in the city center.
Disliked : Convenient location, restaurants in the hotel…. Read more
Dmitry
9February 2020
Loccumer Hof Hannover
photo
7 reviews hotel on map prices
Location, breakfast was poor, but they gave very tasty cottage cheese.
What I didn’t like : There were no eggs or scrambled eggs for breakfast, there weren’t even sausages, which is nonsense for Germany…. Read more
Valerii
7 reviews hotel mapprices
Good hotel in the center
Walking distance to the old town with many restaurants and shops
Parking nearby, Paid directly at the reception 8.5 euros after the discount
Breakfast is good and with champagne… Read more
Top 13 places to visit in Europe in February | Blog
Planning a trip to Europe in February and looking for interesting winter places to visit!? While you might think that the peak summer season from June to August is the best time to travel to Europe, I would say that winter in Europe is the way to go. Namely, the month of February!
It may be below freezing in some parts of the continent, but things are heating up in others. Whether it’s partying at a carnival all night long, skiing in the snow of the Alps or lounging under the Mediterranean sun, there’s something for everyone in Europe in February.
1) BARCELONA, SPAIN
Let’s face it. Barcelona is a great place to stay all year round and there is something for every traveler. It’s bright, fun, unexpected and exciting. But even if you walk around this Spanish city outside the peak of the summer season, you are guaranteed to have a good time. February in Barcelona, while still cold, does not experience the extreme low temperatures of other parts of Europe due to its Mediterranean location. In addition, there are plenty of events going on in Barcelona in February to keep you busy during your stay!
2) VENICE, ITALY
The famous Italian “floating city” Venice is certainly a summer destination, but in February, Venice hosts the city’s most famous annual event, the Carnival (or “Carnival” in Italian). Traditional Venetian masks are on full display throughout Venice and the energy is filled with fun and excitement. Temperatures in northern Italy can be significantly colder than in the south in February, but the atmosphere in the canal lanes and wide public squares of Venice is palpable.
3) COLOGNE, GERMANY
The North City of Cologne (“Cologne”) is a stunning historic German site on the River Rhine, famous for its cathedral and stunning Old Town.
The German city, the fourth largest after the capitals of Berlin, Munich and Hamburg, is usually home to about a million permanent residents and is known for its “campus” aesthetic. But every year in February, an influx of out-of-town Germans and foreign visitors means that for one week, the city’s charming historic limits are pushed to their limits to celebrate “crazy carnival days.”
4) HELSINKI, FINLAND
February in the Finnish capital of Helsinki rarely rises above freezing, and most of the days it snows. If you’re a snow bunny, you’ll love this magical winter wonderland, and if you’re a winter sports fan, even better!
Although Helsinki doesn’t have any major events in February, it’s on my list by itself because it’s a fantastic winter destination known for its majestic frozen landscape.
5) CRETE, GREECE
The huge island of Crete is just 160 km south of the Greek mainland and is a fantastic getaway from the bustle of Athens and much less crowded than the typical Greek islands of Mykonos or Santorini.
It’s not so much that there are some big events in Crete in February to plan your trip, but that Crete is one of the warmest parts of Europe in the dead of winter. While many parts of Europe are freezing due to sub-zero temperatures, Crete is relatively mild and sunny even during the off-season.
If escaping the cold is high on your to-do list for February, then Crete is the place to be. And filling your time should be easy, as this vast expanse of the island spans over 8,000 square kilometers and has thousands of miles of gorgeous coastline.
6) ST. MORITZ, SWITZERLAND
Switzerland’s snowfields in St. Moritz are the playground of the rich and famous during the winter months and one of Europe’s most revered winter destinations, with February being peak snow season. rabbits. And don’t think the fun ends with skiing or snowboarding down the slopes to experience some of the best snow in Europe. The St. Moritz calendar for February is full of events that will make your trip to the Swiss Alps unforgettable.
7) REYKJAVIK, ICELAND
Iceland has exploded in popularity and is now an integral part of the European travel itinerary, despite being off the beaten path. The capital, Reykjavik, has a lot to offer the tourism industry and it’s no surprise that 2 million foreign visitors now head there for volcanoes, spas, lagoons and a true sense of rest and relaxation. February is no exception, despite the lowest annual temperatures. But be warned: Iceland is significantly more expensive than continental European countries, so start saving up your Icelandic crowns right now. It is also a fantastic starting point from which to explore the rest of this incredible country.
8) PRAGUE, CZECH REPUBLIC
The capital of the Czech Republic, and there’s a reason why Prague is often the world’s favorite city of any seasoned traveler you ask. It’s magical in the snow, it’s breathtaking in summer, and there’s so much to see and do on any given day that you’ll leave Prague with memories you’ll cherish forever.
9) BRUGE, BELGIUM
The medieval Belgian city of Bruges is charming with its canals, cobbled streets and ornate architecture. The reasons for his nickname “Venice of the North” are obvious. In February, Bruges does not experience extreme temperature changes, but it is still quite cold. However, that doesn’t mean that Bruges slows down even for a second, or that the iconic Belgian beer stops flowing.
10) YORK, ENGLAND
The ancient north city of York is one of the most beautiful, historically significant and charming cities in England, famous for its huge Gothic cathedral, York Minster, cobbled streets (including historical “ruins”) and fascinating story. York in February can be frosty and regularly snowy, but that only adds to its magical lore.
11) CHAMONI, FRANCE
Chamonix-Mont-Blanc (or simply Chamonix) is a popular ski resort at the foot of the famous Mont Blanc, the highest peak in the Alps region. Mont Blanc attracts tourists all year round with its breathtaking views, but in February the snow attracts serious mountain sports enthusiasts and is considered the best skiing destination in all the Alps. Chamonix is located at the crossroads of Italy, Switzerland and France, providing amazing accessibility while you travel to other major destinations.
12) TENERIFE, SPAIN
Tenerife, the largest of Spain’s Canary Islands, attracts tourists all year round, and even in February the average daily temperature is 20 degrees Celsius. Being one of the warmest parts of Europe even in the dead of winter is just one of the reasons why Tenerife made it to my list of the best European places to visit in February. On top of that, it’s beautiful, with stunning beaches, turquoise waters, a hell of a relaxed vibe – plus one of the world’s biggest carnivals kicks off in February. When you visit Tenerife, you are really closer to the west coast of Africa, so sit back, have a cocktail and enjoy a short escape from the February cold…
13) INNSBRUCK, AUSTRIA
The beautiful Alpine city of Innsbruck has always been a favorite with European travelers, especially during the winter months. The Winter Olympics have even been hosted twice in Innsbruck thanks to its epic alpine sports scene. A more contemporary Austrian destination than its bigger counterparts Salzburg and Vienna, Innsbruck still has the kind of charm (and perfection) you should get used to if you’ve ever been to this pristine country. February in Innsbruck is a busy time for tourism and also one of the best months of the year to visit this chic city.
Tanzania in February ?☔: weather, holidays, best places
Tanzania is well known for its safaris, wildlife and the highest volcano in the world. This amazing country is home to various species of wild animals and birds, moreover, it is here that the only deposit of the rarest gemstone tanzanite is located. Due to the fact that Tanzania is close to the equator, the weather here is significantly different from the rest of the world, so even February in this area can offer visitors the country excellent conditions for an unforgettable vacation. In terms of weather, the year in Tanzania is usually divided into 2 seasons: the rainy season and the dry season. The rainy season, in turn, is divided into two periods: from March to May and from November to December. Note that the air temperature in February averages about 30℃ during the day and about 20℃ at night, and rains this month are quite rare. But these are countrywide averages, so in some places they may be slightly above or slightly below the average.
What to do in Tanzania in February
It doesn’t matter what month you decide to visit Tanzania, as this beautiful country can offer a lot of interesting activities to its guests all year round. But if you decide to go to this country in February, then we will tell you what is the best thing to do here this month.
Ngorongoro Crater Safari
The weather in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area is pleasant to visit throughout the year, which makes it possible to go on a safari and see wildlife even in February. This area is really worth a visit, because the meadows here are covered with lush greenery, which makes Ngorongoro an attractive safari area. In addition, on the territory of the protected area you can see animals such as black rhinos, zebras, giraffes, leopards, lions, hyenas, etc. In addition, February is considered an excellent time to observe birds such as yellow wagtails , flamingos and white storks that congregate around lakes in the Ngorongoro Craters or wetlands and streams. Also in the reserve you can see meadow birds such as ostriches. The Ngorongoro Crater is home to various tribal settlements and is considered a major paleontological and archaeological site. You can find a large selection of safari programs with a visit to the Ngorongoro Crater on our company’s website.
Witness wildlife migration
Wildebeest migration can be seen throughout the year in the Serengeti National Park, making it an attractive destination in Tanzania any month. Migration occurs every year at the time when the antelopes start looking for greener meadows, the abundance of which, in turn, depends on rainfall. The park is located about 300 km from Arusha, behind the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, and has the highest concentration of large mammals (such as lions and leopards) in Africa. February is the perfect time to observe the wildebeest migration as they cross the Mara River from the Serengeti National Park to the Masai Mara National Park in Kenya. For several months from January to March, the wildebeests are in the southern sector of the Serengeti, in addition, during this period, thousands of newborn cubs appear in the herd.
Enjoy your holiday in Zanzibar
February brings good weather conditions for your holiday in Zanzibar. But be prepared for the fact that some hotels can be fully booked, so it makes sense to book a room in the hotel you like in advance. Zanzibar is not only stunning beaches and luxurious hotels, but also unique sights. The old fort in Stone Town, built during the Arab rule, is considered one of the main attractions of Zanzibar. The open-air theater in the old fort is the venue for international film and music festivals that take place here every year. Also worth a visit is the famous Prison Island with huge Seychelles turtles, some of which are approaching 200 years old. Other places we recommend visiting in Zanzibar are Nakupenda Vanishing Island, Kizimkazi village (dolphins are often seen near this village), Wishing Cave, Jozani Forest, Menai Bay and Mnemba Reef. Of course, there are other places on the island of Zanzibar and around it.
Other things to visit in Tanzania in February
If you are planning to visit Tanzania in February and are looking for exciting places to visit this month, then take a look at the following options.
Lake Victoria: Tanzania’s largest lake
If you think Tanzania is the only place to entertain yourself by going on a safari, you simply don’t know much about the magnificent waters in this wondrous country. What is the mesmerizing beauty of Lake Victoria, which stretches over an area of 68,000 square kilometers. It is the largest lake in Tanzania and the second largest freshwater lake in the world. Having gone here on vacation, you will certainly enjoy the beautiful views and enjoy swimming in the purest water.
Gaddafi Mosque: the largest mosque in the country
If you are planning to visit Tanzania in February or any other month of the year, then you should visit the Gaddafi Mosque. This is one of the most popular and largest mosques in the country, which was named after the Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi. He sponsored the creation of this stunning building throughout its construction. Thanks to the magnificence and amazing architecture of this mosque, it became known not only in Tanzania, but throughout the world.
Selous National Park
We have already talked about the two best parks in Northern Tanzania, but there are parks in Southern Tanzania. The best of them, in our opinion, is Selous Park. It is especially worth noting that there are relatively inexpensive safari packages in this park that involve the efficient use of time in it. You will fly from Zanzibar directly to the park and can immediately go by jeep to get acquainted with the local fauna and flora.
Weather in Zanzibar in February
The weather in Zanzibar is quite hot in February, but this month you need to be prepared for rare rains. In fact, the climatic conditions on the island during this period are quite comfortable, which allows tourists to spend an unforgettable vacation here.
Zanzibar in early February
Mornings in early February in Zanzibar are often rainy, but despite this, it is almost always replaced by a clear sunny day, which offers the island’s guests excellent weather conditions for a beach holiday.
Zanzibar in mid-February
Similar to the climatic conditions of the first ten days of the month, in mid-February there are also morning rains, which are replaced by clear afternoon skies. Therefore, if you wait out the morning showers, then during the day you can have a wonderful time on the shores of the Indian Ocean. But, of course, it is not at all necessary that the morning starts with rain. You just need to be prepared for this and not lose heart if, after waking up in the morning, you saw rain.
Zanzibar at the end of February
Significant increases in air temperature during the day can cause inconvenience to those who do not feel well in a humid climate. Such guests need to focus on certain periods of the day, in which the weather conditions are the mildest and most comfortable for relaxing on the beach or for a walk.
Weather in Dar es Salaam in February
The weather in February in Dar es Salaam is quite humid (96 mm of precipitation in 12 days). The climate is not getting any better compared to the previous month as January averages 84mm of rainfall over 12 days. This month there are hot days. The high seasonal air temperature norm is 33°C. In the morning the temperature drops to 28°C. Based on this, we can conclude that the average temperature in February in Dar es Salaam is 31°C. These values differ from those observed in the city and its surroundings in February, with a maximum air temperature record of 37°C in 2015 and a minimum record of 25°C in 2012. During the whole month, you should expect about 24 days with temperatures above 30 ° C. In February, daylight hours in Dar es Salaam last an average of 12 hours and 20 minutes. The sun rises at 06:27 and sets at 18:47. February is the right month to visit this wonderful city.
Weather near Kilimanjaro in February
The weather in February at the foot of Kilimanjaro is relatively dry (33 mm of precipitation over 8 days), and it remains almost unchanged from the previous month, with an average of 34 mm of precipitation in January in 7 days. In February, pleasant weather conditions prevail in the Kilimanjaro region. The maximum air temperature is 30°C and the minimum is 23°C. The average air temperature in February is 26 degrees. These temperatures are far from the records recorded in Kilimanjaro in February 2019year with a maximum air temperature of 36°C and in 2009 with a minimum air temperature of 18°C. The length of daylight hours in Kilimanjaro is 12 hours and 13 minutes. Sunrise occurs at 06:38 and sunset at 18:51.
Weather in Arusha in February
The climate in Arusha in February is slightly humid (73 mm of precipitation in 11 days). It should be noted that the weather conditions remain unchanged compared to the previous month, as in January an average of 72 mm of precipitation falls in 10 days. The weather in Arusha in February is quite hot. This is indicated to us by the maximum air temperature of 30 ° C, and the minimum – 23 ° degrees. The average temperature in February in Arusha is 27°C. It is worth paying attention to the fact that this month there was a maximum air temperature record of 33°C in 2011 and a minimum of 19°C in 2009. In this month, hot weather reigns for about 10 days with temperatures above 30°C. Arusha has 12 hours 13 minutes of daylight. Sunrise occurs at 06:41 and sunset occurs at 18:54. The climate conditions of February are perfect for a trip to this amazing city of Tanzania.
Weather in Ngorongoro in February
In February, in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, the climate is quite dry (37 mm of precipitation in 8 days). It gets even slightly better compared to the previous month, as January averages 46mm of rainfall over 8 days. The weather here during this period is quite comfortable. The air temperature reaches 30°C and the minimum temperature is 23°C. Thus, the average temperature in February in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area is 26°C. These temperatures are far from what was recorded here in the month of February with a maximum record of 34°C in 2015 and a minimum record of 18°C in 2011. Daylight hours in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area are 12 hours and 13 minutes. The sun rises at 06:46 and sets at 18:59.
Weather in Lake Manyara Park in February
The climate in Lake Manyara National Park in February is quite dry (37 mm of precipitation in 8 days), but it is getting better than in the previous month, since January is an average of precipitation 46 mm of precipitation for 8 days. The weather in this area in February is very comfortable. The maximum air temperature is 30°C and the minimum is 23°C. It follows that the average air temperature in the national park for a given month is 26°C. These temperatures are a far cry from what was seen here in February, with a maximum record of 34°C in 2015 and a minimum record of 18°C in 2011. Daylight hours in Lake Manyara National Park are 12 hours 14 minutes. The sun rises at 06:44 and sunset at 18:58. February in this wonderful place offers its guests good weather conditions for a wonderful holiday.
Weather in Selous in February
The climate in Selous National Park in February is quite pleasant, and even more pleasant than in January, as the rains become even rarer. The air temperature in the park in February is generally quite comfortable. It reaches 30°C, and its minimum indicator is 25°C. The average temperature this month in Selous is 28°C. It is worth noting that in February 2015 the maximum air temperature of 34°C was recorded here, and in 2009the minimum is 21 degrees. The length of daylight hours in Selous National Park in February is 12 hours 21 minutes. The sun rises at 06:35 and sets at 18:56. February is not the best month to visit this amazing area.
Weather in the Serengeti in February
The climate in February in the Serengeti is relatively dry (65 mm of precipitation in 14 days). The weather is getting better than the previous month, as January sees an average of 87mm of rain over 18 days. The climatic conditions in the safari park this month are quite pleasant. The maximum air temperature is 29°C and the minimum is 21°C. Thus, the average temperature in February in the Serengeti is 25°C. Note that these seasonal norms differ from the temperatures observed here in this month in 2019 with a maximum record of 34°C and in 2014 with a minimum record of 17°C. Daylight hours in February in the Serengeti on average last 12 hours 11 minutes. Sunrise occurs at 06:49and sunset at 19:00. February is considered the right month to visit this incredible safari park.
Weather in Tarangire in February
The weather in Tarangire in February is quite dry (with 37 mm of precipitation in 8 days), and it becomes a little better than in the previous month, with an average of 46 mm of precipitation in January in 8 days. The climate in the safari park this month is quite comfortable. The seasonal maximum air temperature is 30°C, and the minimum is 23°C. Therefore, the average temperature in February in Tarangire is 26°C. However, these temperatures differ from the records that were recorded here during this period of time with a maximum of 34°C in 2015 and a minimum of 18°C in 2011. You can expect to have about 8 days with temperatures above 30°C. Daylight hours at Tarangire Safari Park in February are 12 hours 14 minutes. The sun rises at 06:44 and sets at 18:58. Thanks to good weather conditions in February, Tarangire is able to give its guests an amazing holiday this winter month.
Munich in February, rest and weather in Munich (Germany)
The special flavor of the Bavarian capital, oddly enough, becomes more noticeable at the end of winter, when there are no crowds of tourists, and here and there local pensioners, residents of the city walk in the morning they rush about their business, and in the evening they like to chat over a glass of beer in local pubs.
It is in Munich that you can feel the atmosphere of Bavaria and the ability of its inhabitants to have fun, because the February festivals last almost the entire month and cause only smiles and good mood among both the residents and the welcome guests of the capital of the Bavarian land.
Holidays in Munich in February: some facts in favor of the trip
The shortest month of the year will not upset you with cool winter air or sudden rain, you simply won’t notice them if you plan a trip. After all, there is a lot to do: have time to have fun on Fasching, taste Bavarian beer with fragrant sausages, drink coffee on the street like a true Munich citizen, and visit the main square of the city, and there is something to do there.
For this reason, the positive feedback about a holiday in Munich in February is not surprising. We also stocked up some facts in favor of traveling :
If you love fun, entertainment and holidays, February will definitely suit you: the Fasching festival and its accompanying events will not let your family and children, or a cheerful company of friends, or a lover be bored couple.
If you are looking for a calm and measured rest, to enjoy a cup of coffee in the morning cafe and walk along Marienplatz on a sunny or frosty day without the fuss and crowds of tourists, the February trip is also for you.
If you want to surprise your significant other and take inexpensive tickets to celebrate Valentine’s Day in Munich, this city is perfect for you.
And don’t forget about shopping: February is the final month of sales, when the percentage of discounts reaches its maximum.
It’s no secret that for every plus there is a minus, so let’s open some of the negative aspects of traveling :
Munich in February is not very stable in terms of weather. It is very difficult to predict whether you will get an abnormal heat up to +10°C, an abnormal frost down to -15°C or a rainy weekend. The weather at this time is changeable, windy and not suitable for walking with a stroller.
You won’t be able to fully enjoy the beauty of palace or city parks, the botanical garden and the unforgettable atmosphere of open viewing platforms. If you are a lover of the beauties of nature, you will have to reschedule the trip for at least two months.
Weather in Munich in February
It is almost impossible to predict the February weather in advance. Over the past ten years of observations, a wide variety of temperature indicators have been recorded. It was both rather frosty and pleasantly sunny, and snow fell occasionally in the last days of the month, and torrential rain poured down all day.
Therefore, the weather in February – March is subject only to short-term forecasts – check it with weather forecasters immediately before the trip.
If we summarize long-term observations, then the weather in early February is mostly similar to January: the average air temperature is about +2°C during the day and down to -5°C at night. Sometimes the mountain air foehn changes it within a few hours.
Tourists really like the unusual warm and dry wind, similar to the blow of a hair dryer. At this time, the weather is sunny, and the air becomes unusually clean and transparent. Then from the observation platforms located at a height, you can admire the views of the Alps.
The temperature in Munich in mid-February, especially during the day, can rise to +6°C, and the sun can please with its rays. Well, the weather in Munich at the end of February can surprise you with a light snowfall or a cold snap and a drop in temperature to minus levels.
Air temperature
Basically, the climate of Bavaria is mild continental, which explains the local not very cold winters. The average temperature in Munich in February is around +2.5°C during the day and around -2.6°C at night. Deviations of several degrees to one side and the other are quite possible and even frequent. Still, do not forget that February is a winter month, and it is better that clothes and shoes are warm.
Air temperature in Munich in February
During the month, the temperature ranges from +3°C to +12°C during the day, and from +1°C to -4°C at night. Interestingly, the record low of the recorded temperatures this month in Munich was -22°C, and the abnormally high was +21°C.
Precipitation
There is very little precipitation in the form of rain or snow in February – about 41 mm, and there are only 2 – 3 rainy days. However, fogs occur in the mornings, and air humidity rises. If you haven’t stocked up on an umbrella, then at least take care of a jacket with a hood in case of drizzling light rain.
Sunny, cloudy and overcast days
Until winter finally gives up its rights, the weather cannot please with a large number of sunny days, and overcast days prevail. There are up to 15 of them, that is, half a month. The second half consists of about 7 cloudy and 6 sunny days, which allows us to hope for several comfortable walks around the main sights of Munich.
Excursion rest: where to go in February
February may not be the best month for long walks, exploring the palace parks and the botanical garden, but Munich has prepared so many interesting places and unusual museums for its guests that even a week is not enough to visit them all. Let’s talk about some of them, and you choose and enjoy a wonderful pastime.
Most of the famous palaces of Munich are located outside the city, so if you need to save time on the road and admire the old luxurious interiors you have long dreamed of, visit Nymphenburg Palace, built back in the 17th century. Tram number 17 will take you there in 20 minutes from the Main Station.
A unique portrait gallery, ceilings painted with frescoes, huge crystal chandeliers, ancient mirrors in intricate frames – the decoration of the palace is striking in its splendor and scale and will impress both adults and children. The ponds located in front of the entrance to the castle are usually still covered with ice in early February, and tracks for curling and skating are arranged on it. And local palace ducks and swans beg for food from visitors.
More about Nymphenburg Palace
If you decide to visit Nymphenburg, count on a whole day, because there are several interesting museums on the territory of the palace: Museum “Man and Nature” with interactive exhibits, Museum of Carriages and Museum of Porcelain . On a rainy or just a cool day in mid-February, you can visit them all.
Please note that combined tickets for all attractions in Nymphenburg, including museums on site, are cheaper.
Children and their parents will be especially delighted by the Museum “Man and Nature”. Its motto is natural science as an impression, so the exhibits here evoke empathy, surprise or admiration. The creators decided that it is through these feelings that a child can learn how the human body functions, how the evolutionary process took place, and get acquainted with the classification of animals.
Krone Street, named after the founder of the famous circus , will surely lead you to him. For more than 150 years of existence, it has turned from a mobile menagerie into a stationary full-fledged circus with a modern program that includes traditional numbers. The huge tent accommodates 5,000 spectators and pleases them with original performances. The undisputed favorites of children are trained elephants, an unusual white lion, acrobatic stunts under a dome more than 15 meters high never cease to amaze young spectators and their parents. And if the weather at the end of February pleases you with a fine day, after a walk, look into the bright tent and give yourself and your kids an unforgettable holiday.
Munich Family Fun
Children’s route around Munich
Holidays, events and festivals
If you are a fun lover and want to please yourself and your family with unusual entertainment, then the holidays in Munich in February are just right for you. Processions that are not inferior to Brazilian carnivals, monster masks, dancing, rain of sweets, smiles, laughter and good mood – all this extravaganza will capture you if you decide to travel in February.
The traditional carnival week is called Fasching and ends before Lent.
On the 11th day of the 11th month at 11 am they officially announce the opening of the “fifth season” – the carnival season. For almost three months there has been active preparation for this action. Celebrations begin in January, and the week of the most colorful events usually falls in February.
The main event is the so-called Furious Magnificent Monday. Traffic on the central streets is blocked, and for several hours, decorated platforms ride along them, clowns, princesses, kings walk, songs and greetings sound.
A special joy and entertainment for children is picking up sweets that are scattered from moving platforms. Adults are given glasses of wine and beer. The procession ends with a concert and greetings of the participants in one of the squares of the city.
Shopping
February is probably the best time for shopping. Many stores have already exhibited new collections for the upcoming spring and can please those who like to be in trend with the latest news. And at the beginning of the month, goods from sales are still available. True, the choice is no longer great, but there is a unique opportunity to buy things at record high discounts.
Multi-brand outlets and shopping centers are always waiting for their customers, however, do not forget that it is better to plan purchases on weekdays. On Saturdays, the shops are overloaded with visitors, and on Sunday they have a legal day off.
What to bring from Germany as a gift
Vacation prices
Tourist activity in February is relatively low: the weather is still not warm, sales are coming to an end, and the off-season is coming. Therefore, prices in Munich in February are reduced. But there is a wonderful opportunity to plan a budget vacation with a sea of unforgettable impressions from the Bavarian capital.
Flights
Airlines reduce flight prices by 20-25% compared to the previous month. And if you also book tickets in advance, you can very profitably arrange a week of fun carnival holidays with children or a weekend with friends.
Tours
Prices for tours also become 15 – 20% lower. There is an opportunity to easily choose a room in the hotel you like, quietly taste traditional Bavarian dishes in restaurants that are not overcrowded with tourists and skip the line to get into the most famous brewery in Munich.
Munich hotels for families with children
Food
Food prices remain largely unchanged. You can taste the local cuisine by ordering lunch or dinner with beer for two in one of the restaurants in Munich for 20-40 euros. You can have a snack between excursions with puff or sausage in German-style dough for 2 euros; trying fragrant pastries will cost from 1.5 to 4 euros. The famous Bavarian sausages or sausages will cost you 2-3 euros. But a bottle of water here is not cheap – from 1 to 1.5 euros for 0.5 liters.
Food in Germany: where to eat and how much it costs
Recommendations for families with children
Traveling in February during the carnival week will certainly not leave your children indifferent. And if you add to this a visit to the Museum of Natural History, the Museum of Transport and the Museum of Toys, the range of entertainment will be absolutely complete.
Of course, the weather in February is capricious and unpredictable, and can be both frosty and rainy. Therefore, a trip at the end of winter is not suitable for babies up to a year old, but school-age children will be very pleased – they will not notice weather troubles behind a rich recreation program.
Munich with children
Traveling to Munich in February deserves special attention. The Bavarian capital is very fond of guests, so you will be provided with a warm welcome even in the coldest season.
Taking into account some reduction in prices, a cheerful carnival and the opportunity to organize an excellent cultural program with visits to museums and cozy cafes, your vacation will be not only unforgettable and bright, but also profitable. Let your family or romantic vacation be only a pleasure, and hospitable Munich will make you fall in love with it at first sight!
Long range weather forecast for February 2022 | Nature | Society
In Northern Federal District the expected average temperature in February is -5…-10 °C, which is 2-5 degrees warmer than usual. The expected amount of precipitation is 15-25 mm, which is less than the average long-term values, in the Komi Republic the amount of precipitation is within the normal range.
In the first days of the month there is light snow and frost, the temperature during the day is -15…-20 degrees, at night in some places the temperature can drop to -30 °С. By the end of the first ten days, there will be light snow, a snowstorm in some places, the prevailing temperature during the day is -2 … -7 ° С, thaws are possible in places, sleet on the roads.
In mid-February some days there will be light snow, the daytime temperature is expected to be -3…-8 degrees, in some places there is a possibility of weak thaws. By the end of the second decade without significant precipitation, in the daytime -5 … -10 ° С, at night in some places it is possible that the temperature will drop to -18 degrees, and in the Komi Republic to -25 ° С, in the daytime there -13 … -18 degrees.
In the third decade, warm and windy weather is expected to prevail, snow is not excluded on some days, it will be snowy in some places, alternating slight frosts and thaws in the daytime, sleet on the roads in some places.
February 1966 was extremely cold in Arkhangelsk. The average monthly temperature was -24 degrees, which is almost 12 degrees below normal. On February 11, the minimum temperature reached -41.2 degrees, which was a record for the entire month. In second place in terms of cold is 1985 with an average monthly temperature of -22.4 degrees, which is 10.4 degrees below normal. On February 1, in the morning, the frost got stronger to -39.4 degrees, which became a daily record. And finally, the third place was taken by last year’s February with an average monthly temperature of -19.6 degrees, which is 8.9 degrees lower than usual. From February 21 to February 23, daily cold records have been updated, which now stand at -37.2°С, -38.3°С, -34.9°С, respectively. Only at the very end of the month did the only February thaw take place.
In the Central Black Earth region the expected average monthly temperature is -7…-8 °С, which is 1-2 degrees below the norm. The expected amount of precipitation is 15-25 mm, which is less than the norm.
At the beginning of the month there will be light snow and sleet, the daytime temperature will be -2…+3 °С. By the middle of the first ten days, dry weather will set in, the daytime temperature will be -5 … -10 ° C, at night it will freeze in places to -13 … -18 degrees. On February 7-8, light snow and light frost – in the afternoon -1 … -6 ° С. At the end of the second decade without significant precipitation, at night -15 … -20 ° С, in the daytime -7 … -12 ° С, on the roads there are sleet in places.
Light precipitation is likely by the middle of the month, -3…+2 degrees in the afternoon, sleet on the roads. At the end of the second ten-day period, light snow in places, daytime temperature -3 … -8 ° С, at night it will freeze up to -15 degrees in places, sleet on the roads. The third decade will be distinguished by a calm nature of the weather, on some days light snow is possible, the prevailing daily temperature is -1 … -6 degrees.
Last year’s February in Voronezh turned out to be 2 degrees colder than usual. Precipitation fell one and a half times more than normal. Not without heat records. On February 12, in the warm sector of the southern cyclone, it warmed up to +5.3 degrees during the day, precipitation in the form of sleet and rain passed. But the next day, by evening, the temperature dropped sharply to -11 degrees. The third ten-day period turned out to be even more contrasting. So on February 23 and 24 in the morning the frost got stronger to -20 … -22 degrees, and on the 26th day in the afternoon the maximum temperature reached +9.2 degrees, which became a daily record.
In the Volga-Vyatka region and in the Middle Volga the expected average temperature of the month is -9 … -11 ° С, which is within the normal range. The expected amount of precipitation is 10-20 mm, which is less than the long-term average values.
In the first days of the month it will snow, the daytime temperature will be +1…-4 °C. By the middle of the first decade, light snow in places, -4 . .. -9 degrees in the afternoon. At the end of the first ten days it is dry and moderate frost, at night -18 … -23 ° C, in the daytime -9 … -14 degrees.
Dry weather will continue by the middle of the month, daytime temperature will be -5…-10 °C. At the end of the second decade, there will be light snow, sleet, -1 … -6 ° C in the daytime, a slight thaw in places, sleet on the roads.
The third decade will be distinguished by stable weather, the prevailing daytime temperature is -2 … -7 degrees, at night up to -15 ° С, light snow will pass in places towards the end of the month.
Last year’s February in Samara turned out to be 4 degrees colder than usual, with precipitation one and a half times more than normal. Especially plentiful passed in the first days of February. The coldest day was on February 23, when it froze to -30.3 degrees in the morning, which became a daily record and the daytime temperature did not exceed -20°C. The month ended with thaw weather and heavy rainfall.
At Nizhnyaya Volga the expected average temperature of the month is -4…-9 °C, which is somewhat colder than usual. The expected amount of precipitation is 10-20 mm, which is less than the long-term average values.
At the beginning of the month there will be precipitation, the temperature during the day will be -2 … + 3 ° С, in the Astrakhan region up to +6 degrees, on the roads in some places there will be sleet By the end of the first ten days, light snow in places, in the afternoon -6 … -11 degrees, in the Astrakhan region – 1…-6 °С.
In the middle of the month it is dry, the temperature during the day is -1…-6 degrees, in the Astrakhan region it is about zero. By the end of the second ten-day period, snow and sleet are not ruled out, light rain in the south, daytime temperatures are close to zero, in the Astrakhan region up to +7 degrees, icy roads in places. In the third decade, small ones are likely only in the last days of February, the prevailing daytime temperature is -1 . .. -6 degrees, in the Astrakhan region 0 … +5 ° С.
In the south of ETR the expected average temperature in February is -1…-4 °C, which is somewhat colder than the norm. The expected amount of precipitation is 40-50 mm, which is close to normal.
At the beginning of the month there will be precipitation, mostly rain, +8…+13 °С in the daytime, up to +16 °С on the Black Sea coast. By the end of the first decade, light snow and sleet, during the day 0 … -5 degrees, on the Black Sea coast +2 … + 7 degrees.
Warming is expected in mid-February, daytime temperature +3…+8 degrees, on the Black Sea coast up to +10…+15 degrees, in some places it will rain.
By the end of the second decade, a short wave of cold is likely, when slight frosts are likely even in the daytime, the ground will be covered with snow, the weather is windy, on the Black Sea coast 0 … +5 degrees, frosts at night. For most of the third decade, weather is expected without precipitation, only by the end of the month, light precipitation is possible. The prevailing daily temperature is +1…+6 degrees, on the Black Sea coast on some days the air will warm up to +8…+13 °С.
Last year’s February turned out to be close to normal in terms of temperature, with more than usual precipitation. A warm first half of the month stands out, in the resort of Sochi at the beginning of the second decade the air warmed up to +20 degrees and the invasion of very cold air by the end of the second ten-day period, when the daytime temperature was close to zero, and in some places there were slight frosts, there were heavy rainfall. February ended with moderately warm weather.
In Crimea the estimated average temperature in February is close to zero, which is within the normal range. The expected amount of precipitation is 25-30 mm, which is slightly less than usual.
At the beginning of the month, slight precipitation, daytime temperature +6…+11 degrees By the end of the first decade, snow is possible, in the daytime 0…-5 degrees, on the Black Sea coast up to +4 °C.
In mid-February, precipitation in places, daytime temperature +4…+9 °C, in places up to 13 degrees Celsius. By the end of the second decade, it will get colder to -1 … -6 degrees, the ground will be covered with snow, there will be sleet on the roads. Dry weather is expected for most of the third ten-day period, precipitation is not excluded only at the end of the month, the prevailing temperature during the day is + 2 … + 7 degrees, on the Black Sea coast on some days up to + 10 ° С.
The warmest February was in Simferopol in 1977. The average monthly temperature reached +6.5 degrees, which is 6 degrees higher than usual. It was very warm in mid-February 2016, when during the day the air warmed up to +20…+22 degrees. That February is in second place in terms of heat with an average monthly temperature of +5.9 degrees.
Last year’s February was close to the long-term average in terms of temperature. On February 1, the air warmed up to +19 degrees, which became a new daily record. The coldest weather was observed in the middle of the month, when even the daily temperature became negative, the ground was covered with snow. However, in the last days of the month it became significantly warmer again and there was no trace of snow left..
In Ural the expected average monthly temperature is -10…-12 °С, which is close to the norm. The expected amount of precipitation is 15-25 mm, which is less than usual.
The month will begin with thaw weather with precipitation, but by the end of the first decade, the frost will get stronger during the day to -10 … -15 degrees, at night to -22 … -27 ° С, without precipitation. Frosty and dry weather will continue until the middle of the month. At the end of the second decade, there will be light snow in places, frosts will weaken to -2 … -7 degrees, in the Southern Urals there will be a slight thaw in places. By the beginning of the third decade without precipitation, in the daytime -7…-12 degrees. February will end with cloudy weather with moderate night frosts and daytime temperatures of 0…-5 °С.
February 2016 was unusually warm and dry in Yekaterinburg. The average monthly temperature reached -4.1 degrees, which is almost 7 degrees above normal. The third decade was especially warm, when the daily temperature rose to 5-7 degrees Celsius. Last year’s February became snowy and frosty, the average monthly temperature was more than 5 degrees below normal. The first decade was especially contrasting, if on the 6th it was very warm, up to +2 degrees in the afternoon, then by the end of the first ten days it froze to -25 … -27 degrees. The coldest day was February 23, in the morning the frost got stronger to -32 degrees, and the daytime temperature did not exceed -23 degrees. Only in the last days of the month the snow passed and the frosts weakened by 8-10 degrees.
In south of Western Siberia the expected average temperature of the month is -14…-16 °C, which is close to usual, in some places it can be one degree below the norm. The expected amount of precipitation is 10-20 mm, which is somewhat less than the long-term average.
Mild snowy weather is expected at the beginning of the month, then dry and frosty weather will set in with a prevailing daytime temperature of -13 … -18 degrees, at night in some places up to -30 °С, which will last until the middle of the month. By the beginning of the third decade, it will snow, in some places it will snow, in the daytime a slight thaw is likely in some places. February will end with dry weather, after frosty nights during the day the air can warm up to -3 … -8 ° С.
Last year’s February turned out to be somewhat colder than usual with an excess of precipitation. The first decade was a contrast. On the 7th, the maximum temperature in Novosibirsk reached +2.2 degrees, which was a daily record, then on February 10, the temperature dropped sharply by more than 20 degrees. The most severe frosts were recorded at the beginning of the second ten-day period, in the morning down to -35 degrees. Another wave of cold was observed in the last days of February, when the night temperature dropped below -30 degrees.
In the south of Eastern Siberia the expected average temperature in February is -11 … -13 ° C, which is 1-2 degrees above the norm. The expected amount of precipitation is 10-15 mm, which is less than the norm.
In the first days of the month, light rainfall, alternation of moderate frosts and thaws, slippery roads. By the end of the first decade, without precipitation and frosty, during the day the maximum temperature is -15 … -20 degrees, at night in places up to -32 ° С.
Light snow in mid-February, during the day the maximum temperature is -8…-13 degrees. By the beginning of the third ten-day period, some days there will be light snow, the temperature during the day will be -2 … -7 ° С. In the middle of the third decade, frosts will intensify again, during the day the maximum temperature is -10 … -15 ° C, at night -22 . .. -27 degrees. February will end with mild weather with snow, at night -8 … -13 ° C, in the daytime -1 … -6 degrees, in some places there is a chance of a thaw.
In in the south of the Far East region , the expected average monthly temperature is -8 … -16 ° С, which is within the normal range. The expected amount of precipitation is 12-25 mm, which is slightly above the climatic norm.
At the beginning of the month without precipitation, daily temperature -4…-9 °C, in Khabarovsk Krai -10…-15 degrees. By the end of the first decade, light snow will pass, in some places a snowstorm, in the afternoon -2 … -7 ° С, a thaw is not ruled out in Primorye, sleet on the roads in some places.
No precipitation in the middle of the month, -3…-8 °С in the daytime, -11…-16 °С in the Khabarovsk Territory. The third decade will be distinguished by the unstable nature of the weather, in the middle of the period it will snow in some places, the prevailing daily temperature is 0 . .. -5 degrees, in the Khabarovsk Territory -5 … -10 ° С.
In Kaliningrad region (Kaliningrad) the expected average temperature is -1…-2 degrees, which is one degree below normal. The expected amount of precipitation is 30-40 mm, which is somewhat less than usual.
In the first days of the month it will be cloudy, there will be precipitation, during the day the maximum temperature will be +1…+6 °C. By the end of the first ten days, there will be light snow, in the afternoon 0 … -5 ° С, on the roads there will be sleet in places.
Windy weather is expected in the middle of the month, precipitation is not excluded, daytime temperature is 0…+3 °С. By the end of the second decade without precipitation, during the day the maximum temperature is close to zero, at night it will freeze to -8 degrees. No precipitation is expected in the first half of the third ten-day period, slight frosts at night, around zero degrees in the daytime. February will end with cloudy weather with clearings, light rainfall, daytime temperature -1 . .. + 4 ° С, sleet on the roads in some places.
Heavy rain fell on Kaliningrad on February 5, 2011, when 45 mm fell in a day. almost monthly rate. For that, in the second half of the month, abnormal colds set in, night frosts in the first half of the third decade intensified to -20 degrees. As a result, the month came out more than 4 degrees colder than usual. The warmest February happened in 1990, when there were no frosts throughout the month, and in the first half of the third decade the growing season began unusually early, during the day the air warmed up to +10 … +15 degrees. The average monthly temperature reached +5.3 degrees, which is more than 7 degrees higher than usual. Last year’s month was unusually contrasting. The first half of the month was frosty in winter, at the beginning of the third decade it became sharply warmer, and on February 25 a monthly record of +16.9 was set.degrees.
In St. Petersburg the expected average temperature of the month is -4…-5 °C, which is within the normal range. The expected amount of precipitation is 25-30 mm, which is slightly less than usual.
In the first days of February without precipitation, daily temperature -5…-10 degrees, sleet on the roads. By the middle of the first decade there will be light snow, in the afternoon -3 … -8 degrees. At the end of the first ten days, there will be light precipitation, during the day the maximum temperature will be 0 … -3 ° C, there will be sleet on the roads.
By mid-February it will be cloudy with clearings, light precipitation, maximum daytime temperature 0…-5 degrees, icy roads in places. At the end of the second decade without precipitation, a thaw is likely in the afternoon, sleet on the roads. By the middle of the third ten-day period without precipitation, at night -8 … -13 degrees, in the daytime the maximum temperature is -1 … -6 ° С. February will end with cloudy weather with clearings, light precipitation will pass, daytime temperature will be -2 … +3 degrees.
Extremely warm and humid in St. Petersburg February 1990 years. The average monthly temperature was +1.7 degrees, which is more than 8 degrees higher than usual. Only three days in a month the maximum temperature turned out to be negative. The record for the maximum temperature of the month belongs to 1989, on the 27th the air warmed up to +10.2 degrees. But last year’s February was daring with frosts, the month turned out to be more than 4 degrees colder than usual. The second decade turned out to be especially cold, on February 18 in the morning the frost got stronger to -24.5 degrees. And only in the last days of the month it became significantly warmer, the maximum temperature reached +2 … +4 degrees, precipitation passed.
In Moscow and Moscow region the expected average monthly temperature is -6…-7 °C, which is one degree below the norm. The expected amount of precipitation is 15-20 mm, which is 50-60% less than usual.
Wet snow will pass in the beginning of February, in the afternoon 0…-5 °С. By the middle of the first decade, light snow in places, daytime temperature -6 … -11 ° С. At the end of the first ten days there will be light snow, -3 … -8 degrees in the afternoon, sleet on the roads in some places.
By the middle of the month, slight precipitation is possible, daytime temperatures are around zero, roads are slick in places. At the end of the second decade without precipitation, at night -7…-12 °С, in the daytime -1…-6 °С.
The first half of the third decade will please with slightly frosty weather without precipitation, daily temperature -2 … -7 degrees. In the last days of the month, cloudy weather with light snow and sleet is expected, the temperature at night is -3 … -8 °С, the daytime temperature is -3 … +2 °С.
February 1990 was extremely warm in Moscow. The average monthly temperature was 0.4 degrees, which is almost 8 degrees higher than usual. The record for the maximum temperature of the month belongs to 1989, on the 27th the air warmed up to +8. 3 degrees. The maximum temperature on February 21, 2020 was also close to this value – +7.8 degrees. But last year’s February turned out to be colder than usual by 4.6 degrees, and the precipitation fell significantly more than the norm. On February 12 and 13, during the passage of the southern cyclone, there were heavy snowfalls, more than 30 mm fell in two days, which is the monthly norm. The third decade turned out to be the most contrasting. The day of February 23 turned out to be the coldest, in the morning it froze to -24.5 degrees, and the daytime temperature was -15 … -17 ° С. A day later, a sharp warming began, on the 26th the maximum temperature reached +6.4 degrees, which became a daily record.
Climatic characteristics – February
Home / Weather / Climatic characteristics
February has two friends – a snowstorm and a blizzard. If it doesn’t take frost, it will sweep all the roads.
February is the last month of the calendar winter, it “turns the sun for the summer and adds up to 2 o’clock in the afternoon. ”
On the coast, February is the coldest month of the year, but in most of the territory, the average temperature in February is 0.5–2.0 degrees higher than in January. The average monthly air temperature in the region varies from −10 °C to −15 °C. Sometimes February is colder than January, as it was at 19In 1986, on average, by 4–5 degrees per month, and on February 18–20, the lowest temperatures were observed, reaching dangerous values of -45 ° C, -53 ° C in the east. The year 1990 was unusually warm. The air temperature in the region was -1 °C, -3 °C, which is 9-11 degrees above the norm.
Thaws are possible during the month, on average 2 days, while the maximum air temperature can rise up to 4–5 °C.
In February, precipitation is less than in January, and its amount varies from 20 to 40 mm. On average, there are up to 20 days with precipitation per month. In some years, from 10 to 20 mm can fall in a day. Precipitation is predominant in the form of snow, during thaws – in the form of rain and sleet. Relative humidity remains high, over 80%.
The average monthly wind speed fluctuates within the same limits as in January – from 2 to 7 m/s.
Snowstorms are somewhat less than in January. In some years, their number can reach 15–20 days.
In Arkhangelsk, the average temperature in February is almost 1 degree higher than in January. The warmest year on record for more than a hundred years was 1990 . The average temperature for the month was -1.5 °C, the maximum rose to +4 °C.
In the warmest years, the absolute maximum during the daytime reached 4–5 °C, and in the coldest years, the absolute minimum air temperature was recorded at −40 °C, −45 °C. Over the past 10 years, every year, except for 2002 and 2005, frosts of −30 °C and below have been observed.
Up to 30 mm of precipitation falls in February. In some years, the monthly amount of precipitation differs significantly from the norm, so in 1961 there were almost 270% of them, and in 1978 only 20%.
According to popular signs: “February is cold dry – August is hot”, “Wind on Ephraim (February 10) – to a wet year”, “What is the weather on Candlemas (February 15), such will spring be. If on Candlemas the sun peeks out from under the clouds before sunset and finally smiles, as it were, there will be no more severe frosts.
February (febrarius) got its name in connection with the rite of purification in ancient Rome. This ceremony was performed on the fifteenth day of February, which was called “dies februatus” – the day of purification. On this day, the Romans sacrificed goats to the god of fields and forests, Lupert. Our ancestors called February – “cut” . This name refers to the times when the year began on March 1st. February was the last month of the year and “cut off” the old year from the new. For the abundance of snowfalls, this month was also called “snow” , for severe frosts “lute” , and for blizzards – “twist” . February was also called warmer – on the sunny side it starts to warm up.
According to meteorological characteristics, February is close to January. But more often by February, cold weather is observed in the first half of the month. In the second half, due to an increase in the influx of solar radiation, the likelihood of severe frosts will decrease.
People used to say about February:
At the same time:
February knocks down the horn of winter.
In February, most of all they judged what kind of spring it would be.
February 1, — Makariev day.
If the weather is clear on Makariev’s day, spring will be early.
February 2, – Efimy.
On Efimiya at noon the sun – by early spring.
If a blizzard breaks out on Yefimiy during the day, the whole Maslenitsa is blizzard.
February 7, – Gregory the Theologian. What is the day from morning to noon, such will be the first half of next winter.
February 6, – Aksinya – spring sign in the yard.
What is Aksinya, such is spring.
February 10, – Efim.
The wind rushed to Yefim – a wet year.
On the fourth day after Yefim – Tryphon. The stars turned out to be a predictor for him.
If starry – by late spring.
February 14, — Tryphon. If starry by late spring.
February 15, – Striding – winter met with spring.
At the meeting, the caftan and the fur coat met.
He sells fur coats at the Gypsies’ Meeting.
They judged spring:
If a thaw is established on Stretene – an early and warm spring, if the cold is wrapped up – a cold spring, snow falls that day – to a long and rainy spring.
If there is snow across the road on Stretene, the spring is late and cold.
Potatoes are one of the most popular vegetables in the world, and at the same time, they raise dozens of questions.
If you’re a young adult who just started to live on your own, you’re probably wondering how long do potatoes last and how should you store them.
Or if refrigerating them helps extend their shelf life or not. Or even if when one of the vegetables in the bag is rotten then should the rest be discarded too.
Bunch of potatoes
If you’re a bit more experienced, there are still some questions often asked.
Many people aren’t sure what to do with sprouted potatoes, or whether a potato with a green tinge is toxic. Soft and wrinkled potatoes are also discussed widely and often.
And if you’re looking for answers to these or similar questions, you’re in the right place. Below we talk about spoilage signs of potatoes and which of them actually mean that you should throw out the tubers.
We also cover storage and shelf life, in case you’re looking for some tips and specifics on these topics.
Let’s start with the topic that causes the most confusion, and that is going bad of potatoes.
Potatoes ready for cooking
Can Potatoes Go Bad? How To Tell If Potatoes Have Gone Bad?
It won’t come as a surprise that potatoes indeed do go bad. So now the big question: how to tell if a potato has gone off and should be discarded?
If a large portion of the surface is moldy or rotten, throw it out. If it’s only a small part, like less than a third, it’s up to you if you cut out the off part and use the rest, or throw it out. Same thing about the “interior” or the flesh of the tuber.
That’s about it when it comes to sure signs of spoilage. Now let’s talk about specific issues mentioned earlier and how to go about them.
Cooked potatoes
Is it safe to eat potatoes that have sprouted?
If the vegetable starts to grow, you can still cook it ([ILL][PG]). Cut out the sprouts and the “eyes” they leave on the surface while you’re prepping the veggies and you’re good to go.
The exception here is that if the sprouts are very long, like 5+ inches, it’s probably better to throw them out.
It’s not about the length, but what it tells us about the storage conditions. It informs us that the tubers were stored for quite a long time in a (probably) not-cold-enough temperature. That means they won’t be that good quality-wise.
Potatoes don’t go bad when they sprout, but if you leave them growing for too long, it’s probably better to toss them out.
Potatoes, beets, and meat
Are soft and wrinkled potatoes bad?
Long story short: it depends. If the potato is not as firm as it used to be, and the skin has started to become somewhat wrinkly, it’s okay to eat it. Such tubers might be a bit difficult to peel, and they will definitely work better in mashed potatoes than fresh fries.
The quality definitely won’t be top notch, but they should still be reasonably okay to eat. But once the vegetables start to shrivel, that means they’re losing water, and it’s time for them to go.
Potatoes topped with dill
Can you eat potatoes with a green tinge?
This question usually generates answers that cover solanine poisoning and all that jazz. And the truth is that the concentration of solanine in a potato is smallest in the tuber flesh ([WIKI]), so there’s really nothing to worry about.
Just cut out the green skin and part of the potato and eat the rest ([ILL][SD]).
In case you were wondering, the green tinge is a reaction to light exposure ([ILL]). So if you’ve bought potatoes that were perfectly normal, and they turned green while being stored, you need to up your potato-storage game (more on that later).
Potato with a green tinge
If one potato is rotten, are they all bad?
Nope, just throw out the bad ones and eat the rest.
The bacteria tend to spread fairly quickly, so it makes sense to give your potatoes a check every week and throw out the off ones. This way, more of the tubers will survive storage and end up cooked on your plate.
Now that you know how to deal with most of the typical potato-related issues, it’s time to go through some storage tips.
Green tinge on peeled potato, just cut it off
How To Store Potatoes So They Last As Long As Possible?
First off, once you get home with the potatoes, don’t wash them. If there’s too much dirt, brush them off (like you do with carrots), and put into storage.
You should store potatoes in a cool and dark place, with good air circulation ([ILL]). When it comes to storage temperature, the ideal is 45˚F to 50˚F (or 7˚C to 10˚C) ([ILL][PR]).
Unfortunately, barely anyone has a place that maintains such temperature. But if you happen to have a basement that maintains a similar or slightly higher temperature, keep the potatoes there. If not, let’s talk about how you can store the spuds at home.
Dinner with meat, potatoes, and a salad
Let’s start with the fridge. If you’ve ever thought about refrigerating potatoes, don’t. Fridge temperature will convert starch into sugar, and it will result in off-tasting potatoes that turn brown during cooking ([ILL]).
That means you’re basically left with storing the potatoes at room temperature, or maybe slightly below in a pantry. That’s not a perfect solution, but it’s good enough. Just make sure you meet the other conditions, that is the tubers are away from light and have access to air.
With that in mind, let’s talk about the shelf life of potatoes.
Potato fries
How Long Do Potatoes Last?
Potatoes have one of the longest shelf lives among veggies. They obviously don’t last as long as garlic or onions, but still, they last quite some time. And as usual, the better storage conditions you provide, the longer they keep.
If you’re among the lucky ones who have access to a cold basement, your potatoes can sit there for up to 3 to 5 months, depending on the variety.
If all you have available is a pantry or a dark cabinet in the kitchen, the potatoes should retain good quality for up to 2 weeks ([ILL][SD]).
In my own experience, they often last even a week or so longer in quite okay quality (if it’s not the middle of a hot summer). Sprouts show up, and the spuds start to lose their firmness, but they’re definitely good enough to cook with. That’s just my personal opinion though, so take it with a grain of salt.
Last but not least, different varieties of potatoes and seasons play a role too. Some last longer, others a bit shorter, and if it’s hot and humid outside, potatoes won’t keep as long as in the winter.
Summary
Keep potatoes at a cool place, but do not refrigerate them
Sprouting potatoes are not bust, just cut the sprouts and enjoy them like you usually do
Cut out any green spots on the surface
Potatoes usually last 2 weeks or more at room temperature; if the temperature is lower, they should retain quality for longer
References
[ILL] University of Illinois Extension: Potato
[SD] Side Delights: Potato FAQs
[PR] New Brunswick Potatoes: Potato FAQs
[PG] Potato Goodness: Buying & Storing Potatoes
[WIKI] Wikipedia: Potato
Are Wrinkled Potatoes Safe To Eat? (Read This First)
Potatoes are a great addition to any meal for that filling starch. So when you open your kitchen cabinet only to be greeted by wrinkled potatoes… what do you do?
Can you still use these wrinkled potatoes? Are wrinkled potatoes safe to eat?
Wrinkled or shriveled potatoes should not be eaten. Wrinkled potatoes, with or without sprouts, have begun their degradation process which means the potato will not be tasty and can cause food poisoning if eaten.
However, potatoes that are still firm to the touch are safe to eat even if there are sprouts or wrinkly spots since these areas can be removed.
Let’s go over some simple tests you can use to determine if your potato is still safe to eat.
Hopefully, this can help prevent a last-minute grocery run.
To help your potatoes last longer, click here to see the best potato storage containers on Amazon.
How To Determine If A Potato Is Still Safe To Eat
First, let’s remember what a fresh potato looks and feels like. Potatoes that are purchased at the store will usually be firm to the touch, have little to no sprouts, and the skin will usually be unblemished.
As the potatoes age, they will become softer, start sprouting, and the potato skin may start developing spots or wrinkles.
So let’s cover a few tests that will help you determine if a potato can be used or if it should be tossed out.
Check The Potato’s Skin Texture
First, check the potato’s skin texture since this can be done by just looking at the potato.
If there is severe wrinkling on the skin and sprouts are shooting out of the potato then do not use this potato for eating. Below is a photo of a bad potato that should not be eaten.
Wrinkled skin with sprouts means the potato is starting to grow into a plant which is great if you want to grow potatoes but bad if you want to eat it.
Potatoes with wrinkled skin will not taste good if eaten and may cause food poisoning. So toss out any potato that has wrinkled skin.
Check The Potato’s Firmness
Next check the potato’s firmness by gently squeezing the potato. If there are lots of soft areas then that is a strong sign that the potato has gone bad.
Toss out any potato that has a lot of soft areas since most of these potatoes are inedible.
Potatoes that are still firm to the touch can be used even if there are sprouts or blemishes on the skin. Use a knife to remove the soft or sprouted areas before eating these potatoes.
Check The Color Of The Skin
Finally check the color of the potato’s skin since older potatoes may turn a green color.
If there are small green spots on the potato then those areas can be removed since the rest of the potato will be edible presuming the potato is still firm.
However, if the entire potato has turned green then toss this potato out. Fully green potatoes can cause food poisoning if consumed so it’s better to play it safe.
Best Way To Store Potatoes
Even though sprouting is a natural process for potatoes, there are a few things that you can do to slow down the process. Properly storing potatoes will help ensure that you have more time to use them before they go bad.
Here are the best conditions for storing potatoes:
Dark location with little to no sunlight or artificial light
Cool area that is ideally around 43 – 50°F but cool room temperature is fine
Dry air to prevent sprouting and mold
Properly storing potatoes in a dark, cool, and dry area will allow them to stay edible for up to 6 months.
Ideally you want to store potatoes by themselves. There are many recommendations about placing all the potatoes in a brown paper bag and placing it in the dark, cool and dry area such as a kitchen cabinet.
There are suggestions that storing potatoes with onions may speed up the sprouting process.
So it’s best to play it safe and store potatoes by themselves in a dark, cool and dry area.
Scientific Reasons Why Wrinkled Potatoes Are Unsafe To Eat
Potatoes are rich in carbohydrates and are a part of a healthy diet and balanced nutrition. If you prepare potatoes right, they are, without a doubt, an excellent source of carbohydrates. And carbohydrates are essential to help to strengthen the body with energy. Still, potatoes can become risky to eat when the strong and smooth skin turns soft and wrinkly.
Potatoes are not only a great source of carbohydrates, but they are also a natural source of solanine and chaconine, which are two types of neurotoxins. Solanine and chaconine are two glycoalkaloid elements commonly present in other kinds of other vegetables and fruits, such as tomatoes and aubergines.
Glycoalkaloids can be toxic to humans, but they may also offer some health benefits that include antibiotic qualities and help control the sugar in your blood. Yet glycoalkaloids, more specifically solanine, can become dangerous to our health if eaten in large quantities.
What are Glycoalkaloids? And Why Are They Dangerous?
Glycoalkaloids are a poisonous substance that can become toxic to humans. Consuming wrinkled potatoes may lead to glycoalkaloid poisoning.
If potatoes have a greenish color on the peeled skin or the potato is wrinkly, this is a clear sign of a high amount of glycoalkaloid content. Another example is the increased presence of solanine content in the sprouted roots that often surfaces on the potatoes.
When potatoes sprout, the natural content of glycoalkaloid found in the potatoes begins to grow and multiply. Because of this, when eating potatoes that have sprouted or are wrinkly, it can cause you to consume large amounts of these toxics.
Effects of Glycoalkaloid
After consuming large quantities of glycoalkaloids, the symptoms usually emerge within a few hours up to 24 hours after eating. You may experience headaches, stomach pains, feeling out of breath, and even vomiting. Some people can also experience diarrhea and hallucinations.
The good news is that most adults and even children experience no symptoms as their system can tolerate it without much of a problem; however, some people are highly susceptible to this toxic.
Studies have also shown that consuming sprouted potatoes can be harmful during pregnancy as the high level of glycoalkaloids can increase the chances of the unborn baby to develop congenital disabilities.
For that reason, pregnant women should not eat sprouted potatoes.
Consuming large amounts of glycoalkaloids can induce low blood pressure, fever, headaches, lack of awareness, and in some cases, it can be fatal.
Studies reveal that eating anything between 30 to 50 mg of glycoalkaloid components per 100 grams of potatoes can lead to glycoalkaloid poison.
Is it possible to remove toxins from sprouted potatoes?
Glycoalkaloids tend to be more present in the potato’s leaves, flowers, and of course, in the sprouts. Yet sometimes, potatoes are containing high quantities of glycoalkaloids without a wrinkly texture.
If the potatoes appear damaged or have a greenish color, and it contains a bitter taste, it can mean that the glycoalkaloid quantity has been increasing massively, and you should avoid consuming.
When boiling and microwaving a potato, there is little evidence that this will decrease or eliminate glycoalkaloid levels. Still, peeling and frying can significantly reduce the presence of glycoalkaloids. However, there is little research on this, so the National Capital Poison Center, also known as Poison Contro, recommends throwing away potatoes that have sprouted, are wrinkly or greenish.
Final Thoughts
Potatoes are a delicious addition to many meals. However, we need to pay attention to how to store them to preserve their quality.
As long as potatoes are stored in a cool, dark, and dry location, then the potatoes will last as long as possible.
Over time, we do need to make sure the potatoes are still safe to eat. Clear signs of bad potatoes are green color, wrinkled skin, and soft texture.
Wrinkled or shriveled potatoes should not be eaten. Wrinkled potatoes, with or without sprouts, have begun their degradation process which means the potato is converting starches into sugars for the plant to grow. This means the potato has lost more of its nutrients, will not be very tasty, and can cause food poisoning if eaten.
However, potatoes that are still firm to the touch are safe to eat even if there are sprouts or wrinkly spots since these areas can be removed.
Just make sure to discard any potentially bad potatoes as the negative health effects of eating a bad potato aren’t worth the risk.
Jul 08, 2008 · Papas arrugadas, wrinkled potatoes, is a typical dish of the Canary Islands, where potatoes have been cultivated since the 1600s, when they were first brought back to Spain by the conquistadores. Residents of the Canary Islands, called Carnarios , call potatoes papas —the indigenous peoples’ name for them—while in the rest of Spain, they are called patatas .A traditional Canary Island dish requires only small potatoes and coarse sea salt. It’s simple to make and ideally served with a mojo (sauce)..
From: www.thespruceeats.com
Are Wrinkled Potatoes Safe To Eat? (Read This First)
Potatoes are a great addition to any meal for that filling starch. So when you open your kitchen cabinet only to be greeted by wrinkled….
From: catchgrowcook.com
Wrinkly potatoes (papas arrugadas) Recipe – Los Angeles …
Put a new wrinkle in the way you cook potatoes. In the Spanish Canary Islands they are called papas arrugadas, or wrinkly potatoes. Cooking in heavily salted water wrinkles the skins and leaves them with a light crusting of salt. The result is a concentrated potato flavor enlivened by a gentle sea….
From: www.latimes.com
Canary Islands Wrinkled Potatoes RECIPE – Papas …
Oct 04, 2018 · Canarian potatoes served with mojo verde and mojo picon (mojo sauces are typical to the Canary Islands) The wrinkly potatoes, or papas arrugadas as they are called by the canarians, are the archipelago’s most famous dish and at first many people wonder what can be so special when it comes to potatoes. Although potatoes are no native to Tenerife or the other …The wrinkly potatoes, or papas arrugadas as they are called by the canarians, are the archipelago’s most famous dish. See our recipe for canarian potatoes. .
From: www.guidetocanaryislands.com
Papas Arrugadas (Wrinkly Potatoes) – Chili Pepper Madness
Jul 08, 2020 · Papas Arrugadas means “wrinkled potatoes” in Spanish. Essentially, small new potatoes are boiled in salt water that evaporates, leaving the potatoes with a thin layer of salt and wrinkled potato skins.This papas arrugadas recipe (wrinkled potatoes) is a popular dish in the Canary Islands with small potatoes boiled in water with coarse sea salt..
From: www.chilipeppermadness.com
Papas arrugadas (wrinkled potatoes): the delicacy of the …
Papas arrugadas (wrinkled potatoes): the delicacy of the islands. A delicacy with a lot of history and a good reason to sigh for most of the Canarian palates. This basic ingredient, coming from America, made its entrance to the islands more than 400 years ago and, since then, has not stopped reinventing itself.Wrinkled potatoes are almost a symbol of Canarian identity, just like sushi in Japan or tacos in Mexico. We’ll tell you much more about this exquisite dish..
From: www.hotelsuitevillamaria.es
Canarian Wrinkly Potatoes (Papas Arrugadas) – Cooking The …
Apr 24, 2017 · Papas Arrugadas or Canarian Wrinkly Potatoes is an iconic dish native to the Canary Islands. Potatoes are cooked until their skin wrinkles and becomes crispy. A perfect …Canarian Wrinkly Potatoes (Papas Arrugadas) is a traditional Canarian potato side dish which is a perfect accompaniment to any meal! Super easy to make!.
From: cookingtheglobe. com
Can you cook potatoes that have gone soft? – …
University of Illinois Extension recommends that soft, shriveled, or wrinkled potatoes with or without sprouts should not be eaten. …. Light causes the potato to produce chlorophyll and also solanine. Solanine has a bitter taste and is an irritant to the digestive system that can cause paralysis in large quantities.As long as the potatoes are still mostly firm, they’re fine to cook. Potatoes are 80 percent water, so softness is usually just a sign of dehydration. But….
From: afreefromlife.com
Can Potatoes Go Bad? – Can It Go Bad?
Sep 13, 2021 · Are soft and wrinkled potatoes bad? Long story short: it depends. If the potato is not as firm as it used to be, and the skin has started to become somewhat wrinkly, it’s okay to eat it. Such tubers might be a bit difficult to peel, and they will definitely work better in mashed potatoes than fresh fries.Got a bunch of potatoes in the pantry and worried they will go bad before you get to them? Time to learn how long potatoes last and how to store them..
From: www.canitgobad.net
How can you tell if Yukon Gold potatoes are bad?
Mar 04, 2020 · How can you tell if Yukon Gold potatoes are bad? Some common traits of bad potatoes are discoloration and growths through the skin. The potatoes will begin to get soft and wither. Potatoes are still alive when picked, so if potatoes are kept too long in a humid climate they will eventually begin to form new white sprouts. Click to see full answer.Some common traits of bad potatoes are discoloration and growths through the skin. The potatoes will begin to get soft and wither. Potatoes are still alive when picked, so if potatoes are kept too long in a humid climate they will eventually begin to form new white sprouts..
From: askinglot.com
Wrinkled Potatoes | Martha Stewart
Make these delicious wrinkled potatoes, courtesy of Jose Andres, which can be found in his cookbook, “Made in Spain,” along with these two fantastic dipping sauces: Mojo Rojo and Mojo Verde..
Jun 08, 2018 · WRINKLED POTATOES – PAPAS ARRUGADAS – PAPAS ARRUGÁS. Cook Time. 30 mins. Total Time. 30 mins “Wrinkled potatoes” is a recipe typical from the Canary …Hi all Today I come with a new recipe from the Canary Islands and it is called: “Wrinkled potatoes” To make this recipe they use one kind of potatoes typical of the islands. It is a small, dark, soft and tasty potato. In here in the UK, I could not find it so I used….
From: cookingwithiko.com
What can I do with wrinkled potatoes? – Quora
Wrinkled sunken potatoes indicate rot and should not be eaten. Wrinkled sprouted potatoes mean the sprouts have the same toxin that green potatoes have called solanine a toxic substance that should not be eaten. If you feel the potatoes are still edible. Try my grandmothers solution make potato pancakes and serve with eggs for breakfast..
From: www.quora.com
Can you eat wrinkled potatoes? – TreeHozz.com
Yes, as long as they haven’t begun to rot. Wrinkled potatoes often have sprouts, indicating they’re still alive. They begin to wrinkle as they dry out. I often eat wrinkled potatoes. Complete answer to ….
Apr 25, 2009 · Wrinkled Potatoes (Papas Arrugadas) Recipe by Bev I Am. These rather dry little potatoes are served with almost every meal on the Canary Islands. They use a small potao with a light brown skin, but unless you have access to a specially market, use golf-ball size red or white new potatoes. Large grained sea salt is the secret..
From: www.food.com
Papas arrugadas – Wikipedia
.
From: en.wikipedia. org
Potatoes . . . when to toss? • AnswerLine • Iowa State …
Nov 15, 2017 · Potatoes can be stored for a week or two at room temperature enclosed in a paper bag or a dark pantry with good results. So when is it time to toss a tater? University of Illinois Extension recommends that soft, shriveled, or wrinkled potatoes with or ….
From: blogs.extension.iastate.edu
Are Wrinkled Potatoes Safe To Eat? (Read This First …
Nov 30, 2021 · Scientific Reasons Why Wrinkled Potatoes Are Unsafe To Eat. Wrinkles in potatoes are caused by uneven heating during processing. This results in areas where the starch molecules are damaged and unable to absorb water. These areas become dry and brittle. As a result, these areas crack and break off from the rest of the potato. Do you ever wonder if eating potato chips is safe? Do you ever wonder if eating potatoes is safe? If you want to eat healthy then you need to start thinking about where your food comes from. Potato chips are often made using unhealthy ingredients such as hydrogenated oils, high fructose corn syrup, artificial flavors … Read more.
From: www.forkandspoonkitchen.org
Canarian Wrinkled Potatoes 【 RECIPE 】 | Villa Gran Canaria
1 kilogram of small potatoes in their jackets — from the Canary Islands if possible (we strongly recommend you Papa Negra from Tenerife or Papa Bonita from Gran Canaria). Water (tap water is enough). 4 or 5 tablespoons of sea salt. Half a lemon. Instructions (how to cook Canarian potatoes) First of all, take the small potatoes and wash them …Discover here ⬆️ the typical Canarian wrinkled potatoes in this post. ✅ Find out more about this incredible delicacy of the traditional Canarian food..
From: villagrancanaria.com
Canarian Potatoes (Wrinkled Potatoes with Mojo) – Canary …
Aug 20, 2021 · Canarian potatoes are also known as Canary Island Potatoes, Wrinkly Potatoes, or Papas Arrugadas. They are a traditional boiled potato side dish eaten and loved in the Canary Islands. They are usually served with two sauces, a mojo Rojo (red sauce) made with red peppers, garlic and made spicy by chili peppers like cayenne and red pepper flakes.Canarian Potatoes, Wrinkled or Wrinkly Potatoes, or Papas Arrugadas are a beloved dish of the Canary Islands. These Little Potatoes from….
From: noshingwiththenolands.com
The Iconic Spanish Wrinkled Potatoes | Papas Arrugadas con .
..
EPISODE #512 – How to Make Spanish Wrinkled Potatoes with Mojo Verde | Papas Arrugadas RecipeFULL RECIPE HERE: https://www.spainonafork.com/spanish-wrinkled-….
From: www.youtube.com
Spud Sunday: Subtropical Spuds – The Daily Spud
Jul 28, 2013 · There is nothing particularly complicated about its preparation: small, new potatoes are simply boiled in very heavily salted water (or traditionally in seawater). The skin wrinkles a little as they cook and, as they dry afterward, some of the salt recrystallizes and forms a thin film on the surface of the potatoes..
When Potatoes are Unsafe to Eat – Healthy Diet Base
Potatoes are rich in complex carbohydrates and are a part of a healthy diet. When prepared healthily, potatoes are a great source of complex carbohydrates that energize the body. However, when potatoes go bad, they become unsafe to eat..
Can You Eat Wrinkled Potatoes – All information about …
Wrinkled or shriveled potatoes should not be eaten. Wrinkled potatoes, with or without sprouts, have begun their degradation process which means the potato is converting starches into sugars for the plant to grow.Are wrinkled potatoes safe to eat? Wrinkled or shriveled potatoes should not be eaten. Wrinkled potatoes, with or without sprouts, have begun their degradation.
From: www. therecipes.info
Are wrinkled potatoes safe to eat? – Quora
As the sprouting process progresses, the potato begins to shrivel, as more and more starch is converted to sugar and used in the growing sprouts. A wrinkled, shriveled, sprouted potato will have lost more of its nutrients, and it won’t be very palatable. Avoid eating shriveled or ….
From: www.quora.com
Dream interpretation wrinkled potatoes
Why dream of crumpled potatoes to see in a dream
If in a dream you are planting potatoes, it means that in reality arrange your affairs in the best possible way and you can count on the successful implementation of your plan. Digging up potatoes means getting a thankless and humiliating job.
Peeling potatoes in a dream means that in reality you will avoid coercion, having managed to stand up for yourself so that you will be reckoned with. Boil potatoes – for an unpleasant visit, fry – for pleasure, imminent marriage.
Eating potato dishes in a dream portends a date with friends after working hours. Small potatoes in a dream portend insufficient attention to you from a loved one just when you will especially need it. Large and flawless potatoes – to good income and additional cash receipts. Rotten potatoes portend the onset of a black streak in life, which can drag on for a long time.
Selling potatoes in a dream – to compromise with your conscience, to buy – you will be honored. Carrying heavy sacks of potatoes in a dream – to overstrain, fatigue and illness during an epidemic of colds.
588 pictures of wrinkled potatoes – royalty-free and royalty-free photos from Dreamstime
Wrinkled potatoes, called papas arrugadas, are a typical dish from Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain. Selective focus
Wrinkled potato called papas arrugadas is a typical dish from Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain. Selective focus
A wrinkled potato called papas arrugadas is a typical dish from Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain. Selective focus
Typical Canarian food, wrinkled potatoes on a tray of salt. Traditionally prepared with local dishes from Spain. Local Spanish
Wrinkled potatoes called papas arrugadas with spicy red and green mojo sauce – a typical dish from the Canary Islands, Tenerife, San Payne. Selective focus
Portion of green mojo and wrinkled potatoes Portion of green mojo sauce with wrinkled potatoes typical of the Canary Islands
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with dirty heavy and wrinkled hand
Papas al mojo Canary Islands wrinkled potato. Papas arrugas al mojo Canaries wrinkled potatoes with green and red sauce
Papas al mojo Canary Islands wrinkled potatoes. Papas arrugas al mojo Canary Islands wrinkled potatoes with green and red sauce
Papas al mojo Canary Islands wrinkled potatoes with green and red sauce
Dirty, heavy and wrinkled hands holding fresh organic potatoes . An old woman holding harvested potatoes in her hands.
Dirty, heavy and wrinkled hands hold fresh organic potatoes. An old woman holding harvested potatoes in her hands.
Dirty, heavy and wrinkled hands holding fresh organic potatoes. An old woman holding a harvested potato.
Dirty, heavy and wrinkled hands hold fresh organic potatoes. Old woman holding harvested potatoes
Dirty, heavy and wrinkled hands holding fresh organic potatoes. Old woman holding harvested potatoes damaged by drought.
Papas arrugas al mojo wrinkled potatoes Canary. Island recipe red hot sauce
Papas arrugas al mojo wrinkled potatoes Canary. Islands recipe red hot sauce
.
588 Pictures of wrinkled potatoes – royalty-free and royalty-free photos from Dreamstime
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with dirty heavy and wrinkled hand
Wrinkled potato called papas arrugadas is a typical dish from Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain.Selective focus Selective focus
Wrinkled potato called papas arrugadas is a typical dish from Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain. Selective focus
Typical food of the Canaries, wrinkled potatoes on a tray with salt. Traditionally made with local Spanish dishes. Local Spanish
Wrinkled potatoes called papas arrugadas with spicy red and green mojo sauce – a typical dish from the Canary Islands, Tenerife, San Payne. Selective focus
Green mojo and wrinkled potatoes. A serving of green mojo sauce with wrinkled potatoes typical of the Canary Islands
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Harvesting and digging potatoes with a hoe in the garden. Digging organic potatoes with a dirty heavy and wrinkled hand.
Image of a wrinkled potato. Image hearty, wrinkled
Similar Stock Photos
Wrinkled potato called papas arrugadas is a typical dish of Tenerife island, Canary Islands, Spain.
Typical food of the Canary Islands, wrinkled potatoes on a tray of salt. Traditionally prepared with local dishes from Spain. Local Spanish
Portion of green mojo and wrinkled potatoes
Papas al Mojo, Canary Islands wrinkled potatoes
Dirty, heavy and wrinkled hands holding fresh organic potatoes. Old woman holding harvested potatoes
Wrinkled potatoes with sprouts
A pair of shriveled old potatoes with fresh green shoots growing all over
Crushed potatoes with mojo and small squid
Canarian wrinkled potatoes – papas arrugadas
Potatoes
old potatoes
Peeled vegetables potatoes onions carrots against a wrinkled silver surface
Sprouted potatoes
Sprouted potatoes, wooden
.
See also
Korean potato recipe with photo
How delicious to fry pork in a pan with potatoes
What to cook with sweet potatoes
Foil chicken with potatoes
How to fry boletus with potatoes in a pan
How to fry potatoes with boiled mushrooms
Stewed potatoes with pork liver
Lean soup with potatoes and rice
How to make potatoes with mushrooms
How to properly plant potatoes under a walk-behind tractor
Why potatoes do not bloom and turn yellow
Can you plant wrinkled potatoes?
Advertisements
However, if you have potatoes that are starting to sprout (the “eyes” have swollen, whitish shoots starting to develop) covered with 3 inches of soil. Within 2 weeks green shoots should appear.
can you eat potatoes that sprout?
Fu – got it? Also, when the potato sprouts, the starch in the potato turns into sugar. If the potato is firm, it has most of the nutrients intact and can be eaten after the sprouted part has been removed. However, if the potato is shrunk and shriveled, it should not be eaten.
Can I plant a whole onion that has sprouted?
And you’re wondering – can I plant this sprouted onion and grow a new, fresh onion? – In short, the answer is: Yes ! You can plant a sprouted onion and grow a new one. In fact, you usually get three new onions from one sprouted onion!
What month do you plant potatoes?
Depending on the local weather, most gardeners plant in March, April or May and expect to harvest in about four months, starting to dig new potatoes about two to three weeks after the plants bloom. But again, some can be planted in the fall in areas with mild winters.
Can I grow potatoes in a potato shop?
Can I grow potatoes from store bought potatoes? If the potatoes you buy from the store manage to sprout, you should plant them. …
Can I grow potatoes from recent crops?
Yes, you can grow potatoes from last year’s crop. However, if you left the tubers in the ground during the winter after last year’s harvest, do not use them as seed potatoes. If they germinate, pull them up as they will likely result in weak plants that produce small and bottom crops.
How many potatoes do you get per plant?
If all conditions are ideal, you can harvest five to 10 potatoes per plant for your gardening efforts. Yield is based both on the care you give your plants during the growing season and the variety of potatoes you choose to grow.
Is the potato every year?
Potato is a perennial vegetable grown as an annual.
do you water the potatoes after planting?
potato plants do not need to be watered when planted . The grounding process will greatly increase soil trap levels in any moisture below. … This is not a good idea, you want the roots to look for water well below the soil surface.
What is the difference between seed potatoes and regular potatoes?
What’s the difference? The common potato is commonly found in the grocery store and is grown through large commercial farming operations that often use inhibitors proprout . In contrast, seed potatoes are commonly found for sale at garden centers or online and often carry a certified grow label.
Do potatoes need to be germinated before planting?
Since there are no seeds in potatoes, growing them is a different process than is used for other vegetables. No upfront payment, or , is required, but will grow potatoes earlier in the garden and give you a higher yield.
How do you increase the yield of potatoes?
The two key components of potato yield are the number of tubers per unit area and size or weight. The increase in yield comes from achieving optimal tuber numbers , maintaining a green canopy and increasing tuber size and weight.
Advertisements
Can you grow potatoes in a 5 gallon bucket?
A 5 gallon bucket holds an amazing amount of potatoes and you have the option to bring them in or move them to a warmer outdoor spot when bad weather threatens. … Pour about 4 inches of good quality potting soil or compost into each bucket, and place two small seed potatoes, evenly spaced, on top of the soil.
How do I know when my potatoes are ready to be harvested?
Balls are ready to be harvested when they are the size of hens eggs . With Maincrops for storage, wait until the foliage turns yellow, then cut it off and discard. Wait 10 days before harvesting the tubers and leave them to dry for a few hours before storing.
Do potatoes need full sun or shade?
potatoes always best in full sun . They have rooted plants aggressively and we find that they will produce the best crop when planted in light, loose, well-drained soil. Potatoes prefer slightly acidic soil with a pH of 5.0 to 7.0.
Do potatoes germinate faster in the dark?
Do potatoes germinate faster in the dark? € € frost-free. Light is essential for potatoes to become healthy and strong.
How long to cure potatoes before planting?
One way to combat the disease problem is to let your seed potatoes heal for a few days after cutting and before planting. To cure them, you just need to let the cut potatoes sit in an airy, dry place that is out of the sun for 2 or 3 days. The cut side of the potato will dry out, harden, and have a leathery texture.
Should I water the potatoes every day?
Provide enough water for the potato plant to keep its soil moist but not saturated. The plant does not like wet feet. The general rule is to provide him with 1 to 2 inches of water per week, including rainfall. The sequential water schedule every four to five days is ideal for a young plant.
can any potato potato?
Seed Potatoes made from these tubers are used to grow new plants. Potatoes are very easy to prepare for the gardening season. Choose your favorite potato variety. you can use any potato, from traditional white potatoes, to Idaho and Russay.
How long does it take to grow potatoes in a bucket?
potatoes should be ripe in 70-90 days . You can also choose the variety from the supermarket you like. Keep in mind that some potatoes take 120 days to harvest, so you need a long growing season for these types of potatoes.
What is the best fertilizer for growing potatoes?
The best fertilizer for growing potatoes is one that has relatively low nitrogen (n) and is at least twice as high as phosphorus (P) and potassium (K). A good example of a suitable potato fertilizer ratio would be A 5-10-10 .
When should I stop watering potato plants?
Stop watering potato plants about 2-3 weeks before harvest, or when you first see foliage on plants starting to turn yellow. Be sure to harvest the potatoes on a dry day when the soil is dry – harvesting the potatoes when damp or damp can cause the potatoes to rot more easily in storage.
Tenerife is the largest and most populous of the Canary Islands, attracting six million visitors each year to its black-sand beaches, volcanic landscapes, Spain‘s highest mountain – Mount Teide – and dazzling starscapes. With such diversity in the scenery, perhaps it’s no surprise that the island’s restaurant scene is also considered the best on the archipelago. While many visitors stick to the all-inclusive resorts, travellers who take time to explore will find high-quality dining options throughout the island, all oozing with Canarian charm. Here are the best restaurants to try during your next visit to Tenerife, Spain.
The American hotel group set up on Tenerife’s south coast in 2005 and retains a loyal following. It’s also the top dining choice on the island for special occasions, as the first and only restaurant on the island to earn two Michelin stars. This is the signature restaurant of renowned Basque chef Martin Berasategui, so get your glad rags on for its luxurious setting and ever-evolving tasting menu, with items like caramelised smoked eel and roasted sea bass with bouillabaisse. If you can’t snag a reservation, opt for the hotel’s one Michelin-starred restaurant, Kabuki, serving Japanese fare with ocean views.
El Picu
Restaurant, Spanish
Cosmopolitan capital Santa Cruz de Tenerife is often skipped in favour of the beach resorts, but it would be a shame to miss out on the city’s impressive international dining scene. Ask any local diners where to get the best paella on the island and the answer will likely be El Picu. In addition to fresh seafood starters – think coconut ceviche and Andalucian prawns – popular paellas come in many varieties including one with Iberian pork cheek and artichokes, or another with black rice and aioli. The small but modern dining room has a lively ambiance and friendly service, and you can make a reservation on WhatsApp.
El Taller Seve Diaz
Restaurant, Spanish, $$$
It’s worth the trip to Puerto de la Cruz – a town known for its black, volcanic-sand beaches in northwest Tenerife – to find this outstanding restaurant. A peaceful and minimalist setting allows the imaginative Mediterranean cuisine to steal the show, created in an open kitchen run by Seve Diaz and his sister Lily. The keywords here are seasonal, high-quality produce, on an à la carte menu showcasing items like steamed goat’s cheese dumplings and confit suckling pig. Or there’s always the tasting menu, with six mini-courses at a fantastic price.
Nub Restaurante
Restaurant, Fusion, $$$
Courtesy of NUB Restaurant
Costa Adeje, on the south coast, is arguably home to Tenerife’s best resorts. It’s also the lucky location of this restaurant – pronounced Noob – run by a husband-and-wife team of Italian and Chilean descent, who fuse their European and Latin American cultures into every aspect of their innovative menu. After receiving their Michelin star in the northern city of San Cristobal de la Laguna, the chefs headed south to open this modern indoor-outdoor space at the Hotel Bahia del Duque, not far from the Ritz. Despite the location change, Nub continues to draw from locally sourced ingredients for its exquisite tasting menus, which may include crème brûlée of corn with aged onion and herbs ceviche, pepper ice cream or the trio of breads baked in-house. Wine and fermented juice pairings are highly recommended.
La Sandunga
Restaurant, Seafood, $$$
This unexpected restaurant is a pleasant drive from the two cities of Santa Cruz de Tenerife and San Cristobal de la Laguna, tucked away in the vineyards with spectacular views of the countryside. Though rural on the outside, the interior feels more urban with wood furnishings, industrial light fixtures – low-lit at night – and spacious windows. The menu puts out photogenic starters from the sea, like tuna tataki and house-smoked mackerel, while big portions of meat make up the main course – like the Peking duck and rack of pork finished on charcoal.
El Secreto de Chimiche
Restaurant, Wine
This hidden, inland restaurant near the southeast coast took over an old locals’ haunt called Casa Fito. Thankfully, the revamped space didn’t remove the original Canarian decor of white walls and timber ceilings, but it did add tasteful updates like new fixtures and floor-to-ceiling glass coolers, showcasing wines and dry-aged meats. À la carte and tasting menus include inventive small plates, like black pig croquettes and lobster carpaccio, while deeper into the meal you’ll find juicy beef tenderloin and oxtail stew cannelloni. For a top-notch lunch – and day trip – request a table on the terrace with a lovely view, after visiting the vineyards in the nearby Abona wine region.
Restaurante Haydée
Restaurant, Spanish, $$$
The colonial town of La Orotava, just above Puerto de la Cruz, provides an excellent day trip with cobblestone streets and colourful architecture, as well as hiking trails in the foothills. There’s also Haydée, a restaurant operated by chef Victor Suarez who has worked with some of Spain’s most celebrated chefs – including Martin Berasategui and Adrian and Ferran Adria. Saurez successfully melds creative Canarian cuisine with Asian and South American influences, like liquid kimchi, green herb curry, cuttlefish ravioli and fig ice cream. The interior is simplistic, letting the exquisite platings take the stage. You can also dine on the charming terrace adorned with pink bougainvillea and potted plants.
Restaurante La Ola
Restaurant, Seafood, $$$
Drive to the lesser-visited, northeast tip of the island and you’ll enter Rural de Anaga Park, its jagged green mountains set against a deep blue sea. While only an hour from Santa Cruz de Tenerife, the journey through this spectacular nature park will make you feel much further away. Another excuse to visit the area is an unassuming, blink-and-you’ll-miss-it restaurant called La Ola, featuring Canarian fare with local, fresh ingredients. Look for seafood specials like cod rigatoni and caramelised octopus, then pair them with a selection of wines. Walk off lunch by heading to the coast for more photos.
El Rincon de Juan Carlos
Restaurant, Seafood
This one-Michelin-starred, special-occasion restaurant offers seasonal, three-course tasting menus that lean towards seafood, like mackerel with bordelaise sauce and trout roe. The presentations are creative, especially in the dessert course, thanks to the influence of Canarian chef-owner Juan Carlos Padron who works with local producers to get quality ingredients. The spacious dining room is located on the fifth floor of the Royal Hideaway Corales Beach. Request a table next to the large window overlooking the ocean.
Rakaposhi Tapas Bar
Bar, Tapas, $$$
Bet you didn’t expect to find Pakistani-Himalayan cuisine in Tenerife. But it’s here thanks to Sonia Garcia, who travelled to the Hunza Valley in 2011, meeting her husband along the way. The couple opened this tapas bar in the city of San Cristobal de la Laguna – a Unesco World Heritage Site with endlessly photogenic streets and an eclectic, student-friendly dining scene. Rakaposhi is a casual spot where European and Pakistani ingredients combine to create dishes like Lahore warm salad with fried pumpkin, skewers and Silk Road stews. Look out for special events, which may include photo exhibitions or travel talks.
This is an updated rewrite of an article originally by Cristina Villadóniga.
These recommendations were updated on July 27, 2021 to keep your travel plans fresh.
Give us feedback
The 10 Best Restaurants In Tenerife, Canary Islands
Tenerife is not only famous for its golden beaches and exclusive cocktail parties. The gourmet scene on the island is blossoming with new openings of fancy and quirky restaurants with excellent traditional and fusion cuisines. Here’s a guide to the 10 best restaurants in Tenerife for you to explore during your stay on this exotic island.
Located in the little town of Granadilla, Tasca Tierras del Sur offers excellent food and a carefully selected wine list. The chefs always choose fresh and organic ingredients for their meals, while incorporating local produce like goats cheese, sweet sausage or gofio. The typical menu of Tasca Tierras del Sur will suggest you try their salmorejo rabbit, juicy cod with chickpeas, or savory ox and chestnut stew. To accompany the food, a great selection of wines from the Iberian Peninsula, Ribera del Duero and Rioja are available by the glass or the bottle. The ambiance of this place is warm and welcoming, thanks to its retro interior with wooden furniture and floors and colorful lights, which is ideal for a romantic dinner.
Tapaste Restaurant
Restaurant, Vegan, Vegetarian, $$$
The ideology behind Tapaste Restaurant is the great love of Tenerife’s natural resources and fresh vegetable and fruit production. The concept of Tapaste is presenting healthy, artisan, vegetarian food. Only natural ingredients, without artificial preservatives, are used in the process of cooking. The recipes are created to minimize the use of fatty oils, and olive oil and vegetable oil are used to create a healthy meal. Tapaste combines their food with artisan sauces and dressings.
The fabulous restaurant of chef Lucas Maes is located close to Puerto de la Cruz, however, it is hidden between the big leaves of various tropical greenery, and is often overlooked by tourists. Lucas Maes has developed an approach towards reinventing traditional Canarian dishes with innovative improvements in flavors and serving. The lovely open-air terrace in Lucas Maes Restaurant offers amazing views of the nearby fruit plantations and the ocean. Lucas Maes is worth visiting in the afternoon when you can enjoy a beautiful sunset while trying some of the unique meals such as scallops soaked in champagne and smoked salmon with honey and caper dressing. The chef also suggests the dégustation menu that changes according to the season.
La Cueva Caprichosa
Restaurant, Spanish, $$$
Located far away from city’s bustle, La Cueva Caprichosa is a unique restaurant set in one of the caves under the Anaga Mountains. The restaurant is a favorite restaurant for many hikers and sports activists, however, tourists also stop by to sample the good quality food. The cuisine at La Cuerva is typical Canarian fare, and some of the best dishes are fried goat or rabbit, both served in tender sauce and filled with stew.
Kabuki Restaurant presents an exotic Asian atmosphere in tropical Tenerife. It is one of only two Michelin star restaurants open to customers who do not stay at the Abama Resort. Kabuki’s interior is decorated in a warm but minimalist style with red and black colors. Chef Ricardo Sanz combines the best features of European and Japanese cuisine to develop exquisite dishes such as fried aubergine with miso sauce and sesame seeds. He is a renowned master who always carefully picks his ingredients, showing his passion and commitment to his job. His various creations of sushi and sashimi are presented with wonderful decorations.
Antico Caffè
Restaurant, Italian, $$$
Antico Caffè is a small yet elegant Italian restaurant located near the ocean. It is frequented by locals and curious tourists, who spend many hours here observing the evening city life and listening to the calming sounds of the ocean waves from the large open terrace. Members of staff are extremely professional and will ensure that you receive excellent service while you sample fabulous Italian food.
El Rincón de Juan Carlos
Located in the picturesque mountainous area of Los Gigantes, El Rincón de Juan Carlos is run by the family of Juan Carlos Padrón. This is where he showcases his creative techniques by preparing excellent meals with fresh, locally sourced ingredients that are on par with Michelin standards. While visiting, try their special dégustation menu. Try the juicy pork specialty cochinillo negro with truffles, which will be a highlight of your visit.
El Rincón de Juan Carlos, Acantilado de Los Gigantes, Pje Jacaranda, 2, Santiago del Teide, Tenerife, +34 922 86 80 40
Imperial Tai-Pan is an authentic Asian restaurant and features an intimate setting with an indoor dining area and open patio, ideal for hot summer nights. It specializes in presenting a mix of Japanese and Chinese food with a contemporary interpretation. Chef Tiak Boh NG has established his own unique techniques and often prepares food according to his personal recipes and preferences. Some of the best dishes include Cantonese style steamed sea bass, crispy egg noodles, chow mein, tuna, and lime ceviche and the chef’s signature torched maki with king prawns and asparagus.
Placed on a tiny street in Los Cristianos, Bar El Cine is the king among fish restaurants and its history is rooted in the fishing traditions of Los Cristianos. The interior of El Cine does not foretell the exquisite lunch experience, as the tables and chairs are plastic. However, people queue for hours to get inside. El Cine’s specialty are the papas arrugadas (or wrinkled potatoes), octopus and local fish varieties.
Otelo Restaurant
Restaurant, Spanish, $$$
Otelo is a traditional Canarian restaurant with excellent food, overlooking the majestic cliffs of Barranco Del Infierno, one of the most picturesque and popular walking trails on the island. Otelo Restaurant is worth visiting for the savory signature dishes served, such as pollo al ajilloor crispy soft chicken pieces stuffed with garlic, and salmorejo with rabbit. Otelo Restaurant provides unique Canarian flavors in each dish.
Give us feedback
from guachinches to haute cuisine
The restaurant scene in Tenerife is truly staggering, so if you’re planning on visiting the island you won’t have much trouble when it comes to finding a nice place where to eat. In Tenerife there are establishments for all tastes and budgets, from traditional eateries called guachinches to haute cuisine restaurants—some of which have been recognised with Michelin stars—without forgetting beach bars and, of course, tapas bars that also serve larger portions.
One of the key features of Tenerife’s restaurants are the huge portions. In fact, we recommend ordering in moderation as Tenerife’s restaurateurs really like to satisfy their diners, sometimes a little too enthusiastically.
Free cancellation
Restaurants in Tenerife
Tenerife is home to some of the main culinary temples of Canarian food: places where you can savour the delicious and very authentic local cuisine. Below are some of the most popular restaurants toeat at inTenerife:
Maresía Restaurant by Hermanos Padrón. Patrons will savour spectacular haute cuisine creations and unique flavours using the best local ingredients as they take in spectacular views of the Atlantic Ocean from the rooftop at Royal Hideaway Corales Beach. The Michelin-starred and Repsol-sunned Padrón brothers offer the flavours of the Canary Islands and the sea in a scrumptious culinary offering. Tasting menus are available and recommended for 16 years and older.
Tenerife Experiences
Teide under the stars with winery and dinner
from 61€
BOOK
San Hô Restaurant. Located in Royal Hideaway Corales Beach, this restaurant bearing the Japanese name for coral promises to take patrons on a fabulous culinary journey through Japan, Peru and the Canaries. Come enjoy the exquisite fusion cuisine of Chef Jamie Palmar, whose impressive track record includes Abama Kabuki, El Rincón de Juan Carlos, Sensu, Kazan and Naiko.
Casa Tomás (Callejón de la Iglesia, 2, Tegueste): A perfect restaurant for the most carnivorous, its speciality is ribs with potatoes and corn on the cob. Be sure not to miss the Canarian chickpea stew.
Bodegón Yumar (Fuente Gonzalo, 12, Santa Úrsula): For many this is Tenerife’s temple of cochino negro, a black pig species native to the island. Here it is served with carrots and chips.
El Calderito de la Abuela (Carretera Provincial del Norte, 130, Santa Úrsula): Run by the fourth generation of the same family, its specialities include the best of Tenerife’s traditional food, such as gofio escaldado—wreckfish broth with Canarian roasted-grain flour, spicy mojo sauce, coriander and red onion.
Bodegón Campestre (Bethencourt, 1, Lomo Pelado, El Rosario): Open since 1971, this restaurant is one of the island’s classics where particular emphasis is put on grilled meat.
Las Aguas (Destila, 20, Las Aguas): Another long-serving restaurant and one of the best in Tenerife for rice dishes. It boasts a very pleasant terrace and the service deserves a special mention.
Guachinches in Tenerife
Guachinches are a distinctive feature of the island and, without a doubt, among the best places where to eat in Tenerife. Associated with young wine, these eateries originate from the markets that were set up to coincide with seasonal wine production where one could have ‘something to eat’ to go with their tipple. Below are some of the most popular and renowned guachinches in Tenerife:
Bodega El Zacatín (La Canal, 1, La Corujera): For several decades people have been coming here to taste the locally-produced red wine as well as some of the traditional stews and barbecued pork ribs prepared by Eladio and his family.
Guachinche Las Galanas (Carretera de la Montaña, 48, Los Realejos): Here the focus is mainly on fish dishes accompanied, sure enough, by white wine. We recommend trying, at the very least, the chickpea stew.
Casa Suárez (Los Codezales, 9, La Matanza de Acentejo): Serving local cuisine in traditional surroundings with excellent value for money.
Guachinche José (San Juan, 26, La Victoria de Acentejo): Authentic Canarian food and unbeatable, personal service are enough reason to make this one of the favourite guachinches among the locals and a safe bet when deciding where to eat in Tenerife.
Tenerife Experiences
Wine tour
from 65€
BOOK
Restaurants in Santa Cruz de Tenerife
Some of the finest restaurants on the island are concentrated in Santa Cruz de Tenerife. Below are some of the best places where to eat in Tenerife’s capital city:
Noi (Santa Teresita, 3): A genuine culinary laboratory with chef Pablo Amigó at the helm serving highly original fusion food.
San Sebastián 57 (Avenida de San Sebastián, 57): Here there are two options: one of them informal and the other of a more ‘sit-down’ nature serving food made with local ingredients and original recipes, all washed down with a great selection of Canarian and international wines.
Kazan (Paseo Milicias de Garachico, 1, local 4): There’s little doubt that this restaurant is one of the finest on the island, attested to by its one Michelin star. Japanese cuisine in its highest form.
Amor de mis amores (Perdón, 11): Peruvian gourmet cuisine served in a very welcoming setting led by the Mexican chef Armando Saldanha.
La Verdulería (Santiago, 4): One of the best options for those who like to eat their greens (the restaurant defines itself as a specialist in lacto-ovo-vegetarian food).
Solana (Puerta Canseco, 37): An intimate space where original and beautifully presented food is served based on seasonal produce.
Restaurants in southern Tenerife
For the most part, the best restaurants in southern Tenerife are found in some of the area’s biggest hotels, many of them recognised by the best Spanish and international culinary guides:
Abama Kabuki (Carretera General TF-47 motorway, km 9, Guía de Isora, Hotel Ritz Carlton): Chef David Romero continues with the fine tradition that characterises this haute cuisine Japanese restaurant. A very interesting option is the roasted kid goat with umeboshi, shiso and yucca. Pretty much all of their adaptations of Japanese dishes prepared using local ingredients follow the Kabuki philosophy to the letter.
M.B. (Carretera General TF-47, km 9, Guía de Isora, Hotel Ritz Carlton): At the same hotel, Erlantz Gorostiza makes the creative vision of the great Gipuzkoa-born chef Martín Berasategui a reality.
Tenerife Experiences
In-room chef
from 250€
BOOK
Casa Fito (Carretera General del Sur motorway, 4, Chimiche): This is the place to come to enjoy chargrilled flavours, serving both meat—much of it from the Basque Country—and local fish.
Las Rocas (Gran Bretaña, Adeje, Hotel Jardín Tropical): Innovation based on traditional flavours is the main characteristic of this restaurant’s highly recommended gourmet cuisine.
El Rincón de Juan Carlos (Pasaje Jacaranda, 2, Acantilados de Los Gigantes): Home to another one of the island’s Michelin stars, at this restaurant the Padrón brothers serve modern and creative cuisine with distinct flavours. Cosmopolitan yet local with an admirable balance of subtlety.
Free cancellation
Tenerife Food Guide – What To Eat In Tenerife Spain
During our three years living in Spain, our goal was to travel to every region in the country looking for the best food and drink. After visiting Gran Canaria in the Canary Islands we became a little infatuated with the cuisine of the Canary Islands. Even within the islands, each island has its own specialties. This Tenerife food guide focuses on what to eat in Tenerife, one of the most popular destinations for travelers to the Canary Islands.
*This post contains compensated links. Find more info in my DISCLAIMER. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.
Check out our Spain Food Guide – What To Eat In Spain for more details on regional must-try dishes in Spain.
What The Tourists Eat In Tenerife
Being half Irish and spending much of the last 20 years traveling to Ireland and visiting Irish family, who I love, let me start with a possibly controversial topic. I know that Brits and Irish flock to the Canary Islands for warm holidays during cold months in the north of Europe.
They hop cheap flights to Tenerife and Lanzarote on package holidays in built-up beach resorts. I have no problem with this sort of travel. What happens, though, is that many of these travelers don’t end up eating Tenerife traditional food. This is why I wanted to create this Tenerife travel blog.
Traveling to Spain? Check out our Ultimate Spain Packing Guide
Mediavine Video PlaceholderVideo only displays when ad script wrapper is loaded on page
What The Locals Eat In Tenerife
So, after all, that, what is typical Canarian food? How do you find this cuisine at Tenerife restaurants and places to eat?
If travelers to Tenerife are looking to avoid generic tapas, paella, and sangria it is necessary to do a little more research into what to eat in Tenerife and where to find it. That means looking outside of the big resorts, in the smaller cities and towns, and near the local markets.
Traditional Canarian dishes focus on fish and seafood as well as local meats. Don’t expect to see a ton of beef on the menu because there isn’t a lot of flat land for cows to graze. Instead, expect to see pork, goat, and rabbit, some of the tastiest meats.
Also look for fabulous locally grown produce, like bananas, mangos, and avocados as well as fish and seafood. There is so much great food in the Canary Islands if you know where to look for it.
Canarian Food And Its Influences
One of the main reasons why the food in the Canary Islands is so different from elsewhere in Spain comes from its location on the map. Tenerife and its neighboring islands are closer to Africa than to Spain. It took us almost four hours to fly there from Barcelona. The climate in Tenerife is also unique, with black sand beaches, tree-lined mountains, and even the highest volcano in Spain.
Even on the island of Tenerife, there are unique micro-climates. When we visited it was almost cold in the north and much warmer in the south. I was wearing a jacket in the north and got a little sunburn in the south – all in the same week.
The Canary Islands also played a key role in the trade route between Europe, Africa, and the New World. It was a key stopping point in the Atlantic Ocean, which means that there was a great deal of influence on the cuisine from around the world.
This also means that explorers introduced crops to the Canary Islands before the rest of the continent. Even among the Canary Islands, there are dishes that are found on one island that might not be found on the other. For example, the food in Gran Canaria is more influenced by Cuba whereas Tenerife cuisine is more influenced by Venezuela.
What To Eat In Tenerife – Typical Canarian Food
Here are our must-eat dishes in Tenerife. These are dishes that are either typical of the Canary Islands or dishes that are more local to Tenerife.
Even if you don’t have a chance to rent a car to explore the island, look for tapas bars, and other places to eat in Tenerife that might offer some of these dishes.
Or, even look for them at your hotel. You would be surprised at how many hotel buffets actually incorporate much of the local cuisine. You just need to know what to look for.
Mojo – Sauces
I fell in love with mojo of all kinds when we traveled to Gran Canaria for food. I now have a mojo recipe book, make mojo at home, and was excited to return to the Canary Islands to eat more mojo! Maybe it’s just because I like saying the word mojo.
Mojo is the word used to describe the various sauces eaten in Tenerife. Some of the best food in Tenerife will come with mojo on the side. Every mojo has pepper, olive oil, vinegar, and garlic as its base along with salt and a little hard bread to thicken it up.
It is traditionally made by hand with mortar and pestle. The most popular sauces include mojo verde (green mojo) and mojo picon (red mojo with chili). Even at typical tapas bars in Tenerife, it’s common to find mojo served alongside potatoes and grilled meat and fish dishes.
Want to learn how to make mojo while in Tenerife? Check out this mojo workshop at Bodegas Monje in El Sauzal.
Traveling to Tenerife? Get the Best Deals on Hotels Here
Papas Arrugadas – Wrinkled Potatoes
In Catalonia, one of the most popular dishes is patatas bravas, or fried potatoes with a creamy, spicy sauce. In Andalusia, there are more cold potato salad-style dishes, like papas alinas made with green peppers and vinegar. On the Canary Islands, you find papas arrugadas or wrinkled potatoes. This is another dish I’ve learned to cook at home.
Explorers and traders introduced potatoes to the Canary Islands in the 1500s before they made it to the mainland. Currently, there are almost 30 different kinds of potatoes grown in the Canary Islands.
Papas Arrugadas are smaller potatoes that are boiled in heavily salted water. Once done, the water is removed and they are dry steamed until the skins are wrinkled and still a little salty. Served warm with a bowl of mojo on the side – let’s just say I am in heaven.
Where To Find Papas Arrugadas
Look for papas arrugadas and mojo on tapas menus in Tenerife or as a side dish to meat and fish dishes. On a warm day, they are perfect on their own as a snack with a cold Tenerife beer or a glass of Tenerife white wine. Just don’t pair it with Sangria – it’s a drink invented in New York!
Goat Cheese
It’s no surprise that on an island with a lot of goats, they serve some amazing goat cheese. Look for cheese platters as a starter on many Tenerife restaurant menus.
Or, visit the shop at Queseria Artisana Montesdeoca or other similar shops to pick up some vacuum-packed cheese to bring home. Montesdeoca is an award-winning goat cheese producer. They also make a pretty amazing goat butter – yes, goat butter. It was so creamy and delicious and lower in fat!
Queso A La Plancha Con Miel de Palma – Grilled Cheese With Honey
There is nothing wrong with a single word in this description. This is a local, smoked goat cheese that is breaded and either deep-fried or baked. It is then topped with honey, or possibly red and green mojo.
Every time we ate queso a la plancha, the plate included three pieces with honey, red mojo, and green mojo. The cheese had a smoky flavor to it, which was offset by the sweetness of the honey and the tanginess of the mojo.
Almagrote – Cheese Spread
Almagrote is a cheese spread made from tomato, garlic, olive oil, and hard-cured goat cheese. Normally it is made with paprika, which gives it a reddish color.
The version we had included coriander making it light green in color. It is spread on bread or toast and makes a great starter to a meal.
Croquetas Caseras
Croquetas are deep-fried balls of tastiness, generally filled with potato and Jamon, or cured ham. They are one of the most commonly found tapas on menus all across the country.
To find proper croquetas, though, look for croquetas caseras, which means they are made in-house.
Fresh Fish
You can’t talk about food in Tenerife and not mention fresh, local fish. It is an island after all. While a fair amount of fish is exported, the locals in Tenerife certainly enjoy their fish. Some of the more common fish you’ll see in dishes and on menus include grouper (mero in Spanish), parrotfish (pez loro), and mackerel (caballa). You’ll find fish prepared in several ways including fried, stewed, and grilled whole.
Arvejas Con Huevo Duro – Peas With Egg
This is a lovely starter of peas cooked in a tomato and onion broth. It is normally garnished with crumbled hard-boiled egg (huevo duro or hard egg) and crunchy breadcrumbs. Sometimes the dense soup also comes with bits of Jamon.
Carne Con Papas – Meat And Potatoes
You don’t need to be an adventurous eater to try carne con papas in Tenerife. We found a great version outside the market in Santa Cruz. It’s a simple dish of cubes of beef and potato in a tasty sauce made with tomatoes, onions, garlic, vegetables, and white wine.
Cochino Negro – Canarian Black Pig
When it comes to traditional Canarian food you must eat in Tenerife, cochino negro is at the top of the list. Cochino negro is a special breed of Canarian black pig that has a protected status. Only certain breeders are registered to breed proper cochino negro and only certain restaurants can serve it. It’s normally slow-cooked over an open flame until tender and juicy.
Eating In Tenerife Pro Tip:
It’s not easy to find cochino negro on menus. In fact, some places that say they have cochino negro are not selling the real thing. Check out the restaurant at Bodegas Monje, where you can not only eat the Canarian black pig but see them cooking it in their oven just inside the restaurant doors.
Carne de Cabra – Goat
This might be a type of meat that puts off travelers to Tenerife, but there are goats all over the island. It’s one way to ensure you are eating local. When well prepared, the goat can be incredibly tender and flavorful.
If you see it on a menu at Tenerife restaurants, give it a shot. It is normally served in a stew but might be found grilled too.
Conejo Al Salmorejo – Rabbit in Sauce
Continuing with the theme of meats that many people shy away from, rabbit is quite common to eat in Tenerife. We love rabbit and cook them at home in Spain.
We tried a few versions of conejo al salmorejo, which is a rabbit marinated and stewed in a white or red wine sauce seasoned with tomato, peppers, garlic, onion, and other flavors.
You might also see pollo al salmorejo on the menu, which is chicken in salmorejo sauce. A note for travelers, though, don’t be confused between this dish and salmorejo in Andalusia, which is a cold tomato-based soup.
Arroz A La Cubana
If we’ve said it once, then we’ve said it 100 times. The simplest dishes are the best. Arroz a la Cubana is yet another delicious example of this statement. Consisting of fried eggs, rice, ground beef, pork or sausage, and most importantly bananas. So simple, yet so good.
Ropa Vieja
We ate a lot of ropa vieja in Gran Canaria, where there is more of an influence from Cuban cuisine. It’s a little less common to find on menus in Tenerife. If you see it, though, order it. It’s one of my favorite Canary Islands foods.
Ropa Vieja technically translates to old clothes, but it is a meat-based stew made with chickpeas, potatoes, and vegetables, generally with a touch of vinegar to give it a nice acidic kick.
Puchero – Meat And Vegetable Stew
Puchero is an entirely different kind of meat and vegetable stew, which kind of reminded me of cozido in Lisbon. This is almost a kitchen sink kind of stew, traditionally prepared at home by families trying to stretch resources.
It includes all sorts of meat cuts, including lesser-used cuts like offal, along with corn cobs, cabbage, and other vegetables. I loved the version we ate at El Calderito de La Abuela and wanted to take it home with me. Very traditional Canarian cuisine and oh so good.
Carne Fiesta Iberico
I will admit I kind of wanted to try this dish solely because of the name, which translates to meat party. It’s a marinated Iberico pork, which is fried and normally served with fried potatoes. Totally tasty.
Sure, it’s kind of like a party in your mouth when eating it, but the name really comes from carne fiesta being a typical dish at village parties and fiestas.
Huevos Estampidos
This is a very typical Spanish dish, with variations on offer across the country. At its most basic it includes fried eggs mixed with potato and sausage. It is sometimes referred to as huevos roto or huevos estrallados.
In the Canary Islands, it is called huevos estampidos. This is a more contemporary version with eggs on the bottom, a layer of Canarian morcilla (blood sausage) and then fried potatoes on top.
Cherne – Wreckfish
We ate cherne for the first time in Gran Canaria. We’ve heard cherne translated to both wreckfish and grouper. It’s a mild white fish that is most often served grilled at seafood restaurants in Tenerife. Sometimes you can find it as a ceviche at more contemporary restaurants.
Chopitos
Chopitos are tiny squid that is normally breaded and fried. It’s sort of a Canarian version of calamari, but with loads of small, fried tasty bits. It is often served with mojo for dunking. It’s a perfect way to start a meal.
Calamares Rellenos – Stuffed Squid
Calamares rellenos are stuffed squid, normally stuffed with a meat mixture. The version we ate was then coated in a black squid ink sauce making it super rich.
Pulpo – Octopus
Octopus, or pulpo, is popular all over Spain. In the Canary Islands, the locals tend to eat it more simply, boiled, drizzled with olive oil. Or grilled and covered in a tomato and onion-based sauce.
Tenerife Honey
In addition to the individual dishes above, there are a few food products you must eat in Tenerife. Tenerife produces DOP honey, meaning it’s a protected product under European Union rules.
There are loads of different varieties on the island. Look for honey on your hotel’s breakfast buffet, particularly if it is labeled as DOP honey. It also makes a great souvenir. Just make sure to buy a bottle with the DOP-certified label on the bottle.
Gofio
I tasted a little bit of gofio while in Gran Canaria. It was available on our hotel breakfast buffet. But, we dove in feet first while eating in Tenerife. Gofio is sort of like a super-fine flour but traditionally made from toasted cereals, including corn and barley.
Traditionally it was used during lean times as a way to provide nutrients when other foods weren’t available. It can be sprinkled on yogurt, mixed into milk, or even added to dishes for a protein and fiber boost.
To make gofio at a mill, they take whole corn and other grains and toast them over a fire. The toasted corn smells like popcorn and was comforting to two Americans visiting a mill. Then it is ground with a touch of salt until super fine.
How To Eat Gofio
It might sound a little strange, but we purchased a kilo of gofio at Molino de Gofio El Sauzal. It has a mild flavor. We’ve been using it as part of our breakfast routine to add much-needed fiber to our diet. It’s fab and I am addicted.
Essentially, gofio is a super-food with loads of vitamins and minerals. I would not be surprised to see a gofio trend take off in the future as quinoa has.
Escaladon de Gofio
Also look for escaldón de gofio, which is scalded gofio normally mixed with fish stock and coriander sauce. It is sometimes served as a starter at super traditional Tenerife restaurants.
It’s also making a bit of a comeback at more contemporary restaurants that are making it a little more elegant. It’s super creamy, almost like the consistency of peanut butter.
Where To Eat In Tenerife
If you want to eat local and authentic, it might mean renting a car to explore the island. A lot of travelers do this in order to see some of the top sights. I would suggest using that car to find the Tenerife restaurants that are worth driving to.
This includes El Rincon de Juan Carlos, which is a Tenerife Michelin Star Restaurant. They are trying to bring traditional Tenerife foods into a more contemporary setting.
Other recommended Tenerife restaurants include:
El Calderito de La Abuela, a slightly more contemporary restaurant with a focus on traditional Tenerife dishes, set in the hills with a view over the water. This was one of our best meals in Tenerife. Run by two brothers, Fabian and Mario Torres, they have a real passion for local Canarian ingredients.
Tacoa, is a craft beer brewery and restaurant in El Sauzal, with a great tapas and snacks menu and an outdoor patio with views over the sea. They were the first craft beer brewery in Spain and make some amazing beers.
Bodegas Monje in El Sauzal is a Tenerife winery with a restaurant that can provide culinary experiences (like learning how to make mojo) and wine tours and tastings. They also make a great cochino negro.
Cofradía de Pescadores de Puerto de la Cruz, offers great fish and seafood caught by the local fishermen’s cooperative. Also offers a view of the sea.
Other Top Tenerife Restaurant Recommendations
La Vieja in La Caleta is another option for great seafood and fish for people staying in Adeje. Try the cherne and pulpo.
Bodegas Reverón in Villaflor offers traditional cuisine at their winery. This is a great place to do an easy wine tasting on the way back from a visit to Mount Tiede.
Tasca El Obispado, is a traditional restaurant with a focus on Canarian cuisine in the center of La Laguna with outdoor seating.
Nuestra Señora de África Market, visit the market in Santa Cruz de Tenerife and then walk around the backside of the market to check out some of the little Tenerife tapas bars.
Because the restaurants that we recommend in Tenerife are spread all over the island, here’s a handy map to help you with your planning. When touring around the island, just enter your hotel or location into Google Maps to plan meals ahead of time.
Tapas are not a traditional Canarian way of eating. Itu2019s more common, traditionally, to eat larger portions. But itu2019s becoming a lot more common to eat small plates than large dishes on the island. This is a great trend because it is a wonderful opportunity to try a bunch of new foods at one meal.
What are Tenerife food and drink prices like?
Beer and wine is a lot less expensive in Tenerife than it is in Northern Europe, particularly in Ireland and the UK. This is why it is such a popular holiday destination. Tenerife food prices are also less expensive. Tapas portions can range from u20ac3-6 with main courses ranging between u20ac8-15. At better fish and seafood restaurants, prices might increase.
Where to stay in Tenerife?
We stayed in two different areas, one in the north and one in the south. In Adeje, we stayed at the Sheraton La Caleta, which is a great resort option with both local and international restaurant options. We also stayed at La Laguna Gran Hotel, a boutique hotel in the center of San Cristu00f3bal de la Laguna. It’s a great place for a city break and to explore all of the Tenerife wineries in the north.
* We were supported by the Tenerife tourism board during our stay, but all viewpoints are my own
Traveling to Tenerife? Get the Best Deals on Hotels Here
20 Best Restaurants in Tenerife: A Local Foodies Guide
Skip to content
The 20 Best Restaurants in Tenerife: a Local Foodie’s Guide to Canarian Cuisine
View Larger Image
Are you a real foodie? Do you always want to try out local foods when you travel?
Then this blogpost is the perfect guide for you when traveling to Tenerife. We will guide you through the most famous Canarian dishes, so that you know exactly what to order. You will also get a complete overview of the 20 best traditional Canarian restaurants, with a special section about traditional Canarian restaurants called Guachinches.
Table of Contents
Discover traditional Canarian food
Famous dishes of Tenerife
The 10 best restaurants in Tenerife
Dine like a local in a Guachinche
Fancy something more luxurious?
1. Discover traditional Canarian food
Canarian cuisine is a blend of various cultures. It has a long history, starting with the eating habits of the island’s original inhabitants, mixed with the influences of the 20th century Canarian migrants who travelled between the Canary islands and Latin America. Its fertile volcanic soil and proximity of the ocean make Tenerife the perfect place to enjoy delicious traditional Canarian food.
2. Famous dishes of Tenerife
The many bars, cafés and restaurants in Tenerife are a real treat for foodies. There is something for everyone, from fast-food restaurants to Michelin star restaurants with cuisines from all around the world. But if you want to try something typical Canarian, you cannot miss out on the following 17 dishes.
2.1 Mojo Verde, Mojo Rojo
Mojo sauce is as traditional as it can get on the Canary Islands. It’s paired with just about everything. There are several versions of mojo sauce but the two most common types are mojo Rojo (made from red pepper and garlic) and mojo Verde (made from coriander and parsley).
2.2. Papas Arrugadas (Wrinkled potatoes)
Potatoes, or “papas” as they are known in Spain, hold a special place in the local diet. These “wrinkled potatoes” are first boiled in sea salt water for around 30 minutes, before being roasted to wrinkle the skin and create a crusting of salt. The dish is usually served with mojo sauces.
Even though potatoes are common almost everywhere in the world, here on the Canary islands they are famous for their rich flavour, thanks to the volcanic soil. Instead of choosing the usual “papas fritas”, you should definitely give these wrinkled potatoes a go while you’re in Tenerife.
2.3 Rancho Canario
Rancho Canario is a tasteful thick noodle soup made with chicken, pork, chickpeas, vegetables and of course, potatoes.
2.4 Ropa Vieja
Ropa Vieja is a very popular Cuban dish. The version in Tenerife is quite different, with chickpeas as the main ingredient. You can add leftover meat – sausages, beef, chicken – or you can use odd cuts of meat like trotters or ribs. The stew is well seasoned with different herbs and spices.
This dish is typically served at family dinners and has many variations that inspire heated competition among restaurants.
2.5 Cochino negro
You can find pork on every traditional Canarian menu, even though you see more goats on the island than pigs. People believe that before the conquistadors arrived on the Canary Islands, there were many pigs. The Canary Islands even have a special breed called cochino negro. Cochino negro is becoming increasingly popular on menus and it comes in various forms.
2.6 Carne Fiesta Canarias
Carne Fiesta Canarias is one of the most famous Tenerife dishes. The pork is cut into small squares and marinated in a special sauce for a few hours. Then it’s put onto a skewer, mixed with vegetables and grilled. It’s deliciously served with pommes frites or papas arrugadas, the Canarian wrinkled potatoes.
2.7 Carne de cabra
Goat is one of the must-try meats of the Canary Islands and you can find it on most traditional menus. There’s even a place on Fuerteventura where just about everything on the menu is goat (goat burgers, goat meatballs, goat lasagne). However, goat isn’t for everyone because the taste is much stronger than many other types of meat. It usually comes buried under a mountain of chips.
2.8 Cazuela de Pescado (fish casserole)
Instead of eating paella, you should try cazuela de pescado. It is the perfect way to try local fish that is not fried or grilled. The type of fish and seafood used in cazuelas can vary but cherne is best. The meaty counterpart is called puchero.
2.9 Cherne
Cherne is one of the most common fish in Tenerife. It is a large deep-water white fish. Cherne is often grilled, and is mildly flavored and meaty, making it a good fish to try even if seafood “isn’t really your thing”.
2.10 Conejo al salmorejo
This rabbit stew with a lot of paprika is very popular in Tenerife. The rabbit meat is first marinated overnight in a sauce made of oil, wine, vinegar, paprika, chilli pepper, garlic, vinegar and herbs like rosemary and thyme. The next day, the meat is fried before being simmered with the sauce over low heat.
2.11 Baifo
If you visit the Canary Islands at Christmas, there’s a high chance you’ll encounter Baifo, which is the name for a young goat. This dish is made from goat meat that was marinated in various herbs including oregano, bay leaves and thyme, as well as generous amounts of garlic.
2.12 Adobo de cerdo
Ready for a taste of bacon? Adobo de cerdo is the shoulder of pork in a rich, spicy sauce. The sauce or ‘adobo’ is a tasty marinade of paprika, oregano, garlic, salt and some sherry vinegar. The slow cooked pork meat is so tender it falls off the bone.
2.13 Arroz a la Cubana
Banana is the main crop in Tenerife and is one of the key ingredients in Arroz a la Cubana. This dish is allegedly borrowed from Cuba (although many Cubans are unaware of it). Essentially, it consists of rice, sausage and fried egg, along with one or two fried bananas. It is quick to make, healthy and delicious.
2.14 Gofio
When talking to local foodies, you are likely to hear the term gofio often. It’s a legacy left by the Guanche people (the native inhabitants). Gofio is actually a type of flour made with toasted grains – most commonly from millio (sweet corn).
Gofio is eaten throughout the islands. Hotels usually have a large bowl of gofio flour next to the cereals, so that people can sprinkle it on their cereal or eat it in milk. Restaurants use gofio in many dishes too. It’s often used in a dish called escaldón (gofio mixed with fish broth). Gofio is also very popular in desserts, such as gofio mousse, gofio ice cream and gofio chocolate.
2.15 Sancocho canario
Fish is one of the most traditional dishes you can eat on the island of eternal spring. Sancocho Canario is a typical fish eaten on Good Friday. Sancocho usually means stew or thick soup, particularly in Latin America. But in the Canary Islands, the dish is presented without much gravy. This dish is made with preserved and salted fish. The fish has to be desalinated for 24 hours. After this, it is boiled on a low fire with potatoes and served with your favourite mojo sauce.
2.16 Queso de cabra (goat cheese)
It is said that the residents on the Canary Islands consume more cheese per person per year than other parts of Spain. So if you are on the island, make sure to try a few local cheeses.
‘Fresco’ (fresh) goat cheese is the most common here. This type of cheese is only a few days old and has a soft taste. Cured and smoked cheeses are also very popular in Tenerife. They usually come from farms around Anaga. Some of the dairy farmers cover the cheese with pepper or Gofio. You can order them fresh, grilled (queso a la plancha) or fried (queso asado), accompanied by your preferred mojo sauce.
2.17 Bienmesabe
What’s not to love about a dessert that is literally translated as “tastes good to me”? Dip your spoon into a bowl of Bienmesabe – a sweet, soft puree made with ground almonds, egg yolk, sugar, lemon zest and cinnamon – and enjoy. It is usually served with cream or ice cream.
3. The 10 best restaurants in Tenerife
3.1 Restaurante La Casona del Vino
Do you want to eat like a real Canarian? Then you cannot miss out on Restaurante La Casona del Vino when visiting Tenerife. This remote restaurant is a well-kept secret amongst the locals of Tenerife. Tourists who discover this hidden gem are guaranteed to come back here!
At first glance, the menu doesn’t seem special, with typical Canarian/Spanish dishes. However, it is the special blend of spices passed down from generation to generation that makes the dishes unique.
3.2 Taberna Marinera Agua y Sal
The showpiece of Taberna Marinera Agua y Sal is fish, which is freshly caught every day. You can choose the fish you want to eat yourself from the large displays and from the fish tanks where live crabs and lobsters are kept. The restaurant has a large terrace. The fish tanks, the maritime decorations and the fresh sea breeze really let you enjoy the whole experience of dining in this small fishing village.
The restaurant is very family friendly with a special area for children. While the children play to their heart’s content, parents can relax and enjoy delicious seafood and local wine.
3.3 Restaurante San Diego
Don’t be fooled by the size of this restaurant. It may look small, but Restaurante San Diego has a large menu with something from everyone.
3.4 Restaurante Pedro/Casa Pedro
Local wines, typical Canarian dishes, cosy setting and friendly staff. What more do you need? We recommend sitting on one of the tables in the front. They have a stunning ocean view.
3.5 La Tasquita de Mami
La tasquita de Mami is a family run restaurant that serves authentic Canarian food with a modern twist. If you have a sweet tooth, you surely won’t be able to resist the desserts. We can recommend chocolate coulant, tarta de mami and the milhoja.
3.6 El Camino
This cosy restaurant in Puerto de la Cruz is located on stairs leading down to the beach. The shared tapas are a perfect option if you are with friends or family. You get different small dishes, together with bread and the sauce of the day. The portions are quite generous, so you can easily share the tapas for three people with four. Finish your meal with a traditional barraquito, and your experience in this restaurant will definitely be one to remember.
3.7 Bodegón Mojo Picón
If you are looking for typical Canarian food, freshly caught fish, papas arrugadas with a delicious mojo and a sweet wine, look no further. Bodegón Mojo Picón is the place to be for you. We can definitely recommend the stewed and fried octopus, paired with the Mojo Picón. High quality but low prices!
3.8 Restaurante La Pimienta
This restaurant is a bit harder to find, but definitely worth the effort. Here, you can choose the fish and the preparation method yourself. A must try is the Frangolo, a typical Canarian dessert with ground millet flour as the main ingredient. It does not have a lot of sugar, so it is not very sweet, and it is usually served with a little honey or palm syrup.
3.9 La casa del Pescado
Do you like fish? Then you should definitely stop here! This restaurant serves freshly caught fish every day. Make sure to leave some room for the dessert, seeing that they serve an irresistible milhoja here.
3.10 Tasca la Carambola
This family run restaurant in El Sauzal is definitely worth a visit if you are in the neighbourhood. Be careful to not order too much because the portions are very big.
4. Dine like a local in a Guachinche
What is a Guachinche?
If you really want an authentic Canarian dinner experience, you have to go to a guachinche. Guachinches, pronounced as “wa-chin-chey” are local restaurants, often located in garages or lounges of a house (and sometimes even a garden shed). The tables don’t match, the chairs are rickety and if there is a tablecloth, it will be a paper one. There are no fancy interiors, you won’t find wonderful views from your window table – there may not even be windows in the room. But don’t be put off: guachinches are lively places where you can enjoy some good local food for incredibly cheap prices, and they are nearly always full of people. In fact, you may well be the only non-locals there. But as far as experiences on Tenerife go, they really don’t get more authentic than this.
Typical dishes you can find include:
Carne fiesta (marinated chunks of pork),
Carne de cabra (goat),
Costillas con papas (pork ribs with boiled potatoes),
Conejo salmorejo (rabbit in a white wine sauce),
Papas con mojo (salted potatoes with the traditional Canarian red and green sauces) and
Puchero (a selection of boiled vegetables and chickpeas, usually prepared using meat stock).
Two pieces of advice for you: vegetarians will have very few options and portions are huge.
Where can you find them?
As the main purpose of guachinche is to sell wine, most of them can be found in or around the island’s most important wine-producing regions, which are almost all concentrated in the northern areas and include Tacoronte, La Orotava, El Sauzal, and Los Realejos. There are also a few in the Güímar region towards the south of the island.
Legally, guachinches are only allowed to open for a few months a year. Their main purpose is to sell wine, so once the harvest has gone, and there is no wine left, in theory, they should close. This is “in theory” of course, because there is generally quite a generous amount of rule-bending that takes place in the canaries, and the guachinches are no different. Generally speaking, they are open from November until the wine runs out and then reopen again in April.
The best Guachinches in Tenerife
Now, the best way to truly experience a true authentic Guachinche is finding it on your own by following the random signs posted up in the trees and other obscure places, or by asking the locals for directions. As they say, the journey is just as important as the finish.
Nonetheless, we’ve made an extensive list of our favorite places for you to try, and for even more Guachinches, take a look at the following 60 listed guachinches.
4.1 Guachinche Lomo Santo
Guachinche Lomo Santa is located near Puerto de La Cruz and gives you an amazing view over the Atlantic. You can enjoy delicious local wines. If you still have some place after your main dish, make sure to try the home-made flan with cream for dessert.
4.2 Guachinche La Huerta de Ana y Eva
They offer a big selection of traditional foods for a very reasonable price. The portions are big so make sure to bring some friends with you.
4.3 Guachinche La Suertita
In the suburbs of La Pin̄era in Los Realejos, this hidden gem is very small so a reservation is a must, but that’s the charm in it, bringing the authentic atmosphere of a guachinche to life.
4.4 Guachinche Casa Lito
Casa Lito is a cosy guachinche with an open air grill. The friendly staff will immediately make you feel at home. We can recommend “Ropa Vieja” and grilled cheese with tomato and honey sauce.
4.5 Guachinche Casa Bibi y Mana
If you’re exploring the north-east of the island this guachinche in Taganana village is a must. The service is quick and attentive. The waiters will gladly recommend you popular dishes, but we advise you to try the queso asado and the pulpo.
4.6 Guachinche El Cubano
In the east of La Orotava this guachinche offers an amazing view of the entire Orotava valley and the sea.
4.7 Guachinche La Finca – La Vitoria
Charming decoration, a mixed grill to die for and one of the best lemon mousses around. What more could you ask for?
4.8 Bodegón Guachinche El Primero
The friendly staff at Bodegón Guachinche El Primero immediately makes you feel like a part of the family. The portions are large but the price is small. Make sure to try out the local wines!
4.9 Guachinche el Miradero
The way to this restaurant is not easy, but you will be rewarded for your effort. Located on the grounds of the family vineyard, Guachinche El Miradero will surely give you a unique Canarian eating experience. If the weather is nice, you can sit on the terrace outside, while your kids play on the playground.
4.10 Guachinche Casa Pepe
This guachinche is a well kept secret amongst the locals. If you are a meat lover, you are at the right address here. You should definitely give the Galacian steak a try.
5. Fancy something more luxurious?
Although not famous for it, Tenerife has no less than 5 Michelin star restaurants. For those who’d like a more luxurious experience, we can recommend El Rincón de Juan Carlos. Run by the Padrón brothers, this outstanding restaurant lies in the popular tourist spot of Los Gigantes on the cliff-fringed south coast of Tenerife. The Michelin-starred restaurant offers a choice of à la carte or tasting menus, with an emphasis on seafood and seasonal island-sourced market produce. The food remains traditional Canarian with the only Western and Eastern influence being in the form of its presentation. For the full experience, we recommend you order the complete tasting menu with 12 wine pairings from around the Canary Islands.
We hope that with this complete overview of local dishes and authentic restaurants you will be able to enjoy your stay in Tenerife even more!
Don’t forget to check out our other blog posts for more tips about Tenerife.
2020-12-31T08:25:10+00:00
▷The 8 best restaurants in Costa Adeje – Overfly Tenerife
Here, you will find succulent and glamorous starters such as Terrine of Foie Gras with Stewed Figs from El Hierro or Fresh Gnocchi of Black Potato and Ricotta with Summer Mushrooms. All of them are based on seasonal flavours merging Mediterranean culinary specialities with a local spin.
Let’s move on the main courses! They are as magnificent as the starters, and they are also delightfully presented and fascinating in taste. On the one hand, if you like seafood, we strongly recommend you to try the Lobster with Coral Sauce and Yuzu Mayonnaise. On the other hand, if you are a meat lover, we recommend you trying the Roast Shoulder of Lamb with Creamy Garlic, a Tabule of Vegetables and Pepper Sauce.
But if you love to see how food is prepared, you can also do it here! There are two main courses which can be prepared at your table! If you are curious about this, try the Steak Tartar and Pepper Sirloin — they are famous in the whole island!
Now, it is time to enjoy the desserts! It is not easy to find a creative choice of sweet treats to end the perfect menu. It must be a dessert that provides the most exquisite pleasure, but… how can you choose among all those delights? Well, you can leave the decision making to the chef by choosing the wonderfully delicious Tasting Menu. It will make you experiment a lush culinary journey through the very best repertoire of El Patio restaurant.
As we have said before, this is one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje, so it is definitely a great option for those people who appreciate the most excellent things in life and who enjoy dining out in intimate but elegant surroundings with an exquisite staff.
Furthermore, if you are a wine lover, you should know that the range of top international labels will definitely amaze you. There are more than 100 wines on offer from its cellar. Are you still wondering if it is one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje?
BB Restaurant
The BB Restaurant is one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje. It is located in the famous Baobab Suites in the upscale area Playa del Duque (Costa Adeje), and it welcomes all their public with their arms wide open! The staff of the BB Restaurant is amazing, and they have a great philosophy — ‘Your Holiday, Your Way, Our World. ’ It is undoubtedly one of the best restaurants in Playa del Duque.
There are a lot of things that make this restaurant special. First of all, the astonishing views. You may think that we are exaggerating about how stunning the views are, but you will believe us for sure when you witness them on by yourself.
Apart from the views, once you come into the BB restaurant, you will smell the captivating aromas emerging from the kitchen, but that is just what you will feel just before you experience the most delightful sensation of all — the delicious taste of the food.
As we have mentioned before, their staff will make you feel as you were part of the royal family, and their products are so impressive that they will make you have the same feeling. Their incomparable menu includes the most popular international dishes from typical British recipes, to Japanese sushi, to the most delicious local Canarian delicacies. Come and enjoy them all at one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje!
La Farola del Mar
La Farola Del Mar is one of the endless restaurants and cafes along Playa de Fañabe, in Tenerife south. This cosy restaurant is another of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje. It was first open in 1999, and it is on the second row up from the beach — so that it provides a stunning view from a higher vantage point.
They serve lunch and dinner, as well as coffee and cakes if that takes your fancy. Plus, they serve another delicious spirit drinks and cocktails! They offer their clients the best national and international cuisine, taking care of every detail. They use local ingredients to make their meals and their unique desserts… al of them irresistible!
Furthermore, during most of the mealtimes — mainly lunch and dinner — there is excellent live music provided by pianist playing a keyboard piano. Their only aim is to satisfy all their clients during their holidays and to meet all their expectations.
La Cupula Restaurant
There are plenty of good restaurants which claim to celebrate a culinary fest with their servings. All the food they serve is claimed to be a delight for their clients’ palate in sumptuous surroundings. If we talk about La Cupula Restaurant, the term ‘culinary fest’ doesn’t come close to doing it justice. It is undoubtedly one of the best restaurants in the whole Costa Adeje.
We invite you to enter through its impressive facade and make your way to this luxurious and extensive restaurant. Once you are seated there, you will notice a marvellous ambiance full of peace and tranquillity. La Cupula — which means “the Dome” in English — is a restaurant which believes in providing a breathing space for their clients in order to allow them to enjoy and be relaxed.
The subtle lighting of La Cupula Restaurant is embellished by its impressive arched windows coloured with stained glass. They create an amazing kaleidoscope of beautiful colours which is constantly changing as the sun moves across the sky. Astonishing!
Moreover, if you are looking for a place to dining in Tenerife where you can have dinner al fresco on a stunning terrace, La Cupula is exactly what you are looking for! Its terrace combines perfectly that country house feeling with the tropical touch of palm trees and lovely flowers. Another reason why it is the one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje!
Now it is time to talk about food! At a basic level, the bill of fare could be described as a fusion of Canarian and French cuisine. Nevertheless, the dishes created from this singular combination are far from what we consider “basic”! If you want to live a complete culinaryexperience here, you can choose the Chef’s Menu. It consists of 6 different courses — two starters, a fish course, a meat course and two delicious desserts.
But no meal would be complete without a good wine. We strongly recommend you make your dining choice and then ask the head waiter to choose which bottle would be the best to complement your meal.
La Cupula is probably thebest restaurant in Costa Adeje if you are looking for a romantic meal with your couple, a meeting with your close friends, or even a ‘party’ celebration with your family. If you want the best quality, La Cupula is your place.
Definitely, this restaurant located in the five stars Hotel Jardines Navaria , situated in the incomparable area of Playa de Fañabe, is undoubtedly one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje.
La Laja Restaurant
If you want to have dinner in a peaceful haven while you overlook a roof top swimming pool in a 5 stars hotel, La Laja Restaurant gives you the chance to live all of that! It is located very close to Playa del Duque too, and it is definitely one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje.
La Laja’s menu is a modern fusion ofMediterranean styles. It combines the traditional cuisine with the new one in an absolutely sublime ambiance. The large panelled windows of this restaurant will allow you to enjoy the views of the changing colours of the sky as the sun gives way to the stars.
Drawing on Spanish, French and Italian influences, you will find fascinating options on the menu such as the cod ravioli or the pork sirloin flambé. They are amazingly great! Don’t you want to try one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje?
Ten O’clock
Ten O’Clock is a restaurant located at the lower end of Costa Adeje, towards Playa de Las Americas. It is one of those little places with a cosy ambiance and tables with a stunning view of the sea. The staff here is amazing and extremely fast, because they seem to be everywhere at once!
The food here is incredibly tasty, plentiful and, what’s more, cheap! If you add that the views are wonderful, we could say that it is undoubtedly one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje! All their dishes are wonderful, but we strongly recommend trying their special sandwich —although their hamburgers are also quite good! In terms of drinks, the mojito is awesome, so you better try it! Well, cocktails here in general are worth to try!
Mario’s Restaurant
This cosy place is one of the top restaurants located very close to Playa de las Americas, and it serves a wonderful and varied menu. All of this in a rustic and intimate setting right next to the San Eugenio shopping centre.
At Mario’s Restaurant, one of the best restaurants in Costa Adeje, you will find a catering for every taste and budget. Its enormous international menu includes a wide variety of food such as Italian pasta, oriental dishes, delicious Spanish and grilled meats, or the classic paella as the house speciality.
We have to add the unique friendly service and a location easy-to-find and easy-to-reach. Here you can enjoy a marvellous day with your friends, family or couple. Mario’s Restaurant is a family-friendly place that you will want to visit over and over.
This restaurant is very popular among both tourists and locals. So we strongly recommend you to give Mario’s Restaurant a try. It is located right opposite the Bouganville Hotel and on the same street as The Star Bar — one of the best bars in Costa Adeje to enjoy nightlife.
ADEJE KITCHEN | The best restaurants and cafes in Adeje, where to go to eat
Hotel search in Adeje
Visitors to Adaje’s restaurants will be delighted with exquisite fish dishes, an abundance of rare delicacies and rich wine lists. It is worth noting that fish in local restaurants is prepared in a rather original way – it is boiled or steamed. It is believed that in this way the fish fillet retains more nutrients and does not lose its taste characteristics. Fish dishes are usually served with spicy mojo sauce, which can be prepared in several different ways.
There are many amazing hotels in Adeje that will amaze you with their original design. The luxurious Hotel Baobab Suites is located in a harmonious modern style and is within walking distance of … Open
The most popular varieties of fish are vieja, bocinegro, sama and salema. Fans of traditional dishes can order tuna or mackerel. Came de fiesta is considered the most popular meat dish. Before cooking, pork is marinated and then small slices are fried in a pan or grill. Rabbit is used to prepare an excellent salmorejo dish, which can be ordered only in the most luxurious restaurants. It is also worth noting the excellent taste of local potatoes, which serve as the main side dish for many meat dishes. Cheese remains the most popular snack. In every cafe and restaurant, guests will certainly be offered to order cheese platter. Malvasia is considered the most popular type of wine; it will be an excellent addition to both fish and meat dishes.
A well-known restaurant of national cuisine is Sebastian, which, in addition to an impeccable menu, offers visitors a varied cultural program. The restaurant is perfect for both family vacations and business events. If necessary, the staff will help organize a banquet. The Mediterranean restaurant Coeur de Filet welcomes visitors until late in the evening. Those with a sweet tooth will be pleased with the abundance of delicacies, many of which are cooked here according to special, author’s recipes. There is an institution in the city for those who prefer Indian cuisine, the most famous restaurant of this culinary trend is Torviscas Tandoori Real Indian. Fans of Italian pasta and pizza should visit the Rosso Sul Mare restaurant, next to which there is an excellent bar of the same name. A variety of sushi, sashimi and other Asian dishes are served at Azulon Cheap & Chic Restaurant. Themed evenings are often held here, so visitors can find popular dishes of international cuisine on the menu. Copyright www.orangesmile.com
Luxury resort hotels in Adeje will satisfy the most demanding guests. Dream Hotel Gran Tacande & Spa is located on the coast and is a true epitome of modern luxury and … Open
The traditional cuisine of Costa Adeje is in many ways reminiscent of the classic Mediterranean, but it still has some distinctive features. The most popular type of meat, from which a significant part of national dishes are prepared, is goat meat, and dishes from young lamb meat are also widespread here. Beef dishes are more familiar to many European tourists. In national restaurants, visitors are sure to be offered a decent selection of fish dishes. Local chefs cook sardines and sea bream perfectly.
The method of preparing meat and fish dishes is very simple, most often pieces of meat and fish are simply fried to the desired level of readiness and served with traditional mojo sauce. The latter is considered an important component of many national dishes; this sauce is prepared from the best olive oil, fresh herbs and spices.
In Adeje, you can find a hotel for a romantic getaway for every taste. The h20 Costa Adeje Palace hotel is an ideal place for a honeymoon. Its exquisite rooms are decorated in cream tones and … Open
Potato and legume dishes are widespread in local restaurants. They can be served both as independent dishes and as an addition to various meat and vegetable dishes. A very popular variant of the potato dish is “tortilla de patata” – a fluffy omelet with potatoes. Those who want to try something unusual during their holidays should try the popular rabbit meat dish called “conejo al salmorejo”. It is a stew with potatoes, served in combination with a special sauce, only at first glance this dish may seem quite simple. Before cooking, rabbit meat is marinated in a special sauce to make it as tender and juicy as possible. At the beginning of cooking, pieces of meat are always fried until crispy, which allows you to keep all the juices inside.
A popular first course option in local restaurants is potaje, a hearty soup made from pork ribs and corn. The recipe for this national dish dates back several hundred years; it was first prepared by local aborigines. One of the most popular seafood dishes among guests of Costa Adeje is “gambas al ajillo” – shrimp with garlic, which is usually served hot. From a special type of large shrimp, the dish “langostinos” is prepared, in this case, in the process of cooking, the shrimp are fried. For those who want to try different types of seafood, the restaurant should order “parillada mixta” – assorted varieties of fish and crustaceans.
This guide to cuisine and restauraunt in Adeje is protected by the copyright law. Full reprinting is permitted only if the source is indicated with a direct link to www.orangesmile.com.
Adeje – guide chapters
one
2 3
four
5
6
7
eight
9
ten
eleven
12
13
Unique attractions in and around Adeje
Tenerife Auditorium
From the series “Famous buildings of the Expressionist era”
Check on the map: Distance from the center of Adeje – 59 km.
It is very interesting to admire the building after sunset, when the building is decorated with skillful illumination. On ordinary days it is white, and on holidays the building plays with all the colors of the rainbow. The idea to build a modern cultural center in the city of Santa Cruz appeared in the 70s of the last century. For several years, the city authorities carefully chose a place for a large-scale facility, and in 19In 1978, a competition for the best architectural project was announced. It lasted more than ten years, only in 1990 the innovative project of Santiago Calatrava was approved. …
Read more
Garajonay National Park
From the series “Top 15 UNESCO sites in Europe”
Check on the map: Distance from Adeje center – 52.1 km.
Evergreen laurel trees grow in them, the height of which can reach 40 meters. According to the researchers, earlier such forests covered a significant part of modern Europe, and today they are preserved only in the Canary and Azores, as well as on the island of Madeira. In addition, many endemic plants grow on the territory of the Garajonay National Park, and the main inhabitants of the humid forests are birds and bats. …
Read more
Travel notes on best cuisine and restaurants of Adeje (Spain) on OrangeSmile.com. Famous recipes and traditional dishes in the restaurants of Adeje, as well as gourmet tips – cafes and restaurants for connoisseurs. Recommendations (with addresses, phone numbers and links) on places where you can eat deliciously in Adeje, as well as just have a good time in the company.
Tasty photo sketches. Tenerife restaurants. – Gran Canaria Blog – LiveJournal
After a gastronomic investigation, several restaurants worth visiting were identified. I consider it a crime against human taste buds to keep this information secret, but in no way do I pretend to be the truth. It is a pity that the photos cannot convey the smells and tastes!
German Restaurant Casa Juan is surrounded by its own garden and you will always have the choice of having a table inside or outside. The owner of the restaurant and he is also the chef – Klaus – lovingly recreates the homely atmosphere, and tries to pay attention to each guest. The menu is very diverse, supplemented seasonally, and includes, among other things, smoked dishes from its own smokehouse.
1.
2.
3.
We order a decanter of homemade wine. On our part, this is a sign of trust in the address of the institution. Already by the quality of this wine, one can draw a conclusion about the level of the restaurant. Along with wine, they bring bread, olives and lard – a product made from lard with spices. Now you can read the menu without the risk of choking on saliva, and look at the tray with fresh fish brought in without greed, choosing the right size for hot.
4.
For the starter many times in a row we don’t have to ask what to order – only a branded assortment of smoked fish!
5.
This dish is served with three sauces – sour cream, mustard and blueberry.
6.
Today we chose black and black fish. Knowing that they would be served only with potatoes, they also ordered a small portion of vegetable salad.
7.
We have already concluded for ourselves that fish is not meat, in a couple of hours there will already be a slight understatement, so we boldly choose larger fish, besides, it will become much smaller from frying anyway.
8.
In addition to potatoes, fish was again served with sauces, but different ones – aioli sauce (similar to mayonnaise made from garlic and olive oil), with dill, and with horseradish.
9.
It’s already hard to breathe, but the thought that this is the best strudel I’ve ever tasted haunts me. Here it is, a hot German dessert classic with cinnamon, ice cream and vanilla sauce…mmm! Curtain!
10.
Next time we will definitely order a completely German lunch – sausages with sauerkraut, for example)
11.
If you want “haute” cuisine, then by all means visit restaurant Terrazas del Sauzal . The restaurant itself opens only at 20:00, but the cafe is open all day with amazing views of the ocean and Teide.
12.
13.
Opening hours of the restaurant, in our opinion, its only drawback, and the view from the terrace at sunset compensates for it.
14.
The restaurant was opened on the territory of a private estate, and this gives an additional charm to the place.
15.
From the first minute, the unobtrusiveness of the service is amazing and our waiter, like David Copperfield, appears out of nowhere, as soon as we think about him.
16.
17.
18.
Vino de la casa (house wine, which we usually order in jugs) in such places is bottled wine, but specially selected, and offered as the wine of the establishment.
Although the menu is small, it is difficult to choose. We order an octopus with sweet chili and caramelized onions for a starter, and a salad with goat cheese, pine nuts and Iberian jamon.
19.
The portions are not large, but they are presented in an unusually beautiful way. From the first bite, I was lost to society, and as a result, I forgot to capture the salad, I was so carried away by my octopus.
For a main course we order beef tenderloin caramelized with sweet wine.
20.
And duck breast with guava sauce, potatoes and vegetables.
21.
Chocolate dessert…curtain!
22.
If you want to try fish in salt, I recommend restaurant Los Angeles . It is not only delicious, but also spectacular.
23.
For a starter, we order a Spanish traditional appetizer – pedron peppers, and be patient, because it will take a lot of time to bake fish in a salt shell.
24.
And here is the cart with our black fish.
25.
The waitress starts breaking the salt shell with small saucers. Her every movement is mesmerizing, her hands seem to be dancing.
26.
27.
The shell smashing show is over, the fish is transferred to a glass tray and served with potatoes and special Los Angeles sauce.
28.
Until now, we can not determine what this sauce is from, and the owners of the restaurant keep its recipe a secret. It’s delicious, you want to eat it with a spoon!
29.
The design on which food is served on the table is tricky – two glass trays, and candles under them so that the food does not get cold.
30.
Today’s fish was more for three than for two, so I have to give up dessert, although the fried cheese with jam is very good here! The waitress is not satisfied with the refusal of sweets, and she brings a glass of honey rum with raisins for free from the institution.
31.
Being in Tenerife and not visiting the restaurant El Monasterio is a big omission! In a former monastery of the 18th century, on an area of more than 100,000 sq. meters there are not only several restaurants, but also its own bakery, brewery, winery, banana plantation, vineyard, garden and zoo. Unfortunately, tourists are brought here by buses, and these days one cannot expect quality food.
32.
33.
34.
We will have lunch at the first restaurant from the entrance – San Pedro. Its advantages over the rest are intimacy, so tourists cannot be accommodated here even from one bus, and the presence of fresh fish, which makes it possible not to choose from the menu, but to ask them to cook a specific fish and express their wishes.
35.
36.
37.
From all the restaurants you have a wonderful view, and under your feet, chickens are walking without any hesitation.
38.
39.
For the starter we ordered:
Soup in bread.
40.
Smoked fish set (salmon, eel, trout).
41.
As the main course, they always ordered fish (vieja, obadejo, sama, black, sea bream, lyubina) or assorted fish, when not together.
42.
43.
44.
45.
The main restaurant has a capacity of approximately 200-300 people. Here in one day you can meet 5-6 buses with our tourists. But on other days it is free, you can enjoy the view and surroundings.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
Sometimes you can also enjoy food. For example, the menu of the day included a baked leg of lamb, and it turned out to be not bad at all.
52.
But even if the food was not successful, there is always the freshest bread from their own bakery and a jar of lard.
53.
There is another interesting place – El Mirador cafe with a beautiful view.
54.
55.
This place doesn’t have great food, but is popular for its champagne breakfasts.
56.
If you have some energy left after your meal, take a walk around the territory.
57.
The restaurants listed above are located in the north of Tenerife, but in our piggy bank there is also one in the east, in the Puerto de Santiago area – Juan Lanas.
The place itself is very touristy. The Playa la Arena beach and its surroundings have been chosen by tourists who come not only for a short vacation, but also live here for a long time, in numerous complexes. And the more unexpected and more pleasant was this find.
The restaurant has never been empty, you need to book a table for dinner. The portions are small, artistically decorated and very tasty! Pleased with appetizers, and fish, and meat.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
In the meantime, we order dessert and finish not only our lunch, but also this photo story.
63.
Only guachinches were left behind – typical Canarian taverns, but more on that next time)
The best restaurants in Spain according to Michelin
Over the past six years, the celebration of the next edition of the so-called red bible of gastronomy (the Michelin guide) has become a real event that chefs and restaurant owners are looking forward to with excitement.
After all, Michelin stars are not awarded once and for all. Every year you have to prove anew to the dispassionate experts of the French guide that your business deserves a mention in the most prestigious restaurant guide in the world.
234 restaurants in Spain received stars in 2021
A total of 234 establishments in Spain have received the title of prestigious guide in 2021.
11 of them retained the three stars assigned to them in 2020. In 2020, the stars were handed out online. The year 2020 is not intended for personal meetings and magnificent holidays.
The Michelin Guide for Spain for 2021 has been unveiled and Madrid is once again proud. The city boasts a total of 20 Michelin-starred restaurants:
DiverXO – three stars;
Santceloni is currently closed for renovation,
Paco Roncero, Ramón Freixa Madrid, and DSTAgE and Coque are two stars;
El Club Allard temporarily closed due to the pandemic,
Kabuki, Kabuki Wellington, Lúa, A’Barra , Gaytán, Cebo – temporarily closed due to the pandemic,
Yugo The Bunker, La Tasquería, Clos Madrid, El Corral de la Morería Gastronómico – temporarily closed due to the pandemic,
El Invernadero, Gofio and Saddle – whose kitchen is directed by Chef Adolfo Santos and has been awarded the first star in this edition – with one star in 2021.
There are also two one-star restaurants on the outskirts of the city: Chirón and Montia.
New insignia – green Michelin star
This year, in addition to retaining its Michelin star, El Invernadero also received the Green Star. This new insignia highlights the efforts of those who are at the forefront of their field with sustainable gastronomic practices.
In addition, 14 establishments have been awarded the Bib Gourmand award, which is given to restaurants that are considered friendly establishments. They serve good food at reasonable prices.
“Michelin Plate”
In addition, a total of 65 establishments received the Michelin Plate, which is awarded to restaurants that “simply serve good food”.
We are sad to announce that 99 KŌ SUSHI BAR and Punto MX, both of which had a Michelin star, were forced to close this year due to the pandemic.
An area of exceptional tourism and gastronomic richness
In one of the next award years, the honorary right to organize the celebration went to the province of Girona on the Costa Brava, Spain. Girona competed with seven other cities that were very worthy contenders.
But preference was given to her, because this region, like the entire Costa Brava, has exceptional tourist significance and gastronomic richness. Namely, these characteristics are the foundations on which the philosophy of the red guide is based.
“The province of Girona represents the very essence of Mediterranean culture, attracting millions of tourists year after year from all over the world with the beauty of its beaches and medieval towns, impressive nature, art and history,” admitted the leaders of the Michelin edition (Michelin España & Portugal).
The best restaurant in the world
The Roca brothers, who do not need to be introduced, were chosen as the hosts, the honorary hosts of the gala dinner. The venue for the award was the new premises of their restaurant (El Celler de Can Roca), a Michelin-starred three-star restaurant named the best restaurant in the world by the British edition of (Restaurant Magazine).
Michelin Agora under a wooden dome
The building (Ágora), designed by the architect Oriol Roseio, is a spacious hall under a wooden dome over 20 meters in diameter. Respect for the surrounding landscape, sustainability and the use of traditional building systems were the main principles behind the creation of this unique living roof project.
The structure of the building is organically inscribed in the large garden surrounding it, and over the next few years the dome will gradually be covered with climbing plants and will literally be woven into the green fabric of the landscape.
The Agora Hall, designed by the Roca brothers, is intended for various events related to culture, gastronomy and environmental awareness. Yesterday he received 400 invited guests, among whom were government officials, professionals in the restaurant business and journalists from Spain and Portugal.
Discoveries of the year
For the first time in the history of the Michelin edition (España & Portugal), a female inspector has appeared in the expert team (previously all twelve places were occupied by men). Recall that in order to become a Michelin culinary inspector, you need to have a special education and work experience in the field of tourism and restaurant and hotel business for at least five years.
Each new member of the team during the first months makes all trips under the guidance of a “senior” inspector, learning the basic principles of assessment. The inspectors travel all over Spain about 250 days a year and produce over a thousand restaurant visit reports. All visits are anonymous and are made without any warning.
Every restaurant is subject to inspection at least five times per year
Michelin claims that each restaurant must be inspected at least five times a year before being listed on the red guide, and the decision to award or remove a star must be unanimous.
In addition, this year’s innovation was the approach to the selection of invited guests. Previously, the list included only those chefs whose restaurants had already been awarded two or three stars.
Now, perhaps inspired by the Michelin edition in the UK and Ireland, the organizers have sent invitations to the gala dinner to one-star restaurant chefs and even those whose establishments have never been mentioned in the famous guidebook, so that they can also take part in the most anticipated gastronomic celebration of the year .
Michelin restaurants in Spain
Recall that the guide has a 3-star rating system for restaurants, which stands for:
One star – very good cuisine in its category.
Two stars – excellent cuisine, for the sake of this restaurant it makes sense to make a small digression from the route.
Three stars – the chef’s exceptional skill, this restaurant is worth making a separate trip to.
For convenience, all restaurants are grouped by region.
Andalusia
Noor Restaurant, Córdoba, 1 star (new listed)
Dani García, Marbella, 2 stars
Aponiente, El Puerto de Santa María, 2 stars
Kabuki Raw, Casares, 1 star
Choco, Córdoba, Córdoba, 1 star
La Costa, El Ejido, 1 star
Sollo, Fuengirola, 1 star
Acanthum, Huelva, 1 star
José Carlos García, Málaga, 1 star
El Lago, Marbella, 1 star0325 Casa Marcial, Arriondas, 2 stars
El Corral del Indianu, Arriondas, 1 star
Auga, Gijón, 1 star
La Salgar, Gijón, 1 star
El Retiro, Llanes/Pancar, 1 star
Casa Gerardo, Prendes, 1 star
Arbidel, Ribadesella, 1 star
Real Balneario, Salinas, 1 star
Balearic Islands
Adrián Quetglas Restaurante, Palma de Mallorca, 1 star (new listed)
Argos, Port de Pollença, 1 star (new listed)
Zaranda, Es Capdellà, 2 stars
Andreu Genestra, Capdepera, 1 star
Es Molí d’En Bou, Sa Coma, 1 star
Es Racó d’Es Teix, Deia, 1 star
Simply Fosh, Palma, 1 star
Es Fum, Palmanova, 1 star
Jardín, Port d’Alcudia, 1 star
Canary Islands
M. B., Guía de Isora, 2 stars
Kabuki, Guía de Isora, 1 star
El Rincón de Juan Carlos, Los Gigantes, 1 star
Kazan, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, 1 star
Cantabria
Annua, San Vicente de la Barquera, 2 stars (new listed)
Cenador de Amós, Villaverde de Pontones, 2 stars (new listed)
El Nuevo Molino, Puente Arce, 1 star
Solana, Ampuero /La Bien Aparecida, 1 star
El Serbal, Santander, 1 star
Castilla-La Mancha
Maralba, Almansa, 1 star
El Bohío, Illescas, 1 star
El Carmen de Montesión, Toledo, 1 star
Tierra, Torrico/Valdepalacios, 1 star
Castilla y León
Baluarte, Soria, 1 star (new listed)
Cobo Vintage, Burgos, 1 star (new listed)
El Ermitaño, Benavente, 1 star
Cocinandos, León, 1 star
Lauel Botica , 1 star
La Lobita, Navaleno, 1 star
Víctor Gutiérrez, Salamanca, 1 star
Refectorio, Sardón de Duero, 1 star
Villena, Segovia, 1 star
Cataluña
Lasarte, Barcelona, 3 stars (new listed)
Ca l’Arpa, Banyoles, 1 star (new listed)
Céleri, Barcelona, 1 star (new listed)
La Boscana, Lleida, 1 star (new on list)
L’Antic Molí, Ulldecona, 1 star (new on list)
Xerta Restaurant, Barcelona, 1 star (new on list)
El Celler de Can Roca, Girona, 3 stars
Sant Pau, Sant Pol de Mar, 3 stars
ABaC, Barcelona, 2 stars
Enoteca, Barcelona, 2 stars
Moments, Barcelona, 2 stars
Miramar, Llançà, 2 stars
Les Cols, Olot, 2 stars
Les Magnòlies, Arbúcies, 1 star
Alkimia, Barcelona, 1 star
Angle, Barcelona, 1 star
Caelis, Barcelona, 226 star 903 Cinc Sentits, Barcelona, 1 star
Disfrutar, Barcelona, 1 star
Dos Cielos, Barcelona, 1 star
Dos Palillos, Barcelona, 1 star
Gaig, Barcelona, 1 star
Hisop, 1 star
Hofmann, Barcelona, 1 star
Hoja Santa, Barcelona, 1 star
Koy Shunka, Barcelona, 1 star
Nectari, Barcelona, 1 star
Pakta, Barcelona, 1 star star
Via Veneto, Barcelona, 1 star
Lluerna, Santa Coloma de Gramenet, 1 star
Can Jubany, Calldetenes, 1 star
Can Bosch, Cambrils, 1 star
Rincón de Diego, 903 225 star Emporium, Castelló d’Empúries, 1 star
Estany Clar, Cercs, 1 star
Bo. Tic, Corçà, 1 star
Malena, Gimenells, 1 star
Massana, Girona, 1 star
Lac Gombrèn, 1 star
Casamar, Llafranc, 1 star
Els Tinars, Llagostera, 1 star
Tresmacarrons, El Masnou, 1 star
Sala, Olost, 1 star
Els Brancs, Playa de Canyelles Petites, 1 star
Sagàs, 1 star
L’Ó, Sant Fruitós de Bages, 1 star
Fogony, Sort, 1 star
Capritx, Terrassa, 1 star
La Cuina de Can Simon, Tossa de Mar, 1 star
Les Moles, Ulldecona, 1 star
Ca l’Enric, La Vall de Bianya, 1 star
Villa Retiro, Xerta, 1 star
Extremadura
Atrio, Cáceres, 2 stars
Galicia
Yayo Daporta, Cambados, 1 star
A Estación, Cambre, 1 star
Alborada, A Coruña, 1 star
Árbore da Veira, A Coruña, 1 star),
1 star
As Garzas, Porto Barizo (Malpica de Bergantiños), 1 star
Nova, Ourense, 1 star (new listed)
Solla, San Salvador de Poio (Pontevedra), 1 star
Pepe Vieira Camiño da Serpe, Raxo, 1 star
Casa Marcelo, Santiago de Compostela, 1 star
Maruja Limón, Vigo, 1 star
Madrid
DSTAgE, Madrid, 2 stars (new listed)
El Invernadero, Madrid, 1 star (new listed)
Gaytán, Madrid, 1 star (new listed)
A’Barra Restaurante, Madrid, 1 star (new to list)
DiverXO, Madrid, 3 stars
Coque, Humanes de Madrid, 2 stars
El Club Allard, Madrid, 2 stars
Ramón Freixa Madrid, Madrid, 2 stars
Santceloni, Madrid, 2 stars
La Terraza del Casino, Madrid, 2 stars
Álbora, Madrid, 1 star
La Cabra, Madrid, 1 star
Kabuki, Madrid, 1 star
Kabuki Wellington, Madrid, 1 star
Lúa, Madrid, 1 star
Punto MX, Madrid, 1 star
Montia, San Lorenzo del Escorial, 1 star
Chirón, Valdemoro, 1 star
Murcia
Cabaña Buenavista, El Palmar, 1 star
Navarra
Europa, Iruña, 1 star
Rodero, Iruña, 1 star
El Molino de Urdániz, Urdaitz, 1 star
Basque Country (País Vasco)
Akelarre, Donostia-San Sebastián, 3 stars
Mirador de Ulía, Donostia-San Sebastián, 1 star
Marqués de Riscal, Elciego, 1 star
Andra Mari, Errenteria, 1 star
Elkano, Getaria, 1 star
Alameda, 25 903 25 Zuberoa, Oiartzun, 1 star
Zaldiarán, Vitoria-Gasteiz, 1 star
La Rioja
El Portal, Ezcaray, 2 stars
Venta Moncalvillo, Daroca de Rioja, 1 star
Comunidad Valenciana
Restaurante Raúl Resino, Benicarló, 1 star
Sents, Ontinyent, 1 star
L’Escaleta, Cocentaina, 2 stars (new listed)
BonAmb, Xàbia, 2 stars (new listed)
Qui Dacostaque , Dénia, 3 stars
Monastrell, Alacant, 1 star
Casa Manolo, Daimús, 1 star
La Finca, Elx, 1 star
Casa Pepa, Ondara, 1 star
El Poblet, star Valencia0, 26
Ricard Camarena, Valencia, 1 star
Riff, Valencia, 1 star
Cal Paradis, Vall d’Alba, 1 star.
High quality kitchen trend in Spain
Restaurant business in Spain In general, the guide’s experts state that in Spain the trend of developing high-quality cuisine continues to strengthen over the years. Gastronomic tourism is on the rise, and Spanish chefs never cease to amaze Michelin inspectors with the variety of dishes, the sophistication of techniques, impeccably executed presentation, as well as respect and care for local products.
Top House Realty deals with individual selection of commercial investment real estate . We will select for you premises in Spain for the restaurant business. We also assist our clients in obtaining a Golden Visa and an Investor Residence Permit. You can get advice by contacting us at the contacts listed on the site.
prices for food, food and nutrition in 2022
When you travel to Tenerife, you should think about your diet. All categories of tourists can eat tasty, varied and quite economically, the main thing is to know some of the nuances and take them into account when planning a trip.
In supermarkets you will find all the usual food products, mostly local and from southern European countries.
Prices do not differ much depending on the choice of the resort, but if we talk about restaurants and cafes, then in more popular cities, portions may be slightly different from to .
In general, Tenerife has quite affordable prices. So, here you can have a great rest, eating both in cafes and restaurants, and cook yourself from products bought in the store.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Groceries in supermarkets
Tenerife has a large number of grocery chains, so finding a department store will not take much time and effort. Lidl and Dino are popular. Personally, I prefer Mercadona – there is a large selection of groceries and household goods, very high-quality own brand products, home delivery for a small fee, and always convenient parking.
In supermarkets, the choice of meat is quite extensive, but fish is mostly imported, so it is better to go to the market for it. A huge range of local cheeses, mostly hard, with sheep’s and goat’s milk. Many people love them, but I prefer the classic Edam, Gouda and soft Philadelphia.
If we talk about alcohol, then it is much cheaper here than on the mainland, it makes no sense to bring it from duty free. There are a huge number of alcoholic drinks, there are brands familiar to everyone, and there are also local liqueurs, tinctures and wine. Personally, I didn’t really like the wines from Tenerife, I prefer the Spanish mainland. However, there are connoisseurs of Tenerife wines, so be sure to try it, maybe you will like it.
Advice: do not buy alcohol and food in duty free – in Tenerife, prices are often significantly lower than at the airport.
Products in the markets
You can buy quality local products in the markets. The most popular markets are Mercado de Nuestra Señora de África in the capital of Santa Cruz, the fish market in Las Galletas, Mercadillo del Agricultor near the southern airport.
It should be borne in mind that buying products in the market will be somewhat more expensive than in a supermarket, but it is worth overpaying for the quality. In the market and fruiteries, you can buy many local delicious fruits: sweet bananas, juicy mangoes, figs, chestnuts. Fish markets abound with fresh seafood: vieja, squid, octopus, mero, samu, tuna and sea bass.
If you are going to the market for shopping, get ready to get up early. Trading starts at 8 am and usually ends by noon.
The cost of a grocery basket in Tenerife in 2022
Food prices in Tenerife cannot be called low, on average, in order to buy a set of products for several days, I need €30-40, but still it is significantly less, than on the mainland. Here is an example of the average cost of the most common products:
Bread – €1-2€
Milk, 1l — €0.7
Sliced semi-hard cheese, pack 200 g — €2
Sliced ham, package 100-125 g — €2. 5
Eggs, 10 pcs. — €1.5
Chicken, 1 kg – €3.5
Sea fish, 1 kg from €3
Cucumbers 1 kg – €1
Tomatoes 1 kg – €2
Potatoes – €1
Iceberg lettuce – €1
Bananas – €2
Chocolate — €1
Drinking water, 1 l – €0.3;
Beer in cans – €0.50.
Prices roughly correspond to prices in Russia, something cheaper, something more expensive. But the choice is greater, the products are better and fresher. Cheeses, meat products, fruits and vegetables are especially good.
For more information about prices in Tenerife, see my article.
How much does food cost in cafes and restaurants in Tenerife? If you just want to have a snack, then I highly recommend tapas, small traditional Spanish snacks. If you need something more substantial – choose a cafe that you like, preferably with local visitors. In any case, you will be fed deliciously.
Tip: away from the major resorts, many cafes and bars close for siesta during the day. If there is no time to eat, then you can have a snack by taking ready-made food in the supermarket. Usually there are salads, good pastries. You can take meat and cheese cuts, bread and make sandwiches.
You can have breakfast on the island for either €2 or €9. It all depends on what you prefer for breakfast, and what level of establishment. A common option is a complex breakfast. Usually this is scrambled eggs or scrambled eggs, bacon slices, a cup of coffee, toast with butter or jam, and juice. On average, such a breakfast will cost €5-7.
The average check in an inexpensive restaurant for a salad, main course and drinks is about 15 € per person. You can save money by ordering the dish of the day or the menu of the day. The menu of the day is a godsend. It usually consists of appetizers, main course, dessert and drinks, and costs an average of 8-12 euros. This dinner can be enough to eat together.
When paying the bill, I recommend checking the bill carefully, some establishments may overcharge. But this is found in any tourist place, not only in Tenerife.
The waiters don’t really expect tips, but they will be happy if you leave a couple of euros.
In Tenerife, it is considered normal to smoke on the terraces, regardless of the presence of children and other people nearby, so if you encounter this, don’t be surprised, just change to another table.
What to try in Tenerife. Traditional dishes
Tenerife is able to pamper even gourmets with a variety of dishes. Traditional dishes make up a unique cocktail of island cuisine and culinary preferences that came from Portugal, Spain and other European countries.
Traditional dishes are based on simple ingredients: vegetables, fish, meat and spices. They are nutritious, high-calorie and memorable thanks to the original combinations of ingredients, as well as various sauces.
For me, mojo became the leader among sauces, it is more spicy, and there is soft and spicy. It includes hot pepper, herbs and spices. It is remembered by many guests of the island, so moho is one of the best-selling souvenirs. Thousands of tourists take it to their homeland to feel the taste of Tenerife again at home.
So, to your attention m TOP 5 traditional dishes that you should definitely try when you come to the island:
The most popular side dish is shriveled Canarian potatoes. Local sweet potatoes of small size are boiled in sea water until it is completely boiled away and served. Eat directly with the peel, dipping in sauces.
Grilled mojo cheese is another delicacy and a popular snack. Natural goat cheese is grilled, thanks to the special art of cooking it does not melt completely. With red mojo, the dish will be spicy, with green sauce, spicy.
Pata asada – fried pork ham is loved by tourists and locals. It is aged for a long time in a marinade of wine, oil and spices, and then baked until tender, pouring white wine over it.
Seafood lovers will also find something to taste in the bars and restaurants of Tenerife. For example, the unusual roast of salted fish Sancocho Canario. It is served with vegetable garnish and spicy mojo sauce.
Those with a sweet tooth can try frangoyo, a dessert based on Gofio whole grain flour and Frangoyo cornmeal. Molasses, honey, anise, almonds, raisins and whipped cream are added to it. Frangoyo is served in bowls and garnished with nuts.
Regardless of taste preferences, everyone will find food in Tenerife that they will like.
How to save money on food in Tenerife
Food in Tenerife is much tastier and better than in Russia. Their cost is lower than on the mainland, because there is a special tax regime.
Save on food in Tenerife with a few simple tips:
Take the menu of the day. For €10-15 you get a full three-course meal and dessert. Portion size is enough for two people to eat.
Buffets. There are buffets on the island where you can eat without restrictions for only 8-10 €. There are salads, vegetables, meat, fish, pasta, and even desserts. But be prepared for the fact that drinks will have to be purchased for an additional fee.
Own kitchen. Booking an apartment with a kitchen, you can save a lot on food by cooking yourself. The average price of such apartments for a week for two is €250.
Inexpensive seafood can be found in markets far from urban centers. In popular markets, prices can be much higher than in less touristy ones. The store also has local fish, but more imported. Ask for cleaning and cutting – it’s free and very convenient.
Traveling in Tenerife can be a real paradise for gourmets. Restaurants and cafes will surprise even experienced gastronomic tourists. There are even special gastronomic tours in Tenerife.
But even if you prefer to cook at home, the quality and freshness of the products will definitely please you, and homemade food will bring great pleasure.
Resting in Tenerife: a selection of useful materials
Detailed instructions on how to travel to Tenerife on your own. Sharing my experience and routes
Where to stay in Tenerife: a selection of hotels and apartments
The main resorts and cities of Tenerife: detailed description, tips, photos and prices
Travel insurance for Tenerife: is it necessary and worth buying?
We rent a car in Tenerife and travel in comfort: sharing tips on how best to proceed
The most interesting sights of Tenerife: my list, photos and prices
Excursions in Tenerife: where to buy and which ones are better to choose?
Seafood: the best fish restaurants in Moscow and St. Petersburg
For lovers of seafood, we have compiled an ideal selection of restaurants in Moscow and St. Petersburg, a visit to which will be a bright gastronomic adventure.
Sangre Fresca
On June 14, Moscow restaurateur and brand chef Glen Ballis, together with Alexander Sysoev, Yan Cherepanov and the most titled bar team in Eastern Europe — El Copitas Bar — opened a new project Sangre Fresca at Patriarch’s Ponds. The name translates as “fresh blood”, and it’s not just that – the place is designed to breathe new life into the gastronomic culture of the capital and introduce its residents to a cuisine that combines bright Mexican accents and European aesthetics of details.
Created by Marco Antonio Ferreira, the menu has five sections: raw, appetizers, tacos, grills and desserts. They combine dishes familiar to many, but with ethnic accents. For example, tacos on a textbook corn tortilla are served with duck and avocado salsa, quesadillas with truffle ricotta puree and oyster mushrooms, and burritos with crab, pico de gallo and aioli sauce. We also recommend trying sea bass with lychee and cucumber from the raw section, guacamole with tostados, grilled octopus with Mexican crispy rice with corn and salsa, and, of course, desserts: churros with vanilla ice cream and mezcal babu.
Since the El Copitas Bar team took part in the project, the Sangre Fresca bar menu is also full of pleasant surprises – here you can try tequila and mezcal, as well as cult cocktails that have already become legends in the Northern capital.
Magadan
Arkady Novikov and Anton Pinsky’s fish restaurant “Magadan” is an ideal place to taste seafood at prices from Russian suppliers. The menu offers a wide selection of fresh fish, seafood, and since June, Moscow restaurants have a special offer: Pinskiy Special — summer dishes in a light style from the restaurant holding Pinskiy & Co. We recommend trying tuna with concasse from ripe Krasnodar strawberries and teriyaki sauce, carpaccio from tender Sakhalin scallop and salmon with tomato salsa and ponzu sauce.
Okhotka
Okhotka is the freshest seafood from the Sea of Okhotsk, own catch and sustainable development. Since June 20, the restaurant has been hosting the Arktika festival, inspired by the pristine beauty of the tundra and local products of the North — concept chef Andrey Balakhnov presented a concise menu that combines the canons of northern cuisine and a love of experimentation. We recommend trying the Okhotsk scallop with peanuts, truffle and ponzu sauce, tuna tartare with larch gel, salad with king crab and seaweed mix, halibut with smoked fennel and — the most unusual dish from the menu — raf with Okhotsk seaweed.
Another significant event in the life of the restaurant is a series of immersive dinners with elements of the performance “Saga of the Sea” . This is a special site-specific gastronomic performance for up to 25 spectators. The event is traditionally held by the water, and the dinner menu and all the details remain intriguing for guests until X o’clock. However, some details are already known to the public: the dinner menu is based on seasonal vegetables and Okhotsk seafood cooked on fire. At a beautifully decorated table, the chef offers to taste five courses of courses, accompanied by an author’s cocktail pairing, and vivid impressions of food are complemented by closeness to nature, a fascinating story about the origin of the world with references to the northern European epic – Kalevala, as well as folk singing and the sound of ancient musical instruments.
REDBOX
Pan-Asian restaurant chains by Anton Pinsky and Timur Yunusov offer many interesting positions with fish and seafood, and with the advent of the summer special menu, the choice has become even wider. Thus, fans of seafood should pay attention to the summer roll with tuna, roll with crab fibers and mango sauce, wakame seaweed and chuko salad, as well as shrimp in wasabi sauce, tataki tuna with miso and wheat noodles with shrimp from the main menu.
Erwin. RiverSeaOcean
Erwin. RekaMoreOkean is one of the largest (in every sense) fish restaurants in Moscow. Here you can find almost everything – from a variety of shrimp to sets with hedgehogs, crabs and oysters for a company. At the same time, the fish assortment, unique for Moscow, is 90% caught in Russia. We recommend trying Far Eastern scallop carpaccio, fresh cod liver with Yalta onion, king crab fist with mustard sauce, fettuccine with langoustines, and popcorn from crayfish necks.
Klevo — Mediterranean fish classic from Arkady Novikov. A student of William Lamberti and Bruno Marino Zakhar Ivanchenko is responsible for the kitchen. Here you can find a variety of spreads (herring mincemeat, cod liver, smoked cod with red caviar), dishes from your own smokehouse, cool sandwiches that have already become a legend, as well as mussels and shrimp served in pans, as well as fresh fish and seafood from the aquarium .
Portuguese restaurant Flor in St. Petersburg offers classic European cuisine. For the summer season, he presented an updated menu, which is inspired by the atmosphere of the ocean coast of Portugal and the carelessness of a warm and sunny summer.
The menu includes a green cucumber and herb gazpacho with farmhouse stracciatella and shrimp, a trio of ruddy crispy bacalhau stuffed with cod and mashed potatoes and béarnaise sauce, scallop ceviche with fresh strawberries, lychee and tapioca with a classic Peruvian tiger sauce. milk”, cod with poached young vegetables and a delicate creamy sauce based on yoghurt whey.
Photo: press service archive
18 souvenirs from the island of eternal spring
Tenerife is a tropical island, the largest in the archipelago of the Canary Islands. Until recently, many tourists considered a holiday in the Canary Islands to be an unattainable luxury, and most people could not even dream of such a trip. Today Tenerife is a popular resort, ready to reveal its secrets to every guest.
The most expensive and memorable gift that a tourist can bring back from a trip is memories. They are easy to share with family and friends.
But what to bring from Tenerife to tell about this wonderful island as vividly as possible? Kidpassage has prepared a small selection of ideas for its readers.
The best restaurants in Los Cristianos, Las Americas and Adeje
The tourist area is not the right place to look for delicious and inexpensive food. Here they cook for a stream and add a few euros to each dish. Well, what did you want? Tourist centre. We advise you to drive to Arona, Los Abrigos, La Caleta or Tahao, where all the cafes are more interesting, and the food is tastier and cheaper.
Meson Castellano winner of the best Spanish restaurant in 2020! Located in Las Americas at Av. Antonio Dominguez, 39. There are many Castilian dishes on the menu. Not open on Tuesdays. Don’t forget to book in advance. The prices are high.
For rabbit and excellent chicken, come to Otelo in Adeje, near Barranco Infierno.
Good reviews about the Italian restaurant Locanda Italiana in Los Cristianos and the Spanish Tasca Medeteranea. Both establishments are located on the same street and belong to the same owners.
Many people like El Cine in Los Cristianos.
Miishi sushi club and Tony Roma’s – prices are quite high, delicious.
Good restaurant El Comedor. For a set lunch 13 euros.
Best Restaurants in Arona
For authentic Canarian food and not overpaying for the tourist zone label, head from Adeje and Los Cristianos to nearby Arona, where there are many delicious cafes, bars and family restaurants.
La Brasa meat restaurant – delicious grilled steaks. Located on the highway between Guasa and Buzanda, house 371. The average check is 30-50 euros per person.
El Rancho de Nino is a steak house with excellent grilled meat, located near Las Chafiras. From the autopista turn onto the TF 652 road and then right onto Eugenio Domínguez Siererra Avenue, at the end you will find El Rancho de Nino.
El Bichero in Las Gaietas – do not be lazy to get there. Here is delicious and cheap octopus, their mussels are praised.
El Cordero in Guargacho, near Los Abrigos and Costa del Silencio. The famous restaurant with a sheep. Stylized as Guachinchi. Traditional Canarian food and beautiful interior.
Liqueurs
Continuing the story of strong alcohol, one cannot fail to mention the famous banana liqueur. This type of product is more focused on tourists. Traveling around the island, you notice huge banana plantations, and of course you will want to try the banana liqueur.
The drink is really insisted on local sweet bananas, so its taste is terribly sugary, and the color is poisonous yellow. To top it off, banana liqueur is often sold in plastic bottles and is cheap. Do not be embarrassed: despite the strange appearance and packaging, this is a natural product. Try it, where else can you find it? Here again we advise you to choose the brand Arehucas from Gran Canaria. They also produce honey, chocolate, berry, coffee, mint, apple liqueurs – for every taste and color.
Best Restaurants in Santa Cruz
Tenerife 2020 Best Restaurant Winner – Kazan. Masters of Japanese cuisine. An expert jury decided that here are the best sushi, sashimi and rolls in the Canary Islands. Easy to find – Paseo Milicias de Garachico 1, local 5. Check – 50-90 euros per person. Works from Tuesday to Saturday.
Cerveceria La Surena – affordable prices and delicious food.
Panaria coffee shop next to Plaza España and Marine Avenue. Delicious bocadillos and good coffee.
Another place with Canarian cuisine is Los Cuatro Postes.
Aging classification of Spanish wines
There are 68 wine regions in Spain. The very first, oldest is, of course, Rioja. Of every 10 bottles of wine produced in Spain, 4 bottles come from there. We talked about the traditional winemaking of the island of Tenerife. You can read about it in the article “Canary Treasure: Malvasia, Tenerife Vineyards, Oenotherapy”.
Malvasia and other wines are classified according to the aging method. It is customary among Spanish winemakers to produce and sell aged wine. There is a category Joven (Joven) – these are young wines with a minimum aging period of 1 year, usually not stored in barrels, but bottled immediately. Most farms are trying to make their wine even better, so they strictly comply with even the minimum wine aging periods, and, if possible, exceed them. The next category is Crianza. These wines have at least two years of aging, of which the wine spends half a year in the barrel. Such wine is always win-win delicious thanks to the oak from which the barrels are made. White and rosé wines in this category are aged in barrels for at least a year.
Reserva and Gran Reserva are wines aged three and five years respectively. Red wines are aged in barrels for a shorter time than rosés and whites.
Where to eat delicious food in Puerto de la Cruz?
El Taller Seve Diaz in Puerto is the number one restaurant on TripAdvisor. We advise and recommend.
Bar El Camino is suitable for a snack or a light lunch. Order tapas and leave happy.
Rincon del Mar is a good and authentic fish restaurant. The best dish is the Casuela de pescado fish roast for 30 euros for two. Recommended.
Tambo – fish restaurant opposite Loro Parque. Located right on the ocean.
Excellent pasta in the Italian restaurant Pastafiori.
Good coffee, desserts and sherbet at El Ébano Cafe in Plaza del Charco. You can take a picture with a sign;)
Another cafe in Puerto de la Cruz: Regulo, Magnolia, Cofradia de Pescadores, Lareira.
El Calderito de Abuela in Santa Ursula, home restaurant with the best view of Tenerife’s north coast. Read our special review.
Nearby you can find the wonderful Vista Paraiso 5 km from Puerto de la Cruz. Restaurant Tasca La Sabina is located in the town of La Matanza.
Where to eat in La Laguna?
Delicious burgers at the hipster cafe La bourmet bourgers. Lovers of modern trends will love it. Normal prices, and read the review in our special review.
Traditional Canarian restaurant Bodegon Viana. The good thing is that it doesn’t close during siesta.
Not far from the city, in Tegest there is an interesting place – Meson el Drago de Carlos Gamonal.
Near Tenerife Norte Airport there is an inexpensive place with authentic cuisine – Bodegon El Nervioso.
Mobile Internet and calls
Internet for non-residents on the island – “hug and cry”, insanely expensive and “underdeveloped” or something. Therefore, immediately advice from the doorway – look for apartments with unlimited.
Don’t count on free Wi-Fi in public areas. He is not faster than a turtle. The cost of paid Internet in hotels must be specified for each location separately.
Prices for mobile Internet start from 2 euros per 1 GB of traffic (non-contract/prepago), contract only for residents.
Lebara
Internet tariff 10Gb (plus 5Gb promo) – 29€/30 days.
Tariffs “calls + internet” from 10€/month. There are no included minutes to Belarus. The cost of 1 minute of a call to a landline number is 0.299€, mobile – 0.399€ + creating a session 0.379€, SMS – 0.299€.
If Lebara does not have an internet connection, try specifying the APN access point in the phone settings: gprsmov.lebaramobile.es, you can also enter the phone number and model on the site and get internet settings
Where to buy: at any internet café or post office. Ask the seller to immediately activate the SIM card. Site https://mobile.lebara.com/es/en/ .
Lycamobile
Internet tariff 15Gb – 29€/month.
Calls and internet from 10€/month. There are no included minutes to Belarus. The cost of 1 minute of a call to a landline number is 0.23€, mobile – 0.399€ + creating a session 0.379€, SMS – 0.249€.
Where to buy: in the same place as Lebara, plus at the southern airport a branded kiosk has opened, in which you will immediately activate and set up a SIM card. Site https://www.lycamobile.es/.
4Grent
Taking into account the fact that not all apartments are rented with the Internet, or Wi-Fi is offered for an additional fee, the question of unlimited traffic arises.
In this case, we recommend 4Grent . This office has a lot of advantages, but the price is biting. Let’s return to the price, but now we will indicate the advantages:
High speed.
Catches almost everywhere. We only had problems in Anaga, near the Chineiro volcano, on the barbecue site from Teide to Vilaflor. On the Teide itself it catches!
Distribution for 10 devices (smartphones, tablets, laptops).
The Internet is always with you and it is unlimited. You can easily work online, send documents, keep track of payments, etc. Well, rest, of course, reserve tables, use maps, watch movies, listen to music, use instagram, vkontakte, facebook, call relatives, on business, etc. (Viber, WhatsApp, Skype).
Router plus sim card = happiness Today rates are 6€/day – 7 days, 5.4 – 14 days, up to 4.2€ – 31 days, plus a deposit of 50€ for equipment that returned upon delivery. By the way – the equipment is charging, cable, and the portable router itself. The courier will arrive at the appointed time at the appointed place (they also go to the South Airport).
The best fish restaurants and markets in Tenerife
El Rinconcito de Hilario fish restaurant in San Miguel de Abona . One of the best fish restaurants in Tenerife and a “secret” place! Outside nothing unusual, but inside great service and a great selection of seafood. Before ordering, a tray of fresh fish will be brought, and you choose what to cook and how. Be prepared to spend time in line or book a table in advance. The prices are average, the portions are large and very tasty.
Family restaurants in the town of Tahao. If you want to try fish cuisine, then come here and choose what and how to cook. We recommend dishes “a la plancha” – on the grill. The most promoted is Agua y sal, but there are many others around if everything is occupied in the first one.
Cafes and restaurants on the promenade of Los Abrigos. It is closer to travel from the southern resorts, but the atmosphere is less authentic than in the fishing village of Tahao. The fish is fresh, the prices are average.
You can buy fresh fish from the stalls in Las Galletas and Los Abrigos from Tuesday to Saturday. You need to arrive in the morning. You can always eat seafood in neighboring cafes.
There are fish restaurants in La Caleta from the side of Adeje, but in Tajao and Los Abrigos it is more atmospheric. In La Caleta, choose Masia del Mar and La Vieja. It’s delicious, but expensive. Nicer prices in Rincon el Varadero. Popular with locals.
Recall that Rincon del Mar, Tambo, Familiar and El Bichero specialize in seafood.
How much is the flight?
There is no concept of seasonality in Tenerife. There is always an even temperature of air and water in the ocean. Fluctuations of a couple of degrees do not play a special role. Accordingly, the cost of flights practically does not change, it is stable from season to season.
Airfares:
solo without luggage there and back within 100€ by low-cost airlines from Modlin or Krakow;
family with a child round-trip and with luggage about 150€ per person by low-cost carrier, 400€ per person round-trip by Aeroflot.
⇒⇒ Read: How to get to Tenerife: all possible variations
The general rules of tourism work here:
Prices soar 2-4 times on New Year’s Eve and on Christmas Eve, on Catholic Easter, school holidays. The most expensive season is August, when all of mainland Spain goes on vacation.
Prices are noticeably lower in November, early December, immediately after the Russian New Year holidays and in March (the coldest month in the Canary Islands).
To catch low prices, you need to buy tickets in advance and regularly monitor offers on aggregators, as well as on low-cost airline websites. And never fill in the search for round trip tickets, this is an initially failed scheme. Separate search there, separate search back.
Our advice: Look everywhere! Ryanair and Wizzair have the lowest prices between 59up to 54 days before the start of the trip. Add airsales to your search for offers on (a huge selection of low fares and a range of profitable promotions).
The best food in El Medano
La Tartaruga pizzeria next to the Red Square in the Marineda complex.
Italian pizzeria Wairua next to the central square.
Family restaurant Familiar next to the central square, opposite the pizzeria Wairua. Fish dishes and paella are well prepared here. The reviews for this restaurant are very good.
Italian cafe Rosmarino in the central square of El Medano. Delicious, average prices.
Good coffee and spectacular views of the lagoon, kitesurfers and boardwalk at Calima Cafe. Located on the corner of the main square.
In the yards you can find Migas – a favorite place for locals. Good coffee, delicious croissants and bocadijos.
If you come to El Medano for a walk, you should go to the end of the promenade and have a bite to eat at Flashpoint. Great view of flying kiters and windsurfers. A very memorable place.
Elsewhere:
El Calderito de la Abuela is the 2020 winner of the Best Canarian Restaurant in Tenerife. It is located in Santa Ursula at 130 Carretera Provincial and is open from Tuesday to Saturday. From here you have a great view of the valley below. Don’t forget to book a table in advance, it’s always packed.
La Vieja fish restaurant in La Caleta – prices are high, but really tasty, and soup and pasta with seafood can be safely taken for two.
If you happen to be in Esperanza, head to Las Rosas, La Sardinera or Tasca La Manta. Here is Casa Juan with German cuisine.
El Fronton is a great place to eat octopus in Almaciga. Neighboring Casa Africa, which is massively visited by tourists, cannot be compared.
Vegetarian restaurants and cafes in Tenerife and the Canaries
Unfortunately, there are very few specialized establishments for vegetarians in Tenerife, but we are constantly finding new ones and adding to this list!
La Sopa – Healthy Food in Los Cristianos. The cafe is located near the church. There is a lot of everything vegetarian, a little vegan, but also meat and chicken.
K-Vegan – in Los Cristianos next to Mercado La Pepa. 100% vegan, lots of vegetarian options.
BuenaVida – in the shopping center Plaza Fanabe. The Italians have opened a good vegan cafe.
Casa Italia in Adeje El Galleon. Italian restaurant, large selection of vegetarian dishes, vegan pizzas and pastas.
Tasca La Tata in Santa Cruz.
Vegetarian fast food without meat – Burger Mel in the capital. Dubious place =)
El Limon in Puerto de la Cruz.
Ecological restaurant El Mana in the center of Puerto de la Cruz.
Know cool places? Tell us about them in the comments. Everyone will be very grateful to you!
Let’s make the selection bigger and tastier!=)
EUROPEAN TOURIST’S CHOICE
Which establishments have become popular on the island according to European tourists?
We have prepared for you a list of the best restaurants in Tenerife with local Canarian, international and vegetarian food according to German, French, Italian and Spanish tourists.
Tasca Tierras del Sur is a family-friendly restaurant in the center of Granadilla de Abona. Visitors are greeted by the owners themselves, Victor and Astrid. The menu features Canarian cuisine. Good for after exploring the sights around Abona, Vilaflor or Teide.
La-Roca is a restaurant in the center of the coastal town of Bajamar in the north of Tenerife. Italian cuisine, Canarian fish and meat delicacies. You can order fresh homemade pasta, piquillo peppers with fish filling and ravioli with pears and mushrooms, as well as La Roca pizza with egg. Live music is played on weekends.
The best restaurant in Playa de Las Vistas is La Barca. It has long been a symbol of quality. Lots of seafood dishes, Canarian wines and ocean views from the outdoor terrace. It is worth noting oysters with champagne, Spanish paella with fish and homemade ice cream.
Little Italy – little Italy on the beach of Las Americas. Italian cuisine with 20 types of homemade pasta was complemented by a Steakhouse with barbecue and grill. You can drink Italian wines, there are even Pinot Gris and Frascati.
Mirador de Radazul – Ristorante Da Federico is a trendy restaurant with stunning ocean views. Chill-out ambiance and Italian cuisine complemented by Iberian ham recipes.
M.B – Restaurant at Abama Golf & Spa Resort. Awarded with two Michelin stars. The chef is Martina Berasategui.
Mesón Castellano in Playa de Las Americas. Traditional Castilian cuisine and rave reviews about Sepulveda sheep, Tolosa beans and oxtail.
Anocheza is an upmarket restaurant in Santa Cruz with high prices. Fashionable kitchen and interior in minimalist style. Slow roasted duck and suckling pig are recommended. There are only 8 tables in the restaurant, book in advance!
El Rincón del Arroz is the pride of Arona and one of the best restaurants in Tenerife. The restaurant’s founder and chef, Juan Aiza, prepares paella and Spanish dishes based on rice.
Sama Sama – restaurant and cocktail bar. Surprise with design and Italian cuisine. The establishment resembles an observation deck overlooking the beaches of Las Americas and Los Cristianos. Bruschetta de Parma, marinated fried rabbit, pasta de Triangle stuffed with mushrooms and tomato paste deserves attention.
Let’s help each other by completing this guide to the best cafes and restaurants in Tenerife: write in the comments what places you visited and what you liked. Leave your feedback, friends!
What can not be exported from Tenerife
Let’s start with what you can not export from Tenerife.
Black sand on the natural beaches of Tenerife is the result of the meeting of basalt chips, which are formed from lava, and the cold waters of the ocean, crushing the crumb into tiny grains. It is forbidden to export sand, and it is rather difficult to collect it: during the day it heats up in the sun up to 50 degrees!
Pine branches and cones. Canarian pine has a healing effect and is widely used for the treatment of various diseases, as well as their prevention.
The Canary Guide #WeekendTips 12-14 August 2022 : The Canary
Mid August and what a gorgeous and hot summer it’s already been. This weekend will be a long weekend, known as a ‘bridge’ or ‘puente’, as Monday 15th of August is a public holiday throughout Spain, ostensibly to celebrate the religious Asunción de la Virgen, the feast of the Assumption. Bare in mind that governmental offices will be closed on Monday as well as some retail shops; like Carrefour in Vecindario.
The weather is looking fine indeed, with more “normal” summer temperatures predicted by AEMET. Sunny across the south with 30º C in the shade, as well as in the mountains, but evenings are always cooler. Temperatures over 25º C in the shade across the rest of the island so a perfect summer weekend ahead on our little paradise island.
There is a multitude of festivities and events to enjoy this weekend like the Artisan fair of Faro de Maspalomas, and Patron Saint festivities in municipalities and neighbourhoods like Agaete, Guía, Tunte, Carrizal, San Lorenzo just to name a few.
Upcoming bank holidays: Monday 15 August, bank Holiday throughout Spain Tuesday 16 August, a local bank holiday in the municipalities of Firgas, Santa Maria de Guía and Valsequillo – Festivities of San Roque Wednesday 24 August, a local bank holiday in San Bartolomé de Tirajana – the co-patronal celebrations of San Bartolomé Monday 29 August, a local bank holiday in Artenara – Day after the Feast of the Virgen de la Cuevita
Upcoming events: 18-21 August Bioagaete Festival 2022 in Agaete 20-21 August Km.0 Fair Gran Canaria in Fontanales, Moya 20 August – 8 October ‘The World of Van Gogh’ in INFECAR, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria 21 August – 10 September Fiestas del Pino 2022 in Playa de Arinaga 25 August Cine+Food 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
*** Check the regular markets and a range of other events on our main calendar on The Canary Guide website***
•12-14 August, San Bartolomé de Tirajana
•15º Feria de Artesanía Faro de Maspalomas 2022
The 15th Artisan Craft Fair Faro de Maspalomas set once again in the idyllic surroundings of the Faro de Maspalomas Lighthouse 12-21 August 2022.
The artisans fair by FEDAC the Foundation for Ethnography and Craft Development of the Canary Islands is open every day from 17:00 to 23:00.
This is the perfect opportunity to support and to see works by some of the best artisan craftspeople of the Canary Islands; ceramics, wood, metal, leather, textiles, glass and recycled materials among others in a magnificent combination of traditional materials and modern design.
•12-13 August, Villa de Agaete
•Fiestas de Nuestra Señora de las Nieves 2022
Agaete, in the north of Gran Canaria is celebrating their main festivities; Fiestas de Nuestra Señora de las Nieves until 21 August 2022.
On Friday, a tribute concert to Juan Luis “Te regalo una Rosa” Gerra by Camino Viejo Producciones at 21:15 in Puerto de Las Nieves, followed by a concert by Septeto Santiaguerro. On Saturday, Romería, the pilgrimage offering with music groups at 19:00. There will be taifa dancing after the romería. On Sunday, Short films Agaete, presents the work “ladybird appears drowned in a basket”. written by Juan García Larrondo and adapted by Ana Leonor Bermúdez at 21:00. Music in Muelle Viejo (the old pier), Son del Caney and Son Cache in El Puerto de Las Nieves, starting at 22:30
•12-15 August, Ingenio
•Fiestas Buen Suceso and San Roque 2022 Carrizal
Carrizal celebrates its festivities in honour of the Virgen del Buen Suceso, San Roque and Haragán from August 5 to 28. These are the patron saint festivities in honor of Our Lady of Good Success ( devotion to Mary ) and San Roque in Carrizal, in the municipality of Ingenio.
On Friday: Soul concert at 21:30 at Parque del Buen Suceso de Carrizal, a spectacle from the local music band.
On Saturday: Water inflatables 11:00-14:00 in Parque del Buen Suceso. Evening full of music with “El Baile de Antaño” with Maestro Florido at 21:00. Concert by Ultima Llave at 22:45 , concert by Los Aseres at 00:30 and night of 70s 80s and 90s with DJ Paco Sánchez from 02:00to 04:00.
On Sunday: Romería, the traditional Pilgrimage-Offering at 19:00, followed by baile de cuerdas. The night of orchestras in Parque del Buen Suceso at 22:30
15 August: Main feast Day, Diana Floreada at 06:00 in the morning from Plaza del Buen Suceso. Artisan and farmers’ market between 10:00-15:00 in Parque del Buen Suceso, Livestock fair and exhibition 10:00-13:00, The IV Cart Race at 17:00 from roundabout “Momumento al Trabajo” calle L.H Pilcher, Calle República Argentine to Parque Camelot. Solemn service and a religious procession at 19:00, followed by a popular lunch ( ropa vieja) at Plaza del Buen Suceso, Traditional Canarian music and dancing at 20:00 at Parque del Buen Suceso.
“There is also a funfair at the fairground of Carrizal (just next to Parque del Buen Suceso) until 16 August. Opening hours: Monday to Saturday 17:00-22:00 and on Sundays and festive day 11:00-14:00 and then 17:00-22:00”.
•12-16 August, Santa Maria de Guía
•Fiestas de la Virgen 2022
Patron festivities of La Virgen in the municipality of Santa Maria de Guía between 29 July – 28 August 2022 in the northwest of Gran Canaria. The main day of festivities continues until Tuesday 16 August.
On Friday: Papagüevo parade at 19:30 in front of the church and later a tribute to Selena ‘Por Siempore Selena’ at 21:00 on Plaza Grande, followed by music from Leyenda Joven.
On Saturday: Festive Parade with Latin Rhythm at 22:00 (route: from Lomo Guillén (corner of calle Manuel Díaz Cruz) and will go through the streets of Médico Estévez, Plaza Grande, Luis Suárez Galván, Directores Virgilio Hernández and will return along the same route down Marqués del Muni), followed by an after party at 23:30 on Plaza Grande
On Sunday: Papagüevo parade at 19:30 in front of the church. Concert by “Los del Rio” on Plaza Grande at 21:00 . Late night party at Plaza Grande at 23:30 with Star Music Banda Larga Dj Promaster and fireworks at midnight.
Monday 15 August: The main day of festivities: a church service at 12:00, followed by a religious procession starting from the front of the church. Later in the evening, at 19:30 Batalla de Flores (battle of flowers). at 21:00 concert by Edurne and after party at 22:30
Tuesday 16 August: festivities of the co-patron San Roque. Church service at 09:300 (Ermita de San Roque) followed by the moving of the statue from Plaza de San Roque to the church. at 11:30 eucharist in the Guía church and followed by a religious procession. at 17:00 traditional children’s activities at Plaza de San Roque. Papagüevo street parade at 19:00.
•12-15 August, San Lorenzo, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
•Fiestas San Lorenzo 2022
Last days to enjoy the festivities in the unique little population centre San Lorenzo in the municipality of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria as the celebration of their Patron Saint San Lorenzo festivities will end this weekend.
On Friday: Concert by Armonía Show at 22:00 and espectacle “La suerte de mi vida” a tribute to El Canto del Loco at 23:55. On Saturday: Cuban night at 22:00 (dress in white colour)
On Sunday: Farmers’ and artisan craft market 08:00-13:00 enlivened by music at 11:oo and 12:30 at 20:0 Triduo a la Virgen. Eucharist and procession at 22:00 ‘Noche Joven’ performances from Marcelo Mellino, Playacoco, Killian Viera and Dj Abían Reyes. On Monday: Daytime party at 14:00
•Friday 6 August, Pozo Izquierdo
•X Jornadas de Medioambiente: Pozo Sostenible
The X Environment Days: Sustainable Pozo (X Jornadas de Medioambiente: Pozo Sostenible) has been held in the coastal neighbourghood of #PozoIzquierdo in the municipality of Santa Lucía de Tirajana from the 6th of August and will come to an end this Friday. Program full of events in favour of sustainability, the environment, and awareness for a more ecological society.
This Friday, there is a sustainable market between 11:00-20:00, Children’s workshops and activities 11:00-14:00 and 16:00-19:00 Later in the evening, music performances starting at 19:00; 101 Brass Band, Neketan PD and Tata Band in El Barranquillo
•12-21 August, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
•LPA Estación 2022
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria will celebrate, between 12-21 August 2022, a new edition of the LPA Estación event, with fifty urban leisure experiences, aimed at residents and visitors to encourage tourist activity in the capital during the summer season.
Organized by the municipal company Tourism LPA Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, the proposals will be distributed throughout the city during those 10 days. Visits and guided tours, activities at sea, gastronomy, live music, workshops, photography, art, bicycle tours, tourist bus and tuk tuk, museums, summer cinema and activities for all families .
This initiative offers more than 1,300 places that can be reserved starting from Friday, July 29, at www.lpavisit.com and www.LPAestación.com . All activities require prior registration and can be purchased from €5.
Some of the routes most in demand by the public are repeated, such as he footprint of the English in the city and visits to the Port of Las Palmas. And, the classics now, accommodation establishments in the city, with gastronomy, acoustic music, tastings, breakfast-lunches, afternoons, cocktail workshops, monologues, DJ and yoga. On Las Canteras beach there will be guided snorkelling, kayaking and surfing routes and new guided cultural and heritage routes are being launched: tours of the city in Tuk Tuk; Las Palmas de Gran Canaria from a bird’s eye view, route through the viewpoints; Traces of mythology in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria; Tea at 5 with Agatha Christie; Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, a city of cinema; The defensive fortresses of the city and, the most football-oriented, the ‘Ruta de la Unión Deportiva Las Palmas’ and much more….
•11 August – 4 September, Telde
•Aqua Circo
Aqua Circus from 11 August to 4 September 2022 in Telde, installed in the parking area of the shopping centre La Mareta (in front of Leroy Merlin) Enjoy an adventure at the bottom of the sea with the family!
By the producers of CirCuba, a great aquatic productions, without a doubt the most innovative show of recent years. A show set in the marine world that, thanks to a fascinating staging, magical setting, rhythm and entertainment will transport the public to an unreal dimension in which everyone, children and adults, will be able to perceive the illusion of living a fantastic story and feel like in a story come true.
Tickets can be purchased HERE! Ticket prices start from €15 for adults and €10 child (3-12yrs). Shows every day except on Wednesday. Mondays, Tuesdays and Thursdays, the show is at 19:30 and on weekends (Fri-Sun) there are two shows at 18:30 and at 21:00.
•12-14 August, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
•II Feria Las Canteras Street Market
The Open Commercial Zone of Las Canteras celebrates, with the collaboration of the City Council, the 2nd Las Canteras Street Market Fair between 6-14 August 2022. There will be 70 stalls distributed on the same promenade, between Calle Tenerife and Padre Cueto, with a wide range of all kinds of products from small and medium businesses in the area.
Opening hours are from 10:00 to 20:00.
Friday is always market day in Playa de Mogán in the morning. This popular market is in one of the prettiest fishing harbour towns on Gran Canaria, very popular with tourists.
On Saturday San Fernando de Maspalomas market offers all kinds of textiles, Objet d‘art and other articles, outside the Municipal Market, located on Avenida Alejandro del Castillo, with bargains for bargain hunters. It is one of the markets most enjoyed among visitors along with Friday’s in Playa de Mogán; El Mercadillo de Maspalomas, the main ‘Maspalomas market’ is on Wednesdays and Saturdays from 08:00 to 14:00.
On Saturday in Arguineguín, a second-hand market on Plaza Negra (the marketplace) in the morning 09:00-14:00 with a wide range preloved treasures to be found and discovered.
On Sunday, the “rastro” second-hand market, is on from 08:00 to 14:00 in the main carpark of the Municipal Market, in San Fernando.
Saturday 13 August, Vecindario
Mercado Agrícola de Vecindario
The biweekly Saturday Agricultural Market in Vecindario takes place on the main street at the Plaza de Los Algodoneros (next to the Hotel Avenida de Canarias ) 🍉🌼🥔🥑🍌 Get the best seasonal fruit and vegetables, bread, flowers and much more, straight from the local farmers and producers.
From 08:30 – 13:30 Plaza de Los Algodoneros
•Friday 12 August, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
•Buzo Ruso + Fundación Tony Manero
This Friday, the second date of the LPA Groove Summer concerts with Buzo Ruso + Fundación Tony Manero at the cultural space of Miller building in Parque Santa Catalina. The concert starts at 21:00 and it’s free entry.
The Buzo Ruso musical project begins in Gran Canaria, in the summer of 2014, based on the original compositions by Javier Presa Bosch, double bassist and composer of the band. ‘The Buzo Ruso’ began with the purpose of publishing three works over three consecutive years. Originally the musical formation was made up of a quintet (saxophone, piano, guitar, double bass and drums). At the beginning of 2015 they record Mi charco azul. In 2016, the group recorded “Five ways to fly”. The project is joined by hip-hop singer Lordykan, who adds voice and lyrics to two of the ten original compositions on the album. In 2017 he released his third album, “Soljanka”, twelve new original compositions, three of them with Lordykan’s voice and lyrics. His fourth and last work «Mosaik», includes ten new compositions.
Fundación Tony Manero was born in 1996 in Barcelona, quickly making a name for itself as a wild disco-funk band, with festive live performances in which they paid homage to the classics of the genre with unapologetic versions. It was a matter of time before a small label in the city offered them to record one of their live shows on the album «Bikini» on March 17 and 18, 1999. The group’s creativity motivated them to compose their own repertoire that was reflected in «Looking For La Party”. After publishing “Disco Para Adultos” in 2020, a work made up of ten track breakers in which they have the vocal collaborations of Cimafunk and Joel Sarakula, on September 29 of that same year they announced their farewell tour, which also coincides with the twenty-fifth anniversary of its formation. “This is a new musical project born in the shadow of Espacio Miller (Parque de Santa Catalina) that under the name of “LPA Groove Summer” set to energise the first three weekends of the month August with concerts, FREE of charge, starring international, national and local bands.
Instituto Mexicano del Sonido, Fundación Tony Manero, The Lehmanns Brothers and Pipiolas are part of a series of concerts that will be completed with four Canarian bands: D’Local Groove, Buzo Ruso, Ant Cosmos and Monkey Faces.
All concerts will start at 9:00 p.m. The capacity is limited to 350 people”
•Saturday 13 August, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
•Ciclo Orillas: Francis Andreu
Francis Andreu this Saturday at 21:00 in Parque Santa Catalina at the cultural hall of the Miller building. The concert is free until capacity is reached. A chance to enjoy the Uruguayan singer of reference in root music and tango. This is the last concert of the “Ciclo Orillas” series of concerts.
The Uruguayan singer Francis Andreu is considered a reference voice and one of the exponents most followed by the youth of the country, she has so far won twice the Graffiti Awards, the most important of Uruguayan music, in the category of best tango album.
•12-14 August, Arucas •Fiestaron 2022
It’s going to be an absolutely crowded weekend in Arucas with Fiestoron 2022, “The 5th Anniversary” of the largest Pop-Rock Festival in the Canary Islands.
Set up in the parking lot, just next to the emblematic church of Arucas. The only Pop/Rock Festival in the Canary Islands, with more than 25 hours of concerts, lasting three days, which hosts some of the best bands in the Archipelago, together with the most important groups on the national scene, all this in an unmistakable setting, in a surprising atmosphere, which make this event one of the most anticipated of the year.
Gates open: on Friday at 19:00, Saturday at 18:00, and on Sunday at 17:00 Age limit: 18 years. Tickets (starting at €15) @ www.fiestoron.com
Barbacoa, Top of The Hill, Puerto Rico de Gran Canaria
Every Sunday
The 𝗦𝗨𝗡𝗗𝗔𝗬 𝗙𝗨𝗡𝗗𝗔𝗬 is back!!!!
Join us every Sunday at the 𝗕𝗔𝗥𝗕𝗔𝗖𝗢𝗔 terrace for a fun day with 𝗟𝗜𝗩𝗘 𝗠𝘂𝘀𝗶𝗰 & 𝗘𝗻𝘁𝗲𝗿𝘁𝗮𝗶𝗻𝗺𝗲𝗻𝘁! And … 𝗕𝗔𝗥𝗕𝗔𝗖𝗢𝗔’s genuine & authentic 𝗛𝗼𝗺𝗲𝗺𝗮𝗱𝗲 𝗕𝗿𝗶𝘁𝗶𝘀𝗵 𝗥𝗼𝗮𝘀𝘁 𝗖𝗮𝗿𝘃𝗲𝗿𝘆 𝗜𝗦 𝗕𝗔𝗖𝗞!!!
*Our Shows & Entertainment programme is Subject to changes on a weekly basis, please keep a close eye on our Facebook for the latest updates!
Canary Islands Holidays, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria – Updated 2022 Prices
Skip to main content
Apartment Info & Price
Facilities
House rules
Guest reviews (32)
Whole apartment
105 m²
Size
Kitchen
City view
Washing machine
Free WiFi
Terrace
Balcony
Free parking
Air conditioning
Canary Islands Holidays is a beachfront property located in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, 2. 7 km from Las Alcaravaneras and 2.9 km from Parque de Santa Catalina. The air-conditioned property is a few steps from Las Canteras Beach, and guests benefit from complimentary WiFi and private parking available on site.
The apartment has 2 bedrooms, 1 bathroom, bed linen, towels, a flat-screen TV with cable channels, a dining area, a fully equipped kitchen, and a balcony with sea views.
The apartment provides a terrace.
Alfredo Kraus Auditorium is a 2-minute walk from Canary Islands Holidays, while Parque Romano is 3.2 km away. The nearest airport is Gran Canaria, 27.4 km from the accommodation, and the property offers a paid airport shuttle service.
Couples in particular like the location – they rated it 10 for a two-person trip.
Canary Islands Holidays has been welcoming Booking.com guests since Jun 8, 2018
낍
Top Location: Highly rated by recent guests (9. 8)
끸
Free Private Parking Available On Site
Select dates to see this property’s availability and prices
Accommodation Type
Sleeps
Apartment
Show prices
Something went wrong – please try again later.
Closest beaches
Las Canteras Beach
9.0 Wonderful beach
50 m from property
Las Alcaravaneras
7.9 Good beach
1.7 km from property
Property questions and answers
Browse questions from guests for anything extra you want to know about the property
The property usually replies within a few days
*
All distances are measured in straight lines. Actual travel distances may vary.
Most popular facilities
Free WiFi
Free parking
Airport shuttle
Beachfront
Family rooms
Non-smoking rooms
Parking
Free private parking is available on site (reservation is needed).
Parking garage
Internet
WiFi is available in all areas and is free of charge.
Kitchen
Freedom to eat when you want
High chair
Dining table
Cleaning products
Toaster
Stovetop
Dryer
Kitchenware
Electric kettle
Kitchen
Washing machine
Dishwasher
Microwave
Refrigerator
Kitchenette
Bedroom
Linens
Wardrobe or closet
Alarm clock
Bathroom
Toilet paper
Towels
Bidet
Guest bathroom
Bathtub or shower
Private Bathroom
Toilet
Free toiletries
Hairdryer
Shower
Living Area
Space for everyone to be together
Dining area
Sofa
Sitting area
Media & Technology
Fun for everyone under one roof
iPad
Flat-screen TV
Cable channels
TV
Room Amenities
Extra comfort
Socket near the bed
Drying rack for clothing
Clothes rack
Tile/Marble floor
Soundproof
Interconnecting room(s) available
Heating
Iron
Accessibility
Entire unit wheelchair accessible
Upper floors accessible by elevator
Outdoors
Sit back and relax
Beachfront
Outdoor furniture
Balcony
Terrace
Health & Wellness Facilities
Solarium
Food & Drink
Tea/Coffee maker
Activities
Bingo
Off-site
Additional charge
Beach
Golf course (within 2 miles)
Additional charge
Services & Extras
Wake-up service/Alarm clock
Outdoor & View
Enjoy the view
Inner courtyard view
Landmark view
Ocean view
Building Characteristics
Private apartment in building
Transportation
Airport shuttle (additional charge)
Front Desk Services
Invoice provided
Miscellaneous
Air conditioning
Smoke-free property
Elevator
Family rooms
Facilities for disabled guests
Non-smoking rooms
Safety & security
CCTV in common areas
Safe
Languages Spoken
English
Spanish
Check-in
3:00 PM – 10:00 PM
Check-out
10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Cancellation/ prepayment
Cancellation and prepayment policies vary according to apartment type.
Please enter the dates of your stay and check what conditions apply to your preferred room.
Children & Beds
Child policies
Children of all ages are welcome.
To see correct prices and occupancy info, add the number and ages of children in your group to your search.
Crib and extra bed policies
No cribs or extra beds are available.
No age restriction
There’s no age requirement for check-in
Payments by Booking.com
Booking.com takes your payment for this stay on behalf of the property, but make sure you have cash for any extras once you get there.
Smoking
Smoking is not allowed.
Parties
Parties/events are not allowed
Quiet hours
Guests need be quiet between 10:00 PM and 8:00 AM.
Pets
Pets are not allowed.
Legal info
This property is managed by a private host. EU consumer law relating to professional hosts might not apply.
Jet off to the beautiful island of Gran Canaria for a feast of sun, sea and sand. Browse our fabulous
range of wonderful 4-star hotels and discover what this magical Canary Island has to offer couples,
families and friends craving an unforgettable
View Details
£509
Escape to the sun-kissed island of Gran Canaria for the holiday of a lifetime surrounded by amazing
sandy beaches, blue azure waters and a myriad of thrilling fun-packed attractions. Take a look at our
selection of superb 5-star hotels.
View Details
Combine a superb city break in thriving Las Palmas with an escape into some of the most astonishing areas of natural beauty and conservation you’ll ever see when you visit Gran Canaria. Many see it as its own miniature continent, as the incredible variety of landscapes you will come across during your visit must be seen to be believed. One of the more mountainous of the Canary Islands, it is also one of the most densely populated and boasts bustling urban areas as well as amazing desert beaches such as the Playa de Maspalomas.
Things to do in Gran Canaria
Photo opportunities abound in Gran Canaria, so don’t forget your camera and try to find time for as much sightseeing as you can! The jagged, monolithic rock formations situated in Tejeda – a municipality in the centre of the island – are incredible to behold. Vegueta, the historical district of Las Palmas, is also incredibly beautiful as well as being only a stone’s throw away from the modern city centre where you can enjoy a little shopping and a visit to the excellent local bars and restaurants. Gran Canaria’s beaches are also a major draw for visitors, not simply because there are so many, but also because of the wonderful variety they offer. From the sprawling, desert-like Playa de Maspalomas to the gorgeous man-made Anfi del Mar, there seems to be a beach to suit every tastes, with dozens of activities such as diving, snorkelling and surfing to choose from. The island also has a thriving culinary scene, and produces excellent wines, so don’t forget to sample the local fare!
Weather in Gran Canaria
All of the Canary Islands benefit from superb weather, with Northerly trade winds regulating the heat and ensuring that the climate is pleasant and warm instead of swelteringly hot and dry. Gran Canaria’s temperature rarely varies from Summer to Winter, usually remaining between 20 and 30 degrees Celsius with very little rainfall the whole year round.
Beach Holidays in Gran Canaria
The spellbinding island of Gran Canaria is the perfect escape for a magical beach holiday, with its
beautiful expanses of golden sand and crystal-clear ocean waters.
Whether you are a family seeking a fun-packed hotel getaway at a lively beach resort or a couple
wanting a romantic escape at a more secluded and relaxing hideaway, the enchanting island of Gran
Canaria has what you are looking for.
Maspalomas Beach is the longest sandy expanse on the island with rolling sand dunes and inviting
blue waters. It is great for families with several water sports zones and there are plenty of hotels
nearby, making it ideal for an exciting beach holiday. After a day on the beach you can visit
Maspalomas and Playa del Inglés for some entertaining nightlife.
Amadores is a half-moon shaped beach which was man-made several years ago to provide a safe
and sheltered sandy setting for families. It has plenty of sun loungers and a range of charming bars
and restaurants nearby.
Another lively beach is Las Canteras which is located at Las Palmas. This sandy expanse is sheltered
by a lava rock reef, making the sea waters ideal for swimming and snorkelling. There is plenty of
activity on this beach and an abundance of shops, bars and restaurants nearby.
Pasito Blanco is a quieter sandy beach in the south of the island where snorkelling and sailing are
popular activities, while Taurito is a more rugged beach which is lined with swaying palm trees and a
choice or restaurants on the fine dark sand.
Mogan beach is great for families and is nestled next to the popular and picturesque marina. There
are plenty of places to dine nearby, with pedalos to hire for an enjoyable time on the blue azure
waters.
Several beaches in Gran Canaria, as with other islands in the Canaries, have nudist areas where you
can sunbathe ‘au naturale’ if you want an all-over tan. These include parts of El Confital and
Maspalomas beaches.
A tranquil choice on the south of the island is Patalavaca with its lovely golden sands and quaint
promenade.
Events and Festivals in Gran Canaria
Gran Canaria stages plenty of festivals, fiestas and big events during the year which all prove popular
spectacles for visitors to the island.
Gran Canaria Carnival
An annual carnival is held during February and March in towns around the island including Las
Palmas, Maspalomas, San Bartolomé, Agaete and Telde. These lively events involve dancing, singing
and participants dressing up in colourful costumes, plus a host of shows and competitions.
Fiestas del Queso
This takes place from April 27 to May 4 when the little town of Santa María de Guía celebrates the
making of its famous cheese. There is plenty of traditional music and dance, as well as delicious
samples of the delicious cheese.
Rally Islas Canarias Trofeo El Corte Inglés
This is the island’s biggest car rally which attracts many famous international competitors. It
comprises various stages including those at Telde to Ayacata, Ingenio to Tejeda and Artenara to
Valleseco.
Corpus Christi
This religious celebration in late May and early June sees the streets and squares in various towns
and villages decorated with carpets of flowers and dyed salt. The biggest event is staged in Las
Palmas.
Fiesta del Carmen
This is a celebration on July 16 of the Virgen del Carmen, the patron saint of fishermen. Statues of
the Virgin are carried out to sea in flotillas of decorated boats. Some of the most impressive events
are in Las Palmas, Arguineguín, Barrio de la Isleta and Puerto Mogán.
Fiestas de la Naval
Las Palmas and other ports hold processions on the second Saturday in October to commemorate
the Spanish Armada’s victory over Britain’s Sir Francis Drake in 1595.
What to eat in Gran Canaria
You are spoilt for choice when it comes to finding something delicious to tantalise your taste buds in
Gran Canaria – it has many traditional dishes which are worth trying out during your holiday.
Carajacas is a tasty offering where filleted beef liver is cooked with green pepper, garlic, cumin,
paprika, olive oil and oregano. It is normally served with boiled Canarian potatoes.
Sancocho canario is a popular dish which involves cooking fish whole and accompanying it with
sweet potato, gofio, papas arrugadas and a healthy helping of mojo picón.
Another favourite on the island is Canarian Ropa Vieja, a mouth-watering slow-cooked stew made
with meat, peppers, chickpeas onions and potatoes.
Bienmesabe is a delicious dessert you’ll come across in many dining places across Gran Canaria. It is
made with almonds, eggs, sugar and lemon zest.
Gran Canario has many superb restaurants – among those which are highly regarded are Bochinche
Ca Tita in Marzagán, La Marinera restaurant at Las Canteras beach and Deliciosa Marta in Las
Palmas.
Cookies: Destination2.co.uk uses cookies to improve your website experience. By continuing to browse this website, you are agreeing to our use of cookies. Please view our cookie policy for more information.
Samara
St. Petersburg
Saratov
Smolensk
Sochi
Stavropol
Sterlitamak
Surgut
Syktyvkar
T
Tambov
Tver
Tolyatti
Tomsk
Tula
Tyumen
У
Ulan-Ude
Ulyanovsk
Ufa
Kh
Khabarovsk
Ch
Cheboksary
Chelyabinsk
Chita
Yu
Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk
Ya
Yakutsk
Yaroslavl
Tours and holidays in the Canary Islands of Gran Canaria in August 2023, prices for all-inclusive tours
Filters
Sort:
most popular
cheap to expensive
Beach line
1st
2nd
3rd
Any
Hotel’s own beach
close to ski lift
Free cancellation
Excursion programs
Search by hotel name
Do you know the name of the hotel? Enter it to find out the cost of the tour!
Select resorts from the list
HideSee other resorts
Select
Budget
—
Price for: 2 adults and
Hotel class
Any
5 stars
ONLY
4 stars
ONLY
3 stars
ONLY
1-2 stars
ONLY
Power supply
Any
UAI – Ultra All Inclusive Usually includes rich multi-course meals, imported alcohol, animation, access to closed restaurants, beauty services and much more!
ONLY
AI – all inclusive Usually includes multiple meals, local alcohol, animation and use of the entire hotel infrastructure.
ONLY
AI(noAlc) – all inclusive (no alcohol)
ONLY
BB – breakfast
LHB – breakfast, lunch
ONLY
FB – breakfast, lunch, dinner
ONLY
HB – breakfast, dinner
ONLY
RO – no power
ONLY
Amenities
Accepts single men
close to the center
Vacation with children
Ideal for couples
Air conditioner
Internet
Health tours
Swimming pool
Holidays with animals
In the mountains
Eco hotel
Beach type
Any
Sandy
Pebble
Review score
All grades
4. 5
Excellent and above
4.0
Very good and above
3.5
Good and above
3.0
Satisfactory and above
Services for children
Children’s animation
ONLY
Convenient access to the sea
ONLY
Cribs
ONLY
Babysitting services (for a fee)
ONLY
Children’s mini-clubs
ONLY
Water activities
Open pool
ONLY
Indoor pool
ONLY
Heated swimming pool
ONLY
Sea water pool
ONLY
Children’s swimming pool
ONLY
Waterslides
ONLY
Aquapark
ONLY
Sauna / Bath / Hammam
ONLY
Jacuzzi
ONLY
Tour operators
Any
Best Price Guarantee on any tour
Convenient payment methods
Search for tours from all tour operators
Hot deals
Canary Islands Gran Canaria by months
Popular resorts
Tours from Moscow to the Canary Islands Gran Canaria in August
)
Tours to the Canary Islands Gran Canaria from Moscow
hotels in Pico de Viento, – Booking.
com
Our recommendations
Lowest price at the beginning
Number of stars and price
Rating + number of reviews
Villa Rural EL Poleo D&R con Piscina Climatizada Privada y Solarium
Pico de Viento
Featuring a garden, an outdoor pool and pool views, Villa Rural EL Poleo D&R con Piscina Privada y Solarium is located in Pico de Viento. The villa is 38 km from Las Palmas de Gran Canaria.
The space in the Villa, country house climate, comfortable beds, lovely bathrooms, few places to chill, nice area, nice terraces.
Expand
Collapse
8.6
Fantastic
38 reviews
Check Availability
Casa LA JOYA
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria (Near Pico de Viento)
Located in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, 20 km from Parque Santa Catalina and 17 km from Gran Canaria Stadium, Casa LA JOYA offers accommodation with free WiFi. It offers air conditioning, a patio and free…
Expand
Collapse
9.5
Superb
8 reviews
Price from
€ 96.60
per night
Check Availability
Casa Cueva Villa Aday
Santa Maria de Guia de Gran Canaria (Near Pico de Viento)
Set in Santa Maria de Guia in the Gran Canaria region, CASA CUEVA VILLA ADAY features a terrace and sea views. It features a garden and barbecue facilities.
The house is amazing! It’s exactly as in the photos or maybe even nicer. 🙂 It was absolutely clean, with a perfectly equipped kitchen (we only missed an oven). The garden as well as the terraces are great. It’s the right place for people who enjoy rural tranquility. The hosts are nice people who care for their guests’ needs and communicate promptly.
Expand
Collapse
9.4
Excellent
36 reviews
Price from
€ 200
per night
Check Availability
GRAN CANARIA LA FINCA DE CARMELITA Y BARTOLITO
org/PostalAddress”>
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria (Near Pico de Viento)
GRAN CANARIA LA FINCA DE CARMELITA Y BARTOLITO is located 19 km from Santa Catalina Park. The windows overlook the garden. It features a terrace and a balcony.
Expand
Collapse
Price from
€ 250
per night
Check Availability
Casa Cueva Azul
Galdar (Near Pico de Viento)
Boasting city views, Casa Cueva Azul provides accommodation with a terrace and a kettle, around 11 km from Cueva Pintada Museum. It offers a balcony, free private parking and free Wi-Fi.
Amazing property, such a cool location with amazing views all day long. Very well equipped – has everything you need. Comfy beds, lots of space. excellent!
Expand
Collapse
9.6
Exceptional
16 Reviews
Price from
€130
per night
Check Availability
Canarian Farm with Pool Los Paredones
org/PostalAddress”>
Vergara (Near Pico de Viento)
Country House Los Paredones is located in the village of Vergara on a Canarian farm with a swimming pool. It offers pool and pool views.
Expand
Collapse
8.3
Very good
6 reviews
Check Availability
Mirador de Domingo
Galdar (Near Pico de Viento)
Boasting garden views, Mirador de Domingo offers accommodation with a garden and a patio, around 36 km from Parque de Santa Catalina.
OMG the villa is gorgeous! With the most amazing view! In the evening time we could see Tenerife so close! Fully equipped, I can not describe what an amazing experience we had! Javier very helpful and great person to deal with! Would love to come back! Would highly recommend to others that wants to spend time in paradise!!!
Expand
Collapse
9.4
Excellent
8 reviews
Price from
€245. 86
per night
Check Availability
Mirador de la Abuela
Galdar (Near Pico de Viento)
Featuring garden views, Mirador de la Abuela provides accommodation with a garden and a patio, around 36 km from Parque de Santa Catalina.
Expand
Collapse
Price from
€ 208.54
per night
Check Availability
Chalet Rural Marian
Santa Maria de Guia de Gran Canaria (Near Pico de Viento)
Featuring garden views, Chalet Rural Marian provides accommodation with a garden and a patio, around 12 km from Cueva Pintada Museum.
Loro Parque Foundation’s work succeeds in saving 9 species of parrots from extinction • Loro Parque Fundación
Thanks to its conservation efforts, the Loro Parque Foundation has managed to save a total of 9 parrot species from total extinction. Since its creation in 1994, the Loro Parque Foundation has supported conservation projects for endangered species with an economic contribution of more than $18,000,000. The change of threat category in many of these 9 species is a worldwide environmental conservation success that makes this non-profit organisation the most effective in this area internationally.
The International Union for the Conservation of Nature’s (IUCN) ‘Red List’ groups the different species into different categories of threat: of minor concern, almost threatened, vulnerable, endangered, critically endangered, extinct in the wild and extinct. The psittacids – the parrots – are one of the most threatened groups of birds on the planet. Thanks to the efforts of the Foundation, 9 species have been saved from imminent extinction.
Below is a list of the species with specific information on each of the projects and their results.
In 1998, there were only 82 Yellow-eared Parrots in Colombia. Over the years, thanks to the technical and financial support of the Loro Parque Foundation, with a contribution of more than $1,500,000 dollars, its population is currently around 4,000. Thus, its category has changed from ‘critically endangered’ to ‘endangered’.
This bird is directly linked to a local palm tree from which the leaves were extracted for religious and cultural celebrations. And the link between the two species is so close that if the palm tree disappears, the Yellow-eared Parrot becomes extinct. The use of artificial nests, several repopulation and local awareness actions with the indigenous population and their authorities were carried out with such success that, today, this species of parrot can be seen in flocks. Through the local organisation `ProAves’, measures have been implemented that have enabled local people to become directly involved and protect their unique natural asset.
Lear’s Macaw(Anodorhynchus leari) – Brazil
The Lear’s Macaw, a native of north-eastern Brazil, has historically been the victim of hunting, looting, habitat destruction and pressures of various kinds in an area where conditions are extreme. In 1994, the census was less than 200 individuals, but today there are 1,300 individuals, moving them from the ‘critically endangered’ category up to ‘endangered’. Loro Parque Foundation has supported different actions for the recovery of this species with more than $460,000.
Among the most relevant of the actions is that of compensating the region’s maize farmers, who blamed the damage to their crops on this species. Once the actual damage has been demonstrated, the creation of a fund generated from different institutions allows growers to receive payment of the corresponding amounts with the commitment not to kill the macaws to avoid the occasional reduction in their production.
The region in which they live, the Caatinga, (which means White Forest in the indigenous South American Tupi language, as in times of extreme drought the trees lose all their leaves and the ends of their branches become whitish) is very unique because, despite reaching high temperatures and extreme dryness, it harbours a great endemic biodiversity. At the same time, the recovery of this species assists the conservation of this area, which is very wide and difficult to cover.
The Loro Parque Foundation also participates in an ‘ex situ’ programme. In 2006, the Brazilian Government sent two pairs, which had been seized from illegal trafficking for reproduction, and the first breeding result was achieved after six months. Today, 32 of them have been born in Tenerife and 9 have returned to their country of origin, all of them forming part of the safety net of the species in controlled environments.
Blue-throated Macaw(Ara glaucogularis) – Bolivia
Endemic to the vast plains of the Beni River, the Blue-throated Macaw, a true jewel of nature, did not exceed 50 specimens in the 1990s. Although still critically endangered, the populations that have been observed in the vast territory where they live now exceed 250 specimens. A large investment from 1995 to the present, of more than $1,500,000 dollars has made local populations aware of the danger to this species, which for years was exploited for the use of its feathers in traditional indigenous headdresses.
The development of artificial feathers and workshops to learn how to make headdresses with the substitutes, has allowed thousands of macaws, of different species to benefit. Fieldwork in conjunction with interested locals and their scientific institutions is making progress for this species which, given the uniqueness of its habitat and behaviour, requires a continuous effort over time.
Red-tailed Cockatoo (Aacatua haematuropygia) – The Philippines
The Red- Vented Cockatoo project in the Philippines is one of the star projects supported by the Loro Parque Foundation. Thanks to the important efforts of the local NGO `Katala Foundation’, the various populations’ growth has been dizzying: from 22 in the 1990s to over 1,200 today, including the recent release to the wild of 7 specimens which were taken at an early age and later recovered from illegal trafficking.
One of its most illustrious protagonists, Indira Widman, recently received the Withley Awards for Nature and Conservation for her great work with this species, which, as its habitat is the islands, makes recovery and control very complex.
One of the most ingenious strategies developed has been to train prisoners in the local prison and former traffickers who plunder nests as ‘guardians of the wild’. They are now guards in areas where they themselves previously poached and now recognise the importance of the decimation of the populations.
Red-tailed Amazon, Brasil – (Amazona brasiliensis) – Brazil
The Brazilian Red-tailed Amazon Parrot is an endangered species of the Atlantic rainforest, mainly from the states of Sao Paulo and Paraná (with very few individuals in the north of the state of Santa Catarina), in the southeast of Brazil. For more than a decade, the Loro Parque Foundation has supported activities for the conservation of the wild population of this species, and the efforts made have proved a resounding success.
In the 1980s, the total population of the Red-tailed Amazon was probably around 2,500, yet it is now estimated that there are more than 9,000 individuals, and the threat category of the species has been reduced from ‘endangered’ to ‘vulnerable’. The majority of the population – about 70% – is located in Paraná, where reproduction occurs on low-lying, forested islands along the coast. The forest is susceptible to disturbance, particularly due to the development of tourism and the felling of the tree species that this parrot prefers for nesting.
Consequently, Loro Parque Foundation has supported the environmental group ‘Sociedade de Pesquisa em Vida Selvagem e Educação Ambiental’ (SPVS) to monitor and protect its breeding areas, given that it is vital to involve the local population in order to preserve the trees on which the species depends, and it is encouraging to see how, in the short term, the use of artificial nests as an auxiliary system has given very good results and has had a direct impact on the increase in the numbers of the species.
Echo Parakeet(Psittacula eques) – Isla de Mauricio
The Echo Parakeet is the last surviving native species of the genus that once inhabited all the western islands of the Indian Ocean. They were common, but began to decline both in numbers and geographical distribution in the mid-1800s. In 1986, a population of only 8 to 12 individuals was estimated with just three females of an age to reproduce.
The decline was a consequence of the massive destruction and degradation of habitat, resulting in a shortage of native food-supplying trees and the large endemic trees needed to nest.
The recovery effort for this species was conducted through the ‘Mauritius Wildlife Foundation’, with which the Loro Parque Foundation actively collaborated to help meet its primary objective:- to establish a viable population of the Echo Parakeet in the wild. The programme made an important contribution to population growth, which reached 188 in 2003. In addition, successful releases of captive-bred parakeets were made, and a reinforcement of breeding between wild and captive-bred parakeets – one of the most relevant pieces of data was the reproduction of a captive-bred female mated with a wild male giving hope and viability to her species.
Twelve of these Mauritian parakeets, released during the breeding season on the island, survived in the native forests. As a result of all these efforts, continued over time, the growth of the species on the island continues to be exponential, with a census that today exceeds 500 specimens.
Blue-headed Macaw (Primolius couloni) – Peru
Peru, Brazil and Bolivia are home to the rare Blue-headed Macaw, although its localised populations are never very abundant. However, the global population is growing in numbers and its category of threat has also changed from ‘endangered’ to ‘vulnerable’.
The Loro Parque Foundation has funded field research for this species, developing field maps that describe the locations of the species that may temporarily be more or less abundant. Knowing the actual censuses of this species is the basis for its conservation, and its change in threat category does not completely ensure its disappearance in specific areas.
Horned Parakeet(Eunymphicus cornutus) – New Caledonia
In New Caledonia, a parakeet with a head adorned with elegant feathers has suffered for years from invasive species in its habitat, such as rats, which attack its eggs and chicks. Monitoring their territories throughout the breeding season, and identifying breeding strategies and habitat conditions for the species, have allowed it to thrive in recent years, moving them from ‘endangered’ to ‘vulnerable’.
To be able to identify the type of landscape in which they move, and to know their daily behaviour, as well as the problems they face, involves a great deal of research and technical work which, in this case, has given very good results.
Since 1997, the Loro Parque Foundation has collaborated with the Research Centre for African Parrot Conservation in South Africa researching into the populations of the Black-cheeked lovebird, a small parrot whose populations in south-western Zambia were little known.
Interestingly, this was one of the last parrots discovered in Africa (1906), and the populations that existed under human care in Europe were greatly reduced after the two world wars, which affected the import of specific grains into Europe and could influence future demands for catches.
Learning about its habitat, its biology in general, and interacting with local populations so that they can understand the importance of preserving it and how to do so has been crucial for the recovery of this species that is now, once again, abundant in the environment. The Loro Parque Foundation continues to support the research of this species in the field in order to have updated censuses.
Looking Back: Loro Parque – ROSEMARY LOW
ROSEMARY LOW AUTHOR & LIFELONG PARROT ENTHUSIAST
LOOKING BACK: LORO PARQUE
Looking Back: Loro Parque 1987 – 1989
I have often been asked what it was like to be curator of the world’s largest parrot collection. As in any bird collection, it brought joy and despair and frustration — but in this case total immersion in the job, lots of sunshine (the Canary Islands can boast one of the best and healthiest climates in the world) and a very different way of life. Loro Parque was also my home as I lived in the grounds with my then partner, Mike Gammond, who went on to care for a large bird collection in Bahrain.
During the late 1980s, when I was curator, Tenerife’s foremost tourist attraction was a very different place to that which visitors see today. It was more intimate, and with much greater emphasis on the parrots. The first of the huge popular exhibits, the dolphin pool and arena, was opened.
Loro Parque stood out like a sea of exotic vegetation among the banana plantations in the small coastal community of Punta Brava. Only the main road and the beach separated the park from the ocean. It was (and still is) a beautiful location, almost part of the village. The flora of the park is especially rich and varied; it is also a beautifully maintained botanical garden, with a cactus area (with lizards darting out to feed on the dropped flowers), countless palm trees, a huge strangler fig in a small forest of trees, a large bed of orange lilies (where the Pionus aviaries now stand) and many flowering shrubs such as bougainvillea and oleander (poisonous to parrots). The big flamingo lawn, bordered with flamboyant orange bird of paradise flowers was like the focal point. Nearby the free-flying macaws put on a show several times a day, flying through hoops (and sometimes ending up in a palm tree!). It was never the same when the show was moved inside.
For me, the park lost some of its immediate charm when it expanded into the huge tourist attraction that it is today. I remember fondly the small entrance, on the main street, over which a wooden image of a Leadbeater’s Cockatoo modestly displayed the words “Loro Parque”. How different to the impressively wide steps leading up to today’s gilded temple entrance presided over by a huge, magnificent bronze of a cockatoo!
Our first few weeks there were difficult as we knew no Spanish and relied on the always obliging biologist, Aranxta, to interpret.
Fortunately, this situation did not last long. In fact, I think the key to our success there was the very good relationship we had with the bird keepers, who numbered seven or eight at that time. We all got on well together: it was almost like being part of a large family.
Today there are many hundreds of employees.
Rosemary and Mike: Loro Parque 1987
At that time the parrot collection numbered about 1,300 individuals. Not all were on exhibit. There was a large well-designed breeding centre behind the chimpanzee exhibit (the chimps having been rescued from photographers). We set up a second off-exhibit breeding centre where most of the pairs (not species such as cockatoos that like to walk around on the ground) were kept in suspended cages. These are suitable in the warm and often cloudy climate of north Tenerife (not as hot as the south of the island). The main disadvantage of this wonderful climate, the lack of rain, was overcome by fitting all aviaries with sprinklers.
By the time we left in 1989, this breeding centre contained 160 suspended cages, some of them very large and high for macaws. We set up about 20 young pairs because it was just being discovered that the larger macaws were becoming endangered due to excessive trade and loss of habitat. I could see that the day was coming when these birds would (rightly) no longer be available from the wild. At that time the collection held all the macaws currently known in captivity, except Lear’s (then represented by only three birds outside Brazil) and the blue-headed (Ara couloni) which was on the brink of being introduced to aviculture.
My favourite aviaries on exhibit were the four — the only ones in the park — which housed more than one pair of birds. A large, high aviary measuring about 40ft x 20ft (12m x 6m), housed a group of Moluccan Cockatoos (of course, wild-caught in those days). Watching the behaviour of the flock of fifteen was absolutely fascinating. On occasions, these highly intelligent birds would assemble on the ground in a group of six to eight, and stand together as though in discussion.
As with any species, colony breeding brought problems. There was an egg thief, who would remove an egg from a nest (how he climbed with it to the top of the nest without breaking it was a mystery — and if it had been thrown out it would have broken), take it to a high perch and turn it round and round in his foot until disturbed. Then it would drop to the ground and smash.
Another favourite enclosure of mine was that for the colony of Budgerigars. It was always a pleasure to watch the constant activity. The public, too, loved this aviary. Nearby was the aviary for Pesquet’s Parrots (the breeding pair was off-exhibit). I will never cease to be amazed by this unique black and scarlet species.
In total contrast, where rarity was concerned, was the enclosure at the end of the row of lory aviaries that contained five Orange-breasted Fig Parrots. These gorgeous little birds were available for only a very short time, in limited numbers, and have never been established in captivity.
Diminutive parrots, 5in (13cm) in length, they were among the most fascinating I have ever had in my care. They reminded me of miniature Black-headed Caiques, having a similar shape and stance, and black and orange in the plumage. Endlessly active, they were a joy to observe, especially on the days when all the parrots in the park were given fresh branches of pine or casuarina. These were soon reduced to a pile of wood chippings. Captive fig parrots tended to suffer from overgrown beaks (also like caiques) so fresh branches for gnawing were essential.
Orange-breasted Fig Parrot at Loro Parque 1988
The other aviary I could never pass without stopping to observe the occupants was that for the Greater Vasa Parrots. Being entirely dark grey, vasas are the least colourful parrots in existence. They are also, behaviourally, the most bizarre — next to the Kakapo. At that time I described them as “the most endearing and interesting of all parrots”! Their love of sunbathing and the strange positions they assume when engaged in this activity, and their unique breeding biology, easily compensated for their lack of colour and unusual appearance.
Quite a few parrot species flew free in the park — some of which had arrived from an unknown location, possibly the open window of a disillusioned owner. My favourite free flyers were undoubtedly the Dusky Lories. We bred an excess of males so a number of them were released. They were the most fearless and attractive free-flyers imaginable. I have always maintained that lories have a sense of humour and this little gang delighted in terrorising groups of visitors by hurtling between them at eye level. (Lories on the wing are very fast!)
Dusky Lory at liberty in the park.
Our home was a large apartment in the park above the office. Out on the elevated spacious terrace (with its wonderful view of distant Mount Teide) we kept our own birds, mainly Amazons and lories. We were visited by some of the free-flying Quaker Parakeets in the park. One pair had a nest in a palm tree about 10ft (3m) above our terrace. From our patio I could watch the dramas there unfold. The nest in the next palm tree was less readily observed but its occupants were instantly recognisable by their beak deformities. “Longbeak”, who I think was the female, had an immensely overgrown upper mandible whereas her partner, “Beaky”, totally lacked an upper mandible. He appreciated the moistened bread that I put out on the terrace but obviously had survived without any problem before we arrived.
The Quakers would start to nest in March, laying five or six eggs. The first young would leave the nest at the end of May. One day, it was May 30, to be precise, there was a tremendous commotion at the nest overhanging the terrace. Mitred Conures were at liberty in the park. Although the Quakers outnumbered them by hundreds to one, the Quakers seemed afraid of them. When the conures decided to investigate a big stick nest, they did not fight back. They evicted the last chick from the nest. It sat forlornly below the untidy bundle of twigs that had been its home for the past seven weeks, uninjured but not yet able to fly. We gave it to a friend who hand-reared it. This was the first of several similar occurrences — but the people of Tenerife love parrots and there was never a shortage of volunteers to take ejected young.
Rosemary in the hand-rearing room with a Triton Cockatoo and a Moluccan Cockatoo.
At weekends I worked in the hand-rearing room which was just a small space next to the garage which held the park’s vehicles. What a contrast to today’s wonderful “Baby Station”. The room had a window through which visitors could watch the ever-fascinating sight of chicks being spoon-fed. Yes, I allowed syringes to be used only for large macaws and cockatoos!
In the evening, when all the visitors had departed, we could watch the Crowned Cranes dancing on the lawn in front of the flamingo pond. However, when you live above “the shop” there is not much time for relaxation! But this was an extraordinary experience which taught me so much and which I look back on with some nostalgia.
I think my main fault as a curator was being too emotionally involved with the birds! That is something which will never be ironed out of me.
Tenerife 2022 – WILD PARROTS UP CLOSE
10th International Parrot Convention Reservation
REGISTRATION
Click on this REGISTRATION button to book online
ALL SPEAKERS HAVE NOW BEEN ANNOUNCED SEE BELOW
Rafael Zamora Padrón Country : Spain Presentation : Loro Parque, 50 years getting to know parrots and understanding nature
Tony Silva Country : USA Presentation : Parrot breeding: from dietary stimulus to the nesting box
Mauricio Herrera Country : Bolivia Presentation : Real conservation with applied research and cultural integration. More than 20 years LPF in Bolivia
Dr. Enrique Martínez Carretero Country : Spain Presentation : Diagnosis of adenovirus in parrots, current situation
Dr. Petra Wolf Country : Germany Presentation : Nutrition – Key for health and successful breeding
Daniel Gowland Country : Australia Presentation : The art of Environmental Design & Creative Conservation
Dr. Martin Schäffer Country : Germany Presentation : How to save Ecuador’s threatened parrots
Bärbel Köhler Country : Germany Presentation : Nature and species conservation: Finding reference ranges in parrots
Bettina Buchmüller Country : Germany Presentation : 28 years of keeping and breeding the Blue-backed parrot (Tanygnathus sumatranus)
Dr Jon Paul Rodriguez Country : Venezuela Presentation : From global priorities to local action in parrot conservation
Antonin Vaidl Country : Czech Republic Presentation : Breeding and management of rare species of parrots
Sara Torres Ortiz Country : Spain Presentation : Intelligence on Psittacidae vs Cetaceans
Juan Carlos Noreña Tobón Country : Colombia Presentation : Real conservation of Colombia’s most endangered parrots
Marcia Weinzettl Country : Brazil/Spain Presentation : Enhancing sustainable management to improve breeding performance in parrots
Luboš Tomiška Country : Czech Republic Presentation : Lories and Lorikeets: A fascinating group of parrots
Chaona Phiri Country : Zambia Presentation : Conservation implications of water and it´s availability on the distribution and abundance of Black-cheeked Lovebirds
Jacobo Lacs Country : Panama Presentation : Maintenance and breeding of Central and South American parrots in tropical conditions
Fernanda Riera Paschotto Country: Brazil Presentation: Monitored release of the endangered Lear’s Macaw: an urgent strategy to recover a functionally extinct population and its historical range
Nanda Kishore Reddy Country: India Presentation: The evolution of India and its Aviculture
WORKSHOPS Please note that this programme is subject to change The Workshops are held in English only
FRIDAY 30th SEPTEMBER – HAND-REARING SOLD OUT 10:00 – 11:00 – Tony Silva and Marcia Weinzettl – Experience in hand rearing 11:00 – 11:15 – BREAK 11:15 – 12:15 – Prof. Petra Wolf – Handrearing of parrots – feedstuffs, diets and feeding technique 12:15 – 12:30 – BREAK 12:30 – 13:30 – Dr. Patrick Ghysels – Advanced Formulas for Hand-Rearing ——————– SATURDAY 1st OCTOBER – NUTRITION SOLD OUT 10:00 – 11:15 – Tony Silva – Diet: What do our parrots eat? 11:15 – 11:30 – BREAK 11:30 – 12:30 – Marcia Weinzettl – Nutrition is not only food 12:30 – 12:45 – BREAK 12:45 – 13:30 – Lubos Tomiska – Practical demonstration: how we feed in Loro Parque ——————- SUNDAY 2nd OCTOBER – DISEASES, PREVENTION AND TREATMENTS SOLD OUT 10:00 – 11:00 – Bärbel Köhler – 75% of laboratory mistakes are made in the preanalytical phase 11:00 – 11:15 – BREAK 11:15 – 12:15 – Prof. Michael Lierz – Veterinary management of breeding flocks 12:15 – 12:30 – BREAK 12:30 – 13:30 – Richard Heidrich – Clinical management specialized in parrots
REGISTRATION
Click on this REGISTRATION button to book online
SORRY THIS CONVENTION IS NOW SOLD OUT
10th International Parrot Convention – Loro Parque – Tenerife
This Convention will follow the same format as previous years. 26th September – Pick up all tickets and schedule today. Evening welcome cocktail at Hotel Botanico 27th September – Presentations from 08.30 to 14.00 – Evening meal and entertainment – transport included to evening 28th September – Presentations from 08.30 to 14.00 – Evening meal and entertainment – transport included to evening 29th September – Presentations from 08.30 to 14.00 – Evening Gala dinner and speeches at Hotel Botanico.
Presentations Usually 7 presentations each day. Some are for Parrot keepers, some for illnesses/diseases and some for Parrot conservation. All speakers and their presentations have been announced. See speaker list on the left.
Convention Cost Cost for attending the Convention including evening meals, gala dinner and entertainment is:- 525 euros This includes free entry to Loro Parque from 24th September to 3rd October 2022.
Membership of Loro Parque Fundacion If you want to pay for a years membership of the Loro Parque Fundacion as well as the Convention would be a cost of 100 euros extra. This entitles you to join an organised visit to La Vera (Loro Parque’s breeding centre whilst at the convention). VISITS TO LA VERA BREEDING CENTRE ARE NOW SOLD OUT
Evening Events Only If there is anyone in your group that does not want to go to the presentations each day but wants to join in with the evening events then it will cost 420euros. This includes free entry to Loro Parque from 24th September to 3rd October 2022.
Workshops In addition to the convention there are some workshops which are conducted in English. 30th September – Hand Raising 1st October – Parrot Nutrition 2nd October – Illnesses, treatments, prophylaxis.
Each workshop costs 70 euros.
Presentations on Memory Stick All presentations are available on a memory stick at the end of the convention at a cost of 30 euros.
REGISTRATION
Click on this REGISTRATION button to book online
SORRY THIS CONVENTION IS NOW SOLD OUT
Accommodation Hotel Botanico is the main hotel for anyone attending and is available at a discount rate of:- Double room used as a Single 140 euros per night +7% taxes Double room for two people is 190 euros per night +7% taxes Please note if you book the Hotel Botanico you will have to organise and pay for flights to Tenerife as well as organise and pay for transfer across the island. Puerto de la Cruz is in the north of the island and the main airport is in the south which is over an hour between the two.
I normally buy a package deal through Jet2 or similar and with them it is all included Flights, transfers and accommodation. I usually stay in the Casablanca apartments which are self catering. We do have 3 evening meals included with the convention and there are lots of places to eat close to the apartments so I tend not to have meals included in the cost of my holiday although sometimes you can find some good deals. They also do meals at the restaurant inside the apartments. There are lots of other hotels etc. where you can stay. Just make sure they are not too far away from everything. Some of the cheaper ones are right on the outskirts of the town which means it could cost you in taxis each day to get anywhere.
I have just costed the Casablanca Apartments for a 10 night stay and it is about £500 per person based on 2 sharing which includes flights and transfers. This is currently cheaper than it was in 2018. I will be staying in the Casablanca apartments in 2022.
Access to Convention Centre and Evening Events There are free coaches from Hotel Botanico and other hotels for the evening events as well as to the convention centre. From the Casablanca Apartments it is a fairly easy walk to the convention centre, Hotel Botanico, Town centre and to the place where you can catch a free road train to Loro Parque.
Loro Parque The largest Parrot Park in the world. Lots of Parrots and much more to see. Most convention attendees usually spend a lot of their spare time here. There is plenty to see and lots of places to eat. Entry to Loro Parque is free, as many times as you want between 24th September and 3rd October 2022.
Other Tourist Attractions There are lots of places to go in Tenerife. Last time I was there we hired a car and went across the island including close to Mount Teide. Siam Park is a large water park in the south of the island also owned by Loro Parque. It is well worth going to and trips can be arranged easily including transport from the north. There is a Botanical Garden close to Hotel Botanico and there are some free flying parrots there. These are probably escapees from Loro Parque over the years. Some can be seen flying around the town as well.
PLEASE NOTE:- If you would like to join me on any excursion to other places on the island then we can share costs equally.
Booking
REGISTRATION
Click on this REGISTRATION button to book online
More Advice This convention has been taking place every four years since 1986 which makes this the 10th Convention. I missed the first (1986) and the third (1994) conventions but have been to all the others so this will be my eighth. (1990, 1998, 2002, 2006, 2010, 2014, 2018) so if you need any advice in any way regarding this convention please ask steve@wildparrotsupclose. com
Best advice is to book as early as possible as there are about 850 attendees from all over the world and it seems to get more and more popular so don’t miss out.
“Loro-Park”: a desirable home for parrots from all over the world
https://ria.ru/20121108/226982954.html
“Loro-Park”: a desirable home for parrots from all over the world
“Loro-Park”: desired home for parrots around the world – RIA Novosti, 31. 07.2013
“Loro-Park”: desired home for parrots around the world only 25 people. Entrance cost 100 pesetas – about 60 euro cents in today’s currency. At present, you can’t even order a cup of coffee with this money, not to mention the fact that Spanish pesetas have long been out of circulation.
Yesterday we visited the largest penguinarium in the world on the island of Tenerife, today we will talk about Loro Parque, a scientific center for the reproduction of endangered species of parrots , oceanarium and hotel “Botanico”
Initially, Loro-Park had 13,000 square meters of space, which housed about 150 parrots and employed only 25 people. Entrance cost 100 pesetas – about 60 euro cents in today’s currency. At present, you can’t even order a cup of coffee with this money, not to mention the fact that Spanish pesetas have long been out of circulation.
Since then, the area of the park has increased by about 10 times – up to 135 thousand square meters, and the entrance fee has increased to 33 euros. About 400 ecologists from many countries of the world, including Russia, work in the park.
Loro Parque is home to over 600 rare breeds of parrots, many of which can only be seen here, because as a result of human activity, many species of these beautiful birds have already disappeared from the wild forever.
The Loro Parque Foundation was founded in 1994. Part of the funds from each sold entrance ticket and purchased paraphernalia is sent there. All proceeds from the sale of parrots grown in the reproductive center to the zoological parks of the world go entirely to scientific projects. In addition, Wolfgang Kiessling annually invests more than one million euros in the development of the park and the foundation.
Loro Park is the largest Thai-style science and learning center outside of Thailand. The approval for the development of the project was given by the members of the royal family of Thailand themselves, whom Kissling met during one of his scientific trips. Since then, the partnership and friendship with them has only grown stronger. So, on October 4, 1993, the Princess of Thailand personally opened the main entrance to the park, which was new at that time.
It is noteworthy that Kissling, who turned 75 this year, continues to work fruitfully: he and his family – son Christophe and wife Brigitte – live in a separate house right on the territory of Loro Park. In addition, Kissling owns the five-star Botanico Hotel, whose guests were Bill Clinton, members of the royal families of Spain and Thailand. During his only visit to the Canaries, Michael Jackson lived in the hotel. It is curious what kind of rooms where eminent guests stayed, you won’t have to pay extra, and if the rooms are free, you can book them directly on the hotel website. 0003
The hotel is located in Puerto de la Cruz next to the Botanical Gardens and close to Los Rodeos Airport. All interior spaces are decorated with original paintings and sculptures, which Kissling personally acquired during his many travels around the world.
Hotel guests are provided with free access to thermal pools with a total area of 3.5 thousand square meters. It will be comfortable there even in the winter months – the water is heated both in the outdoor pools in the garden, and in the beautiful stalactite cave, equipped with a large whirlpool tub.
Botanico has four restaurants. “Oriental” will be of interest to lovers of Thai cuisine, “La Parrila” will cook Spanish and Canarian dishes, “El Papagallo” will offer Italian and Mediterranean cuisine. It will be nice to have a cup of coffee in the refreshing atmosphere of a subtropical garden at the La Palmera Real restaurant.
Parrot Reproduction Center
The hotel is within easy reach of both Loro Parque and the Parrot Reproduction Center in the small town of La Vera. About 3,000 parrots of 366 species and subspecies now live and breed on its base.
Here live both adults who were previously injured by humans and found shelter in the scientific center, and baby parrots, successfully born in the favorable climate of Tenerife.
Oceanarium: sharks, piranhas and moray eels
One of the largest aquariums in the world with artificial and live coral reefs is located on the territory of Loro Park.
The largest part of the aquarium is a glass tunnel. Gray sharks, nurse sharks and zebra sharks live here. The gray shark can be found in almost all oceans – its peculiarity lies in the fact that it must be in motion almost continuously, saturating its lungs with oxygen through the gills. In the aquarium they are fed with young squid and shrimps. Moreover, if in the wild, sharks eat once a week and are almost always hungry, which makes them aggressive, then in the park, young individuals are fed once a day, and adults once every two days so that they do not eat other inhabitants.
The glass of the unique aquarium is eight centimeters thick, it weighs 27,000 tons and holds 1.2 million liters of specially prepared and constantly renewed ocean water.
You can take pictures throughout the park, but strictly without flash, as it frightens animals, birds, fish and reptiles.
Piranhas, moray eels and other predators live in separate small aquariums. Palm-sized young piranhas can reach 30 centimeters in length when mature. A flock of hungry fish can gnaw a person to the bone in two minutes. In wildlife, they eat weaker relatives alive, while in Loro Park they are fed with fresh fish, squid and sometimes raw chicken – so that they do not forget the smell and taste of fresh meat.
Green moray eels live in the seas of the Caribbean region. Adults reach a length of several meters, and their teeth grow in several rows. However, they usually do not attack humans. In addition, these fish are practically blind – their eyesight is very poor. Next to them, often throughout their lives, a cleaner fish lives, which cleans the skin and teeth of the “hostess” and eats up the remnants of food.
At the moment of danger, the ball-fish swells up, filling itself with water, and thus defends itself. The hedgehog fish also inflates when attacked, with spikes appearing on its body.
Puffins – parrots of the northern latitudes
Atlantic puffins arrived in Loro Park from their natural habitat – from Iceland. These birds spend most of their lives in the open ocean, returning to land only to breed and always to the same partner / partner and to the same nest.
In the wild, puffins live for about 20 years. Previously, it was believed that they were not able to breed in captivity, however, in Loro Park, these birds have already brought their first chicks.
At the end of November, watch a photo report from the killer whale, dolphin and sea lion show. In addition, Alexander Kovalev will introduce you to the “Siam Park” of water attractions
Alexander Kovalev
Loro Park (Loro Parque or Parrot Park)
Loro Park can rightly be considered one of the visiting cards of Tenerife, because it is he is the most visited entertainment place of the island. It will be interesting to visit this park for both adults and children.
The idea of creating a park came to the mind of the German Wolfgang Kiesling, who in 1972 realized his idea. Over the past years, the territory has grown and turned into an incredibly interesting and rich in animals zoo, which is visited annually by about half a million tourists.
The park covers about 135,000 m2 and employs more than 400 people. The entrance to it is a small corner of Thailand, made with the scope inherent in this country. On the inside, the attention of visitors is attracted by a pond with Japanese goldfish, greedily devouring the bread that tourists throw at them. Here you definitely need to take a plan of the park with the show schedule. Here you can also buy a yellow T-shirt – the trademark of Loro Park since its foundation, as well as take pictures with large parrots. Photos, if desired, can be purchased at the end of the tour at the exit.
The territory of the park is very well-groomed and cozy, it is simply immersed in the greenery of tropical plants. Surrounded by cacti, palm trees and dragon trees, it is easy to imagine that you are in a real impenetrable jungle.
Navigating this vast area is very easy thanks to informative signs with photos.
What to see in Loro Parque Tenerife?
More than 350 species of a wide variety of parrots attract the most attention in the park . In a special room called Baby station , you can watch how the park workers spoon-feed the chicks. Every year, at least one and a half thousand of them are born in the park.
Gorillas from East Africa. Their spacious enclosure with caves and ponds is located near the entrance to the park. Only males of impressive size live here. Their height is about 180 cm, and their weight is more than 200 kg. Oddly enough, but they do not conflict with each other. Perhaps the whole thing in unusual conditions of detention. Their daily schedule includes not only feeding and healthy sleep, but also evening tea drinking, as well as listening to classical music.
Penguins. It is very interesting to be in a warm climate, in a park full of greenery, to suddenly find yourself in a snowy corner of Antarctica. This penguinarium is recognized as the best in Europe. A moving conveyor path leads along the glass walls, standing on which you can go around this giant refrigerator and watch its funny inhabitants, who at this time look at tourists with surprise.
Many other animals. There are tigers, jaguars, chimpanzees, sloths, flamingos, meerkats, turtles, crocodiles. That is a full-fledged zoo.
Aqua VIVA contains over 15,000 species of diverse marine life. There is also a tunnel with sharks, the length of which is 18 m. It is impossible to pass by this place, there are really a lot of interesting things.
Orchid garden. These very beautiful plants of the most bizarre colors are mentally carried away to the kingdom of Thailand. You can admire this beauty endlessly.
A corner of Australia and Asia with matching plants, which is equipped with hanging ladders. Its opening took place relatively recently.
Other entertainment. In addition, the park has its own cinema, souvenir shops, a Thai village, an African market and an equipped playground. There are also places where you can eat and relax.
Loro Parque show
Once in the Parrot Park, you should definitely visit the shows taking place here. You don’t need to pay extra to enter. Each program runs several times a day. It is best to immediately decide which of them you would like to see in order to be in the specified place by the beginning of the performance. They pass in different parts of the park. The schedule is designed in such a way that each vacationer can have time to visit all the shows in one visit. Each show is about 30 minutes long.
Dolphin show. Despite the fact that such tricks can be seen in almost any dolphinarium, the quality of the proposed program should be noted. In addition, you can get great pleasure from communicating with dolphins every time. Just their appearance charges with positive energy.
Fur seal show. These cute animals can play ball, ride slides and entertain the audience. This show will definitely not be boring.
Killer whale show. This grand spectacle has been held since 2006. It takes place in a pool of impressive size – 120 m in diameter and with a capacity of more than 22 million liters of sea water. During the performance, splashes fall up to the 8th row. All these places are marked with a special sign, and viewers who wish to take them are advised to purchase waterproof capes. Performances depend on the mood of the giants, under which experienced coaches skillfully adapt. All tricks are broadcast on the big screen.
The parrot show is the visiting card of the park. Birds are happy to demonstrate their skills to the audience: they follow commands, count, ride a bicycle. And some tourists will be especially lucky – the birds will sit on their heads.
Loro Park is a really successful commercial project, so everything here is top notch. Animals and birds here have a well-groomed, healthy and happy look, the territory is clean and comfortable, and all the shows are of high quality. At the same time, the park never stops its development – fresh attractions periodically appear, new species of animals are brought.
Where to eat?
Local cafes, of course, do not pretend to be upscale, but it is quite possible to have a cup of coffee, eat a salad or have a hot meal here. There is even an establishment offering Thai cuisine.
Location of Loro Parque on the map
Loro Parque is located in the northern part of Tenerife in the resort of Puerto de La Cruz. Perhaps
You can get to the Parrot Park in the following ways:
By car to the city of Puerto de La Cruz, and then follow the signs. Parking at the park is paid.
By bus to Puerto de la Cruz. From Playa de Las Americas, it’s number 343, less than 2 hours drive. The walk from the final stop to the park will take about half an hour at a leisurely pace. From the Puerto de La Cruz waterfront on a toy train that leaves for the park every 20 minutes from the McDonald’s building. The ride is free.
The park is open daily from 8:30 am to 6:45 pm. To visit it, you need to allocate a whole day, during which no one will be bored.
Loro Parque Tenerife official website www.loroparque.com
🔥 Our hottest picks in Spain 🔥
For a week in Lloret de Mar for 13,200
Tour to Lloret de Mar for 7 nights (February 23 – March 02) for 13,200 to the H. Top Royal Star Hotel 4.
Published on 11.02.2019 14:29
Tenerife for 7 nights for 44,000
Tour in Tenerife (Spain, Playa de las Americas) for 7 nights (December 01 – December 08) for 44,000 to the Hovima Atlantis Hotel 3 *. To the sea 50 meters. 50% discount on it.
Published on 22. 10.2018 17:45
Lloret de Mar for 7 nights for 13,300
The cheapest tour to Spain (Lloret de Mar) for 7 nights (December 01 – December 08) for 13,300 to the Sun & Moon Apartments (Ex. Xaine Sun) 2* hotel. To the sea 300…
Published on 20.10.2018 00:49
Promo codes up to 5,000 for all tours
Until 10/15/2018 we give promotional codes up to 5,000 ₽ for tours around the world!
Published on 12. 10.2018 19:28
🔥🔥🔥 We have created groups on VK and Facebook, where we will make selections with hot tours and cheap air tickets. Join them, subscribe to the Telegram channel and be the first to receive the most delicious offers.
Find the best ticket prices in Tenerife!
The lowest prices for tours in Tenerife
Tenerife. Loro park. – Zoos of the world – LJ
In general, Loro Park is a “must see” in the Canaries. And we are so lucky that this very Loro Park is not just on the same Canary island where we rest, but also in the very city – Puerto de la Cruz. But not just in the same city, but a 10-minute walk from our hotel! (Although the distance to the park is not a problem anyway, there is a free tram that runs around the city, leaving from Loro Parque every 20 minutes. )
Of course, we couldn’t help but visit this attraction, especially since children should like it there. This pleasure, however, is not cheap – 33 euros for an adult ticket and 22 for children. If you do not have time to go through the entire park in a day (and this is quite possible), then you can buy a ticket for a “second visit – second visit” for 10 euros, which is valid for 14 days. By the way, so that someone else does not use such a ticket, your fingerprints will be taken. But now it’s more of a themed zoo. Here, in addition to a huge number of parrots, there are also some species of primates, tigers, a penguinarium, a terrarium, an aquarium, as well as a show of killer whales, sea lions, and dolphins.
So, in order. At the box office we are met by such an uncle.
Immediately after the ticket office, we find ourselves near Thai houses. By the way, these are the 6 largest Thai-style buildings outside of Thailand. They contain a museum of porcelain parrots, a souvenir shop, information, etc. I don’t know where such love for Thailand comes from here in the Canary Islands, but in Loro Park, Thai-style music will accompany you throughout the journey through the park. She plays quite quietly, not intrusively, but passing by the speakers, which are placed throughout the park every 5 meters, it is impossible not to hear her.
Here in the “Thai zone” there is a wishing bell. Above it hangs an inscription that if you have done good throughout the year, then you deserve the fulfillment of a wish. Make a wish and ring the bell. There is a kind of piggy bank under the bell, where you need to throw a coin (what denomination is not written), but no one threw coins in my presence, and many struck the bell. We were no exception. As for whether the wish came true, I can’t say yet, I made a wish for the future.
But the fish caught our attention the most. Immediately after the Thai houses there is a bridge across the reservoir where fish live, such carps of a very bright red color with black stripes, although a third of them are white. This lake is literally teeming with these fish, and if you throw a piece of bread, then they all instantly merge in this place. The spectacle is awesome. Apparently the food is bad 🙂
A fisherman’s dream :).
Next we have a photo session. Everyone goes through it, they don’t even ask if we want to, they just say where and how to become, “click”, thank you and we move on. While visitors are walking in the park, the photo will be printed and put into a branded cover. Then, at the exit, all the photos are waiting for their owners at the stand. Find yourself, and if you like the photo, then take it for 6 euros, and if you don’t like it, then no one forces you to buy it.
After the “memory photo” we have an enclosure with gorillas. However, in the heat they hid somewhere. We saw only one. It seems to me Aladdin (on the stand there were photos of all the gorillas of Loro Park and it seems to me that the one we saw is called Aladdin 🙂 ).
I was reading a story about these gorillas. They were brought to the Loro Park from different zoos in the world in the amount of 6 individuals, since they were “problematic” at home, fought for leadership, but could not become leaders. Here in Loro Park, they had to be re-educated or something, while they peacefully coexist, none of them became the clear leader. By the way, at first it was very inconvenient to move around the park because of the crowds associated with mass photography. There are a lot of visitors, since this is still the most visited natural park in Spain, and even more so in the Canary Islands. In order to take a photo for everyone, there are three narrow passages where people line up. They move very quickly, but then the enclosures with gorillas immediately begin, and all people immediately find themselves in one place, you have to squeeze through to the window to have at least one eye on the gorillas. And we were with a baby stroller, so it was especially difficult for us to move around and stop near the enclosures :(. But after the gorillas, it is possible to move in different directions and the crowd disperses.
Then we got to the penguinarium. It is something! It seems that you get into the Arctic and watch the penguins in their natural environment.
Penguin Island :).
The penguinarium, as I call it, is a covered building, inside this penguin island is built in the center, and visitors move around it on an escalator! Penguins, just like in Nikolai Drozdov’s program “In the World of Animals”, stand on ice floes, swim underwater among ice rocks, and waddle in single file.
And behind all this, we are slowly moving on the escalator, watching through the glass. And snow falls on top of the penguins … 12 tons of it “falls” on them every day!
And at the exit we are waiting for a round aquarium, in my opinion, with herrings :). We move around it like a serpentine and get to the exit.
Next we went to the sea lion show. In general, here every show is given several times a day, so you can have time to visit all of them. The sea lions were big smarties.
Moving on. By the way, parrots accompany you throughout your stay in Loro Park. They are not in a separate pavilion, but in cages throughout the park. While we are moving from one enclosure to another, we are watching parrots on both sides of us :).
This white ass is talking. He repeats what you say to him (if these are simple words, of course, and not huge monologues).
We find ourselves in enclosures with chimpanzees. Some of them are big, almost like gorillas. It seemed to me that they should be small, but they turn out to be so healthy. Most of them, as I understand it, are also hiding from the heat. We have a couple of the most persistent left for review.
Finally we reached the aquarium. First come aquariums with oceanic fish. Beautiful, of course, but this is no surprise, we are looking forward to an aquarium with sharks. Here they are! An aquarium with sharks is made in such a way that we pass inside it, as if along a corridor in which predators swim behind the walls, along the ceiling. You can consider their pasture. There are some especially lazy sharks sleeping on our ceiling :).
But, unfortunately, you can only take pictures without a flash, and it is not convenient to unfold the tripod because of the large number of people, so there were few good pictures. But the video is good. In addition to sharks, some other fish swim here. And also the slopes. But for some reason no one eats anyone :).
We leave the aquarium and after going forward a little we get “under the dome”. Here parrots and other birds live simply in the trees. A mesh-dome is stretched over them. Some birds ate in the feeders that are attached along the path, so you find yourself in close proximity to these birds. They are not afraid of the presence of people, but it is still not worth stroking them, touching them.
My son really wanted to get into the terrarium and see the chameleons. Unfortunately, we did not see chameleons, but there were iguanas, as well as lizards common to these places. They run around the streets here easily, my son is still trying to catch at least one by the tail to see how she will throw it away :).
And you can’t grab one by the tail 🙂
And there was also an enclosure with huge turtles. You can easily make a table out of their shell.
We also met a tiger.
Of course, there were dinosaurs – crocodiles, but there are very few of them here, just a few individuals.
And there are other lovers of water procedures nearby.
Flamingo
Some birds behind glass for some reason
Caught the otter feeding time. This yellow “microphone” apparently radiates some kind of waves that they resort to
And along the alleys there are still numerous cages with parrots.
And not only with parrots
I was impressed by the process of feeding parrot chicks. Still very tiny, without plumage. Feed them from a syringe, each individually. This can be observed through the windows of a special “bird infirmary”, where chicks are nursed, and then placed in a special enclosure for several months, where they learn to coexist among other birds and only then are released to adult birds.
Finally we arrived at the building where the parrot or loro show takes place. In fact, we, adults, were not particularly impressed by this show, it seemed somehow weak, but the child was simply delighted! He had so many emotions that it is difficult to convey. Therefore, I think that the loro show was successful, it is clearly coping with its task. Parrots drive cars here, they count, for example, at our show they asked 8 9, he correctly rang the bell 17 times.
Another very worthy show is the dolphin show. Before that, I had only been in Odessa in the dolphinarium. Then I liked the show, but looking at the dolphins here, I realized that these are “two big differences”, as they say in Odessa. It seems that they jump the same way, but still, in Loro Park, the show is an order of magnitude better. We even visited it twice. By the way, the programs were different: during the second performance (in fact, it was the last performance of dolphins that day), a very small dolphin-girl performed together with adult dolphins :). It’s funny how she tried to do the tricks.
Great killer whale show! Huge whales, how do you manage to train them? The pool where the orca show takes place has transparent walls so that viewers can see how the killer whales swim, and not just when they jump out of the water.
And also the whole performance of killer whales is shown on the big screen. And before the start of the show, when the audience is already starting to gather, almost every spectator is shown on the screen to the incendiary music. Like baseball in America. It’s also interesting to see yourself.
Tricks with killer whales are approximately the same as with dolphins – they jump, make turns in the air. But the most interesting thing is that during the performance, killer whales with a wave of their tails pour over several lower rows of spectators. Just like from a bucket of people doused. Rows are specifically marked as those that will be doused. If you still want to stay exactly in such rows, as, for example, my child wanted to sit there and be splashed, then at the entrance they will offer you a raincoat for 3 euros. Many are attracted by these pourings and the “drinking” rows do not remain empty. Although judging by the reaction of many, they did not quite imagine it. Apparently they thought that just sprays could reach them, and then, at the command of the trainer, the killer whale specially swims to the edge and scoops up water on the audience with its tail so that they are wet, as if a bucket of water was poured on each of them.